Working with a publishing agency can be expensive and slow, you lose a level of control over your book and did we mention its slow? With self-publishing at Ex Why Zed, you get to call the shots, publish faster, and keep more of the profits. Win win win!
Whether you want to print a photography book, novel, local history book, create branded notebooks for your small business, or collect family recipes in a coffee table book, printing your book could be your next project.
So, what are you waiting for? Let’s get started on finding how to print your own book easily. We will also guide you through every step, from choosing the right tools to preparing your book for print.
In recent years, self-publishing has become very popular. Popular books, such as “The Martian” and “Legally Blonde,” were self-published first. Later, they became bestsellers. Authors earn more money with better royalty rates. They also have a chance to get noticed worldwide.
A big plus of self-publishing is that books can stay in circulation forever. Traditional publishers can quickly remove them from the market if sales are low. However, self-published books remain available to readers because they will continue being listed on your own website, feature on your social media and interested readers can find a copy regardless of the timeframe since printing.
Printing your own book has many benefits. First, you have full control over every part of how your book is made. You can choose the trim size, cover design, typography and binding style. Enjoy looking through our portfolio of over 500 previous projects to gain valuable insight and inspiration.
The freedom we give you at Ex Why Zed lets you explore creative designs and formats that big publishers might refuse because they think they are too expensive or complicated to sell. Additionally, using one of our perfect bound book cover templates can make the self-publishing process even more accessible, as it provides a structure for your book and eliminates the need for extensive design work.
Second, you can set your cover price, which traditional authors usually need help with. How much do you want to sell your book for?
Most importantly, self-printing lets you create your book the way you want. At first, this may feel scary, but seeing your ideas become a book that others can read and buy is thrilling. Our vast resources, YouTube videos and account managers can help make this process more accessible than expected. So, if you have a book idea that you’ve been thinking about, now is a great time to share it with everyone.
To print your own books that match your vision, you need to carefully select the tools and materials you use. Consider the book’s size, the binding style, the type of paper, and the ink options. Even small details, such as the weight of the paper, can affect how your book feels and looks.
For a truly premium look, hardback book printing is a great option to make your book stand out. Each choice should enhance your content, feel good in the reader’s hands, and give the book a professional look. Let’s look at these critical points closely.
Well-polished content is essential for a good book. Good design promotes professionalism, removes mistakes, ensures consistency, and improves readability. A professional designer has a sharp eye for details. If you’re on a budget, consider asking friends or family to proofread, using online editing tools, or getting feedback from beta readers. Read our guide to finding a book designer.
The trim size you choose for your book is crucial as it affects how readers handle it. Standard sizes include A5 (148 x 210 mm), A4 (210 x 297 mm), Novel (127 x 203 mm), Standard (132 x 77.5 mm), US Letter (215 x 279 mm), Square (210 x 210 mm) and we print all custom sizes in-between.
To select a book trim size, you must consider your book type. Novels typically use smaller, thicker sizes, while children’s books are often larger and landscape format. Selecting the right book size is essential in printing to ensure a professional and reader-friendly final product.
When it comes to your choice between paperback and hardcover books, consider the cost-effectiveness of paperbacks. They are lighter and cost less to produce, making them a savvy choice for online sales and international shipping.
Hardcovers, also known as hardback books, are considered higher quality and have a sturdy hard cover that protects the inside pages. They work well for coffee table books or items you want to sell at a higher price. Hardcovers could be an intelligent choice if you want to impress clients or aim for libraries. Just make sure to choose what works for your readers and is within your budget.
Binding is combining a book using sheets of paper or other materials. It serves two purposes: it holds the pages together and adds to the book’s appearance. Here are some common types:
The kind of paper you choose can change how your book looks, feels, and even smells. You might pick glossy pages when you print your own photo book. For a novel, uncoated paper can make it easier to read.
Ensure your chosen paper type and ink work well with your printing service. This way, your finished book will meet your expectations.
We have both digital and litho machines. Digital is your go-to for under 500 copies, litho is a winner for higher quantities.
Typesetting involves arranging text on each page, which is crucial for readability and visual appeal. It includes selecting the right font, size, line spacing, and margins and organising paragraphs, chapters, headers, footers, and page numbers.
As a guide, a font size of 8-10 is standard for books which are intended at grown up reader. Larger sizes like 16-20 are engaging in children’s books where legibility is key and the content per page is more minimal.
Different genres also dictate specific fonts: novels often use Serif fonts for readability, while children’s books use Sans Serif fonts for a more straightforward look. Comic Sans is the classic, tongue in cheek choice for books aimed at younger readers.
If you’re stuck, looking at other books in your genre can help you get some ideas. We love to look at the design portfolio from renowned worldwide design agency, Pentagram, for book design ideas. If you’re going to get inspiration, where better to source it from than the very best.
Your book cover acts like the face of your story and is very important for selling it. A professional cover design from a designer can showcase your work well. It shows what your story is about and helps attract readers. Here are some key points to think about:
From a feel perspective, the finish of your print book is just as important as how it looks. Choose gloss lamination for a shiny look or matt lamination for a smooth feel.
Other finishes include spot UV for shiny accents and embossing for raised or lowered designs. These touches can make it stand out but may require more time and money. Select a finish that complements the feel of your book and the impression you want to leave on readers.
Once you have edited your text, set it up, and are done with your cover design, you must prepare your files for printing. Most printers want your files in PDF format. This type keeps your layout and page design intact.
Ensure all images are at least 300 DPI for clear print quality. It’s a good idea to embed fonts in your PDF file. Use CMYK colour to get the best results. Your cover file should include the front cover, back cover, and spine all on one spread.
If your book is perfect bound or hardcover, don’t forget to add the spine to your design. Lastly, include bleed and quiet areas as your printer requests to account for slight changes during printing.
We can produce a physical proof (sample copy) first of your print spec. Our physical proof copies are charged at our cost price to produce (includes labour, materials and set up) We don’t make any profit from the price we charge at this stage.
This first copy will be good for you to check the layout and overall feel of the book and then you can make all the necessary changes to the files before the final print run, just to advise however these will not be colour matched to the final print run. What we mean is, we won’t have a press minder matching the print pixel for pixel to the printed proof when we come to print the final books.
Take your time with the review process for any book. Carefully check each page for formatting issues, ensuring that images and text align properly. Check the print quality to ensure vibrant colours and clear text. You must also verify that the page count and spine width meet requirements. Finally, review the proof’s overall appearance to ensure it reflects the professionalism you want for your final product.
There are two main printing methods: traditional printing and print-on-demand. Traditional or offset printing is cost-effective for large print runs and offers better colour quality. It’s ideal for high demand.
On the other hand, print-on-demand books are printed when ordered, saving on storage and reducing initial costs. They also allow for easy content updates. Although they’re more expensive per book, they eliminate concerns about unsold inventory. Print-on-demand is a good entry into the market for self-published authors, especially beginners.
At Ex Why Zed, we don’t have a minimum quantity so while we can print you one copy at a time, we admit to being much more cost-effective if you print more copies at a time.
As sustainability grows in importance, many publishers are adopting eco-friendly printing methods. These methods include:
Before your book is entirely made, reviewing the proof is very important. A hard copy proof is a sample copy that shows how it will look and feel. It allows you to make last-minute changes to avoid costly mistakes, check colour quality, and ensure images print correctly. Use this opportunity to catch any remaining errors or typos. Though it takes time, it ensures your book meets your expectations and reflects your hard work.
A soft proof is included with 95% of our projects. This is free and allows you the confidence of one last opportunity to check the artwork on screen before approving it for printing.
For many authors, printing a book can feel too much. There are high costs involved, and tricky processes can worry you to no end. They need a simple and low-cost way to print books.
Ex Why Zed is here to help if you’re struggling with book printing issues. Our platform offers affordable and customisable high-quality printing services, which you can kickstart with a simple setup and expert guidance from professionals who have been in the business for years. It has a simple setup, too, so you can focus on your writing.
Moreover, our support team is ready to help you at every step. We thoroughly pre-flight every job that arrives with us. It will be checked by an actual human who is an expert in file set-up and the intricacies of printing. If everything needs changing, we will then come back to you and you have the opportunity to make changes before the job goes anywhere near our presses.
We take great pride in helping people transform their work into print.
Want to get started? Get in touch with us here.
With self-publishing at Ex Why Zed, you have total control over how your book looks, how much it costs, and how it gets shared. This option lets you break free from traditional publishing and brings your unique ideas to life just as you see them. It takes time, effort, and patience. However, seeing your thoughts in print and reaching readers worldwide can feel amazing.
With numerous resources, tutorials, and services available, you can print your book regardless of your experience level or budget. Keep our illustrated guide close as you start this journey. Remember, each book you print helps you grow as an author. So, get ready, make your choices, and turn your manuscript into the book you dream of!
While it is possible to create and print your own book using a home printer, it is not usually a good choice for a book that looks professional. It would be a lot of hassle and very much like a cottage industry. Desktop printers do not have enough options for paper, ink, and binding, which are important for making high-quality books. You would also need binding machinery which might not fit on the kitchen table 🙂
The cost to print your book varies based on several factors. These include the number of pages, trim size, binding style, paperweight, and ink quality.
Self-publishing is legal if you publish original content and follow copyright laws. It’s wise to check and understand the legal rules and risks in your country or area.
For the ISBN you should go directly to https://www.nielsenisbnstore.com/ who are the UK suppliers. On their site, you secure the ISBN, then download the barcode which can be added to your artwork.
You can sell your self-published book on several platforms. These include big online stores like Amazon and Barnes & Noble – these have huge exposure but do take a percentage from sales. You can also use your author’s website and social media. The best platform for you will depend on your target audience’s likes and how you want to market them.
Yes, we can send you either a hard copy proof (for a charge) or a soft proof PDF (for free). You can ask for your physical or digital sample before it is printed. This way, you can check everything. You can look at colour quality and formatting. It helps you make any changes needed before the final printing.
You might think that hardback book printing is a thing of the past. Well, it’s not! In fact, it is now more popular than ever before. Why? Because of the many tactile benefits that they offer. Some of these include the following:
Hardback books are made from high-quality materials that contribute to their durability and longevity. As a result, you will be able to print hardcover book UK-wide and let readers enjoy it for many years to come.
The cover of the book is durable and flexible, allowing it to withstand wear and tear over time. The pages are thick so that they do not tear easily when dog-eared or turned down and keep the information inside readable. The binding of the book is strong and sturdy—you can hold it open with one finger if need be. Additionally, the cover is often water-resistant, which means your book will stay dry even when exposed to moisture or raindrops while reading outside in inclement weather conditions. Finally, there’s no need to worry about spills since cleaning up stains on your hardcover books only requires wiping them off with a damp cloth!
There are several benefits of printing a hardback book. Collectors love them because they’re more durable than paperbacks, and they’re often more expensive as well. If you’re looking for an investment that will appreciate over time, hardcover books are the way to go.
First-time writers are also encouraged to publish a hardback edition of their book whenever possible. It makes them look serious about their craft and allows them to build up their reputation as an author. Yes, there’s still a chance that the paperback could outsell the hardcover or vice versa (and if this happens in your case as an author, don’t worry—because you can still make some profit from both editions).
Of course, there’s another benefit to buying a hardback over buying a paperback – collectability! Just like any other collectible item like baseball cards or comic books, there’s something special about owning something that was printed on high-quality paper in large quantities for many years especially if they eventually fall out of print completely.
Hardback books are more expensive, and it shows. They look more professional and refined, which makes them perfect for your top shelf. When people see your collection of hardbooks, they’ll know that you care about the quality of products and services. After all, hardcover books are more durable, so they can last longer than paperbacks and eBooks.
Any custom size hardback book print UK-wide is more expensive than paperback. While this may be a downside to some, it’s worth it to know that hardcover books can be more durable and attractive than paperbacks.
Also, when it comes to cover design, you have a few different options. If you want to keep things simple, you can choose from a variety of standard colours. However, if you want something that really stands out, you can opt for a full-colour design then go for a matte finish. This is a great way to make your book look more professional and attract attention. Choose between gloss, matt or soft touch lamination to give the cover protection during the rigours of the binding process.
The pinnacle of book printing in the UK is hardback book printing. This method produces exquisite books suited for both personal collections and professional distribution. Whether your requirement is a handful or a bulk order, short run printing offers the most cost-effective and trustworthy solution.
We buy all of our materials from Winter & Co so do take a look through their range for hundreds of options on texture, finish and colour for linen cover hardback books:
This is good for a coloured smooth option:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/natural
And for more texture, check out:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/buckram/
These cannot be printed onto so any content, like a logo or title, will need to be foiled. To be transparent from the off, the material will be around £180-220 and the foiling adds a further £280. So while it will make for a visually great hardback book, it is an expensive addition on small print runs.
A A4 hardback book is a great way to publish your work, whether it be a collection of short stories, poetry, a full-length novel, dissertation or short run of graphics book. The format is unique and eye-catching, helping you stand out from the crowd. If you’re looking for a way to show off your writing in a different light than what people are used to seeing online, consider having your next project printed as an actual book.
These are just some of the benefits that come with publishing a hardcover book print dust cover custom UK-wide, but it’s important to remember that every book is different and has its own needs. Whether you want something simple or elaborate in terms of design, there are many options available depending on your budget. If you still have questions about this format, feel free to reach out! We’re always happy to help with any questions related to printing hardback books.
Contact Ex Why Zed, the best printing company for a number of reasons. Firstly, their customer service is excellent, and they are always willing to go the extra mile to make sure that their clients are happy. Secondly, they have a great range of products, including business cards, brochures, flyers, and posters. They are always updating their offerings to make sure that they are up-to-date with the latest trends. Thirdly, their prices are very competitive, and they often offer discounts and special offers to their clients. Finally, their turnaround times are always very quick, so you can be sure that your print job will be completed on time.
Here are some most frequently asked questions about how to print hardback books UK-wide.
There are a few reasons why authors might prefer hardcover book printing from firms like Ex Why Zed. First, hardbacks tend to be of higher quality than paperbacks, both in terms of the paper and the binding. This makes them more durable and longer-lasting, which is important for collectors or anyone who wants to keep their books in good condition. Hardbacks also have a more prestigious feel to them and are often seen as more professional than paperbacks. Finally, hardbacks do cost more to print than paperback and soft cover, so authors may make more money per book sold if they go with hardback printing.
Single hardback book printing is a cost-effective and efficient way to print hardback book UK. Why print more if you only need one? This printing method produces high-quality books that are perfect for both personal and professional use. Whether you need a few copies for your office or hundreds for distribution, single hardback book printing is the most affordable and reliable option.
There are a number of printing services that offer custom hardback book printing online. Prices will vary depending on the size and complexity of the project, but most services offer competitive rates.
When choosing a printer, it’s important to review all of the specifics of the job before making a decision. Be sure to ask about turnaround time, shipping options, and any other special requirements.
By taking the time to do some research, it’s easy to find a quality printing service that can produce beautiful hardback books for a fraction of the cost of getting it done at traditional publishing houses.
Hardback books boast top-tier materials, ensuring both durability and longevity. Thus, when you produce a hardback book in the UK, readers can cherish it for generations.
The book’s cover is both robust and flexible, standing up to regular wear and tear. Its pages are designed to resist easy tearing, even when frequently dog-eared or flipped. The binding is solid and dependable.
Authors often prefer hardback printing, courtesy of firms like Ex Why Zed. Hardbacks inherently exude superior quality, both in paper and binding, making them more enduring and perfect for those who treasure their books. Furthermore, hardbacks carry a sense of prestige and are typically priced higher than paperbacks, potentially leading to greater earnings for authors.
Several printing services provide custom hardback book printing online. Costs can fluctuate based on project specifics, but most services present competitive rates.
When selecting a service, scrutinise the job details. Inquire about delivery timelines, shipping alternatives, and any unique requisites. With diligent research, you can find a top-notch printing service capable of crafting stunning hardback books, often at a fraction of traditional publishing costs.
Embarking on the journey of self-publishing can be both exhilarating and daunting. One of the most crucial steps in this process is finding the right designer to bring your vision to life. With platforms like PeoplePerHour (PPH), a world of talent is at your fingertips. But how do you navigate this vast sea of options? Fear not! This guide will walk you through the steps of finding, approaching, briefing, and managing a book design or illustration project with a designer on PPH.
We found over 250 book designers when searching – plenty for every type of style and budget. Do also take a look at our guide to finding a designer on Fiverr and our article on Top Book Design Solutions.
X
We can provide them full guidance for how we need to artwork set-up for printing at Ex Why Zed.
PPH is a treasure trove of talented designers from all over the world, each offering unique styles, experiences, and price points. We found 227 book design options here. Start by:
Reaching out to a potential designer can feel a bit like setting up a job interview. Given that they might be located anywhere in the world, this initial conversation is crucial to gauge if they’re the right fit for your project. While you might start your discussions on the platform’s messaging service, consider progressing to a more direct form of communication like a phone call, Google Meet, or Zoom as the project advances. This can help in building rapport and understanding finer project details.
Here are 10 essential questions to ask during this “interview” phase:
Remember, the goal of these questions isn’t just to get answers but to gauge the designer’s professionalism, responsiveness, and fit for your project. Their responses will give you insights into their work ethic, design philosophy, and how they handle challenges – all crucial factors in ensuring a successful collaboration.
A well-thought-out brief is the foundation of a successful collaboration. Ensure you include:
We have crafted some solid design briefs which you can copy and paste into a message on PPH as an initial approach to a handful of designers you are keen to open discussions with.
Once you’ve selected a designer and they’re on board, it’s essential to manage the project effectively.
Remember, this is a collaborative journey. Celebrate milestones, appreciate the designer’s efforts, and always approach challenges as a team.
PeoplePerHour offers a plethora of choices, but with the right approach, you can find the perfect designer to bring your book to life. Embrace the process, stay positive, and before you know it, you’ll have a beautifully designed book ready for the world to see. Happy publishing!
At Ex Why Zed, we often get asked if we know anyone who can help design covers, page layouts and prepare artwork for print. Equally as many customers tell us their designer has gone awol and they can’t get hold of them to make the last few changes needed before printing at Ex Why Zed.
Are you looking for the best book design solutions 2024 to elevate your writing and make it stand out in the market? Look no further! A well-designed cover, effective page layouts, and artwork can engage readers and leave them with a lasting impression. In this blog post, we will delve into the importance of professional design and explore our top 4 book design solutions for 2024. We will also guide you through how to choose the perfect designer based on their skills, portfolio, pricing, and services. Whether it’s children’s books, annual reports, zine printing, photobooks or self-published projects, we’ve got you covered! Along with exploring the latest trends and styles that are making waves in 2024, we also answer frequently asked questions about book design. So what are you waiting for? Let’s get started on finding the right designer to bring your vision to life!
When it comes to creating visually appealing design, expert tips can make all the difference. Book design plays a crucial role in reader engagement and perception, shaping the overall reading experience. Typography, for example, conveys the tone and style of a book, while illustrations and graphics enhance the visual appeal. Real-life case studies showcasing successful book design projects provide valuable insights into what works and what doesn’t. Understanding the need for professional book design goes beyond just aesthetics; it requires design thinking and a practical guide to ensure that every element complements the content and resonates with the target audience.
A visually striking cover that captures attention is essential in today’s competitive market. By utilising graphic design principles, a well-designed cover for your publication can effectively convey the book’s genre and theme to potential readers. The choice of typography and layout plays a significant role in creating a compelling cover that entices people to pick up the book. Moreover, a well-designed book cover can significantly impact book sales, attracting more readers and increasing visibility in the crowded marketplace.
When it comes to engaging readers, the role of effective page layouts and artwork cannot be underestimated. Designing reader-friendly page layouts is crucial for creating an optimal reading experience. By incorporating visual elements such as illustrations and images, the text becomes more visually appealing and helps break up the content. Font choice and size also play a significant role in both readability and visual appeal. Achieving a pleasing layout involves finding the right balance between text and negative space. Design principles can guide readers’ eyes through the book’s content, ensuring a seamless and engaging reading experience.
Looking for the best book design solutions? Look no further! We’ve curated a list of other book design solutions to help you find the perfect fit for your project. With these top book design solutions, you’ll be on your way to creating a visually stunning and professionally designed book that will captivate your readers. So go ahead and explore these options to find the one that suits your needs best.
These four options offer a mix of full-service design agency, talented designer, and curated designer listings, ensuring that our clients have access to top-tier design talent for their next book project. ?
Website: Bear With Us
USP: A highly talented and creative team. We specialise in the illustration, design, production, and marketing of children’s literature. They create visually engaging books.
Why they stand out: Bear With Us Productions is an award-winning company that specialises in children’s book illustration and development.
They cover everything from initial character designs through to fully finished illustrations; each one is designed to bring your book to spectacular life. They offer a range of services that covers every aspect of self-publishing production & promotion, these include all-inclusive, cost-effective packages that come with staggered easy payment plans.
They will create something that both you and your little readers will love and enjoy reading time and time again.
Website: Reedsy
USP: Lists over 100 vetted book designers available for hire.
Why they stand out: Reedsy’s platform is curated, ensuring that every designer is a vetted professional. Clients can browse through extensive portfolios and directly engage with designers that align with their vision. The platform’s focus on book design and its user-friendly interface make it a top choice for those looking to collaborate closely with a designer.
Website: Brunch
USP: A small, but nimble design studio based in Cardiff, specialising in page layout, creativity and delivering great design solutions.
Why they stand out: They are responsive, accessible and UK based, three key factors that might make the running of your project smoother and easier to manage.
Website: 99designs
USP: Provides book design services and solutions through a competitive design process.
Why they stand out: The platform’s unique design contest format allows clients to receive multiple design options tailored to their brief. This gives clients the flexibility to choose a design that truly resonates with their vision. Plus, the platform has a vast pool of talented designers, ensuring diverse and high-quality design submissions.
Website: The Book Designers
USP: Specialises in book design from cover to cover.
Why they stand out: Their full-service design approach ensures that every aspect of the book, from the cover to the inner pages, is meticulously crafted. Their experienced team and custom solutions make them a top choice for those who want a cohesive and professional design throughout their book.
These four options offer a mix of full-service design agency, talented designer, and curated designer listings, ensuring that our clients have access to top-tier design talent for their next book project. ?✨
Looking for the perfect book designer? Here’s how to find the right one for your project: understand your design requirements, check their portfolio, read reviews, assess communication skills, and consider their familiarity with printing and digital publishing processes.
While often get asked if we know anyone who can help design book covers, equally as many customers tell us their designer has gone awol and they can’t get hold of them to make the last few changes needed before printing at Ex Why Zed. So do your due diligence and find a companion that you feel comfortable dealing with.
When it comes to finding the perfect book designer, there are several key skills and qualities you should look for. First and foremost, prioritise designers who have a strong understanding of book design and page layout principles. This will ensure that your book is designed with the reader in mind, creating a seamless and enjoyable reading experience. Additionally, seek out designers who have expertise in layout and composition, as this will greatly impact the visual appeal and readability of your book.
Research their portfolio which serves as a showcase of their previous work and design capabilities, giving you a glimpse into their skills and creativity. By evaluating the diversity and quality of their portfolio, you can determine whether they can meet your expectations and bring your vision to life. Look for real-world examples and case studies that demonstrate the designer’s expertise, and consider the range of genres and styles represented in their portfolio.
When working with book designers, it’s crucial to have a clear understanding of their pricing structures and payment terms. You should also inquire about the services included in their package, such as cover design, interior layout, and revisions. It’s important to clarify any additional costs that may arise, such as stock images or illustrations. Transparency in pricing is essential to avoid any surprises during the design process. By discussing these aspects, you can find the right book designer for your project without any unexpected costs or misunderstandings.
Expert insights into designing children’s books that capture the imagination of young readers. Exploring best practices in annual report design to effectively convey data and information. Embracing the unique design opportunities and challenges of zines, a popular alternative print medium. Tips for creating visually captivating photobooks that tell a compelling visual story. Considerations for self-publishing project design, tailored specifically for indie authors. Whether it’s captivating young readers or conveying complex data, understanding the different types of book design projects is essential for creating visually stunning and impactful publications.
Captivating young readers is all about vibrant illustrations and colours that spark their imagination. Typography plays a crucial role in conveying the book’s intended reading level, ensuring it matches their developmental stage. Designing interactive elements further engages children in the reading experience, making it fun and interactive. Successful children’s book designs serve as excellent examples to inspire creativity. So, whether it’s a whimsical adventure or an educational journey, children’s book design brings stories to life for young minds.
Designing a book as a self-published author can be a daunting task, especially if you don’t have a design background. But fear not! There are plenty of online tools and resources available to help you create professional-looking book designs. From eye-catching book covers to engaging interior layouts, there are tips and tricks to make your self-published project stand out. And don’t worry, you’re not alone. Many successful self-published authors have paved the way with their beautiful book designs. Additionally, marketing and promotion strategies are essential for getting your self-published book into the hands of readers. At Ex Why Zed we offer a Social Media Promotion Pack with helps you hit the ground running.
Embracing creative freedom and unconventional layouts, design for zine printing offers a refreshing approach to storytelling. By creating a cohesive visual language, designers can captivate readers and immerse them in a unique experience. Typography choices play a key role in setting the tone and enhancing the overall aesthetic of the zine. Experimentation with different printing techniques adds an element of surprise and texture to the final product. From handcrafted zines to digital creations, there is no shortage of inspiration when it comes to showcasing unique and inspiring designs. Get ready to explore a world of artistic expression within the pages of zines.
When it comes to photobook design, the key is to combine photography and design elements in order to create visually stunning and captivating books. By carefully choosing the right layout and sequencing, you can effectively tell a compelling visual story that engages readers. Don’t forget to incorporate text and captions to provide context and enhance the narrative. Remember to include white space – it frees the reader’s mind and draw their attention to the photography.
Annual reports are more than just a collection of financial data. They require a careful balance between aesthetics, functionality and UX. By using data visualisation techniques, complex information can be presented in a visually appealing manner. Incorporating branding elements into the design helps to create a cohesive and professional look. Innovative annual report designs feature creative infographics and capture the attention of stakeholders. An effective annual report is not just a document but a storytelling tool that communicates your company’s achievements and future goals.
Here are some ideas for instant inspiration on cover design, page layout and winning solutions.
The Ex Why Zed Pinterest Boards are packed full of previous work we have printed. Out of thousands of projects we have printed, these are some of the best examples of book design.
Our Video Showcase Snippets are 1-2 minute gems which dive into the winning elements of recent hardback and softback publications from the niches of self-published children’s books, photobooks, coffee table art books as well as stacks of zines. Enjoy browsing through and make a note of what you consider to be great examples of page layout, typography and styling.
We are now offering Book Promotion Social Media packs to help you hit the ground running and ensure your book gets its cover seen in public from day one. Our packs are packed full of plans, ideas and ready-to-go content meaning you can immediately show the world your new publication.
The design industry is witnessing exciting trends and innovations that are shaping its landscape. With the rise of digital publishing, book design and distribution have undergone a significant transformation. This shift has opened up new opportunities for collaboration between designers, authors, and publishers, fostering a creative ecosystem.
Stay ahead by diving into the latest design and typography trends for compelling book visuals. Integrating modernism with logo elements and strategic typography not only enhances the appeal of your books but also improves the UX for readers. Venture into inventive layouts and illustrations for an unmatched reading experience. Opt for bold typefaces that draw attention effortlessly. Embrace inclusive design to appeal to a diverse readership. By staying updated with these evolving trends, your book designs will remain fresh, engaging, and relevant in 2024.
In the world of book design, there are numerous styles and themes that can bring life to your literary masterpiece. Designing books goes beyond just visuals; it’s about creating an immersive experience for readers. From minimalist to vintage or futuristic, you have a plethora of design styles to choose from. And don’t forget about the importance of matching the book’s content with the right theme, whether it’s romance, mystery, or fantasy. Visual language plays a significant role in capturing the essence of your story, so experiment with different graphics and illustrations to enhance the storytelling. Lastly, don’t be afraid to play with creative typeface combinations that bring your chosen theme to life. So, go ahead and explore the endless possibilities of book design!
Yes! A well-crafted book style can have a significant impact on sales. Eye-catching cover designs attract potential buyers and help books stand out in a crowded market. Thoughtfully laid out inside pages enhance the reading experience and encourage recommendations. You should feel proud to show off on your work.
Social media is a great starting point for your search in the digital world. LinkedIn, Facebook, Instagram and X formerly known as Twitter are must-read channels and full of talented UX designers offering logo, storyboards, visual design and great book layout experience.
In conclusion, finding the perfect book designer is crucial for creating a visually appealing and engaging book. A well-designed book cover, effective page layouts, and artwork play a vital role in capturing readers’ attention and making a lasting impression. Our top 4 book design solutions, including Reedsy, Brunch Design, 99designs, and The Book Designers, offer a range of skills and services to meet your specific needs.
Good luck and if your designer has any questions about how we need the artwork formatted for printing at Ex Why Zed, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
Fantastic! If you’re looking to craft a book that’s a visual masterpiece, you’ll want to draw inspiration from the best in the business. Here are ten top-notch design agencies, graphic design companies, and iconic designers specialising in book design. Let’s delve into the unique selling points, pros, and cons of each of these agencies and designers:
Just Bear With Us
https://Justbearwithus.com
Dexigner’s Book Design Companies
https://www.dexigner.com/directory/cat/Book-Design/Companies
It’s Nice That: Five Designers and Studios
https://www.itsnicethat.com/articles/five-book-covers-graphic-design-170822
Reedsy: 100+ Designers For Hire
https://reedsy.com/design/book-designer
Book Publicist: 50 Book Cover Designers
https://book-publicist.com/50-book-cover-designers-to-create-your-best-selling-cover/
Mayfly Design
https://mayflydesign.com/
The Book Designers
https://bookdesigners.com/
Kindlepreneur: Best Book Cover Software, Designers and Services
https://kindlepreneur.com/book-cover-software-designers-services/
BookBaby: Professional Book Design Services
https://www.bookbaby.com/book-design
Each of these platforms and designers brings something unique to the table. Depending on the specific needs and preferences, one might be a better fit than the others. It’s always a good idea to research and reach out to multiple options before making a final decision. ?✨
A: Self-publishers are welcomed by most of these agencies. They understand the unique requirements and challenges that come with self-publishing a book and provide all necessary support. Many agencies also offer services like ebook conversion and print-on-demand, which are often essential for self-publishers. Once your design is complete, you’ll need to upload the files to Ex Why Zed using WeTransfer.com (it’s super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production. If you need us to chat to your designer at any stage of the process then do feel free to pass on our contact details: hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk or 01206 766647.
A: Designing a book for print is the process of creative and technical tasks such as cover design, layout, typography, font selection and print management. It’s about making a book visually appealing and conveying the right message to attract the target audience. It’s integral to the publishing process as it ensures the final product, whether it’s a paperback, hardcover or ebook, is stunning and engages readers.
A: A design agency has a team of experienced freelancers and graphic designers who focus specifically on book cover design. They have mastered the art of creating timeless and creative covers that promote the essence of your book and appeal to readers. They understand how to use creative and innovative imagery to catch a viewer’s attention.
A: Yes, many of these agencies offer a range of services including layout design. They ensure the interior layout is visually attractive and reader friendly in both digital and print formats. This can also include the selection of relevant fonts, copyright and ISBN placement, and number of pages determination.
A: Definitely! An innovative cover design can significantly influence a reader’s decision to select your book. It is what your readers will see first and it needs to convey the feel and content of your book. A creative and bold cover design can enhance your book’s appeal and promote its success.
A: The timeline can vary greatly depending on the extent of the services you require, the agency’s workflow, and your own responsiveness. However, many agencies aim to deliver the book design in a timely manner without compromising on the creativity and quality of the design.
A: Absolutely! These agencies tailor their services to meet the needs of all types of authors, including those who write academic books. They can produce designs suitable for such publications, ensuring that the design is relevant and effective for the target audience.
A: While the primary role of these agencies is to create compelling book design and layout, many also offer promotional services. This could include creating promotional material like promotional imagery, book’s features, newsletters, etc. You can contact them directly to learn more about their promotional services.
A: You can initiate the process by reaching out to the agency via their “contact us” feature. After learning more about your book and your specific needs, they will tailor a contract and a unique approach for your project. Communication is usually seamless, ranging from traditional email communication to inbox messaging on various devices.
A: Most design agencies are flexible and will allow you to update your choices throughout the process. However, it’s essential to communicate effectively and in a timely manner to ensure that changes can be made seamlessly, and the final product meets your satisfaction.
When it comes to captivating the attention of your audience and leaving a lasting impression, A1 poster printing stands out as a superior choice. With the ability to feature vibrant, full-colour artwork on large format posters, businesses and creatives alike can communicate their message effectively and aesthetically. This comprehensive guide explores the multitude of benefits and considerations associated with A1 printing services, as well as practical advice on design and insights into the future trends of poster printing.
In the realm of advertising, size and visibility are paramount. A1 posters, with their generous 594x840mm dimensions (precise A1 is actually 594x841mm), offer a large canvas that greatly enhances visual impact. This sizeable format ensures that your advertising messages are seen from a distance, making them perfect for high-traffic areas. Moreover, large format printing allows for detailed, high-resolution artwork, ensuring that your designs look crisp and compelling, which is essential for capturing and retaining audience attention.
Colour plays a pivotal role in human psychology and can significantly influence moods and perceptions. At Ex Why Zed, we use full colour CMYK printing to produce vivid and dynamic prints that attract and engage viewers. These colourful impressions can encapsulate your brand’s essence and evoke specific responses, making full colour an invaluable tool in capturing the essence of your message and engaging your target audience effectively.
While digital media has its advantages posters offer a tangible and engaging alternative that can complement online marketing strategies. Unlike transient digital ads, posters provide a physical presence that can resonate more deeply with audiences, creating a lasting impact. Additionally, when comparing costs, A1 posters are an affordable option, offering wide coverage at best prices, including benefits such as free UK delivery and fast turnaround times, making them a cost-effective solution for both small and large-scale campaigns.
• 100% of our jobs are printed onto FSC Papers
• All our litho printed jobs utilise vegetable inks
• We offer FSC and Recycled Paper Choices
• No minimum order quantity means no excess wastage
• Fast press set-up ensures low material and energy usage
The choice of poster material plays a significant role in the overall quality and appeal of the printed poster. The 190gsm satin finish is a popular choice for posters due to its smooth, semi-gloss surface which enhances the vibrancy of colours. This premium paper weight offers a balance between durability and visual appeal, making it perfect for posters intended for indoor use, exhibitions, or promotional displays. The satin finish also minimises glare, ensuring your poster remains legible and visually striking under various lighting conditions.
For longer print runs of 250 copies or more, then we would print your A1 Art Prints on our B1 litho press which opens up the full range of papers types: silk. Choose from silk, uncoated or gloss posters from a lightweight 100gsm to a chunky 350gsm card.
The longevity and vibrance of a poster significantly depend on the quality of ink used. Our large format machine uses superior inks that are fade-resistant and capable of producing a wide spectrum of colours. Durable, pigment-based inks will ensure your posters maintain their colour depth and clarity over time, even when exposed to light or harsh environmental conditions, thus preserving the integrity and impact of your message.
The digital world predominantly uses RGB colour space, while the printing industry relies on CMYK. This distinction is crucial when preparing artwork for A1 poster printing. To achieve accurate colour representation, converting your designs from RGB to CMYK is essential. This will ensure that the colours you see on your screen are as closely matched in print as is possible but there will never be an exact match.
Evaluating Printing Options: Matt vs. Satin Poster Paper
Deciding between matt and satin poster paper hinges on the intended use and desired aesthetic of your A1 poster. Matt paper provides a flat, more muted finish that can be easier to read and lend itself to being written on. In contrast, satin paper offers a more subtle sheen, reducing glare and providing a professional finish that is easier on the eyes for posters with heavy text or detailed designs. Both options are available from Ex Why Zed at 840x594mm.
You can see the slight grain on the Pick Me Up poster here which is printed onto our ‘house’ uncoated.
Finding a balance between cost and quality is key when selecting a printing service. Look for A1 poster printing services that offer competitive pricing without compromising on the quality of materials and printing technology. Affordable options should also include perks such as fast turnaround, order online convenience, and free UK delivery. Reading customer reviews and examining samples can help you assess the quality of a service, ensuring you receive high-quality A1 poster printing that meets your expectations and budget.
Whether promoting an upcoming event or launching a new product, timely delivery of your A1 posters is crucial. Choose a poster printing service with a proven track record of fast turnaround times and reliable delivery. Excellent customer service is also vital, as it ensures any queries or issues you have can be swiftly addressed. A responsive and helpful customer service team can significantly enhance your printing experience, ensuring your needs are met with professionalism and care.
The substantial size of A1 posters offers a fantastic canvas for showcasing your creative designs. To maximise this space, focus on creating a balanced composition that guides the viewer’s eye across the poster. Utilise high-quality, high-resolution images and bold, legible typography to ensure that your message is clear, even from a distance. Additionally, consider the use of negative space to prevent your design from appearing cluttered, allowing your key message to stand out.
Selecting appropriate artwork and photos is crucial for the success of your A1 poster. These elements should not only be visually striking but also resonant with your brand identity and the message you wish to convey. Ensure that all visuals are of high resolution to avoid pixelation when printed at the large A1 size. Additionally, considering the colour scheme in relation to the CMYK printing process will help in achieving vibrant and accurate colour reproduction.
Before sending your design for printing, several steps must be taken to ensure it is print-ready. This includes converting colours to the CMYK colour model, ensuring all fonts are embedded or converted to outlines, and setting the correct resolution. Providing a bleed in the design can also be crucial, as it prevents any unintentional white borders from appearing after cutting. Checking with your chosen A1 poster printing service for specific file requirements can save time and ensure your posters come out exactly as intended.
The advancement of digital technologies has significantly impacted A1 poster printing, offering new possibilities for creativity and efficiency. Innovative printing techniques now allow for faster printing speeds, higher quality outputs, and reduced costs. Additionally, digital platforms facilitate easy customization and order online capabilities, enabling customers to design and print a1 posters seamlessly from the comfort of their homes or offices. These technological advancements are streamlining the printing process, making high quality a1 poster printing more accessible and versatile than ever.
Environmental sustainability has become a crucial concern in the printing industry. In response, many A1 poster printing services are adopting eco-friendly practices, such as using recycled poster paper or sustainable inks. These green initiatives not only reduce the environmental impact of printing but also appeal to environmentally conscious consumers. As sustainability continues to gain prominence, choosing a printing service that prioritises eco-friendly materials and practices can enhance your brand image and contribute to a healthier planet.
As businesses and creatives seek to stand out in a crowded marketplace, the demand for custom printing options is on the rise. A1 poster printing services are evolving to meet these needs by offering a wide range of customisation options, from unique finishes like gloss or lamination to specialised materials for indoor or outdoor use. With these advancements, customers can tailor their posters to specific requirements, ensuring their advertising or artistic endeavours make the strongest possible impact.
A: At Ex Why Zed, we’ve simplified the process to make getting your A1 poster prints as easy as possible. Simply upload your artwork through our website, and a member of our team will contact you to confirm the details. Our state-of-the-art large format printing ensures your posters are of the highest quality and ready to make a statement wherever they’re displayed.
A: Absolutely! Our A1 posters are ideal for both indoor and outdoor settings. We offer a variety of paper types, including outdoor poster paper that is perfect for outdoor use. This ensures your posters can withstand the elements and remain vibrant and impactful over time.
A: While A1 size posters are among the most visually stunning, we also offer a range of sizes to suit your needs, including A0, A2 posters, a3 posters, and A4. Our team can help you choose the best size for your project, ensuring your message is viewed from a distance or up close, as needed.
A: For high-quality photo prints, we recommend selecting our 190gsm satin paper which provides excellent colour reproduction and is suitable for a wide variety of poster designs. This option ensures your pieces of artwork are showcased in stunning detail and colour depth, perfect for galleries, exhibitions, or retail environments.
A: Absolutely! We believe in providing our customers with affordable options without sacrificing quality. Our cheap A1 poster printing services are designed to offer competitive prices while ensuring your posters are printed on high-quality materials with vibrant, accurate colors.
A: Yes, regardless of your location in the UK, whether that be London, Colchester or further afield, Ex Why Zed has the capabilities to handle large format printing for any project. Our skilled team uses the latest in printing technology to produce quality prints that suit your needs, whether for personal or professional use.
A: Choosing the right paper type depends on the purpose of your poster. For indoor posters, we have a variety of options that will suit different indoor conditions. For posters that need to be durable and suitable for outdoor use, we recommend our outdoor poster paper options. Our team is always available to advise on the best paper type to match your poster designs and application.
A: Yes, it certainly is! At Ex Why Zed, we encourage you to upload your artwork for your custom A1 size posters. This way, you can truly make a statement with your custom designs. Our team is here to ensure the printing process brings your vision to life with quality prints and vibrant colours.
When it comes to showcasing your artwork or promoting an event, the choice of medium can make all the difference in capturing attention and conveying your message. A2 poster printing offers a versatile and impactful solution, merging the perfect size with vibrant colour to create eye-catching visuals. This detailed guide explores why A2 poster printing is an exceptional choice for artists, businesses, and anyone looking to make a statement.
The A2 size, measuring 420 x 594 mm, strikes an ideal balance between visibility and convenience. It’s large enough to display intricate details and bold designs, yet compact enough for easy handling and placement in various locations. Choosing A2 poster printing means your artwork or message will stand out, drawing in viewers with its prominent dimensions and compelling visuals. The A2 poster size offers ample space for creativity, allowing for everything from exquisite fine art reproductions to dynamic promotional materials.
Looking for a larger impact?
Choose our A1 poster printing. Or if space is tight then try our A3 poster printing or a4 poster options.
Opting for full colour in A2 poster printing unleashes the power of the colour spectrum, bringing your visuals to life with depth and vibrancy. High-quality A2 printing captures subtle hues and sharp contrasts, making your posters unmissable. Whether you’re aiming for the rich textures of fine art prints or the bold lines of illustrated prints for Etsy, full colour A2 posters ensure your work is presented with the clarity and intensity it deserves.
A2 poster printing stands out from other options, offering a unique combination of impact and versatility. Larger formats may offer more space but can be cumbersome and less accessible for many uses, while smaller sizes may fail to make the desired impact. A2 posters provide a compelling alternative, suitable for everything from art shows and drama performances to promotions and local events, ensuring high visibility without the limitations of oversized prints.
Love these? Buy your Art Print from Tiny Riot
? Accessible, Expert, Friendly Advice
? Finest Digital and Litho Print
? All Papers are FSC Certified
?️ Flexible Custom Options
? A Solution For Every Budget
?️ Printing from PDF
? FREE Paper Samples
? FREE UK Delivery
? Worldwide Shipping
✅ Transforming Ideas Into Print Since 2006
? 100% of our jobs are printed onto FSC Papers
? All our litho printed jobs utilise vegetable inks
? We offer FSC and Recycled Paper Choices
? No minimum order quantity means no excess wastage
? Fast press set-up ensures low material and energy usage
Enjoy finding out more about our eco-friendly processes at:
Choosing between fine art and illustrated prints for A2 poster printing depends on your specific needs and aesthetic preferences. Fine art prints, with their emphasis on detail and texture, benefit greatly from the A2 size’s ability to showcase artistry on a larger scale. Conversely, illustrated prints leverage the A2 poster size’s capacity for bold, graphic visuals, making it an excellent choice for artists and designers looking to make a vibrant statement. Both options thrive in the A2 format, supported by high-quality printing services that ensure the fidelity and impact of your work.
The finish of your A2 poster can significantly affect its overall appearance and feel. Gloss finishes add a sheen that enhances colour vibrancy and dynamic range, ideal for high-impact imagery and catching the eye in well-lit settings. Matte finishes, on the other hand, offer a more subdued and elegant look, reducing glare and providing a soft texture that’s particularly suited to fine art prints. Choosing between gloss and matte finishes for your A2 posters involves considering the intended effect and the environment in which the poster will be displayed.
Advanced techniques have revolutionised A2 poster printing, enabling the reproduction of full colour artwork with stunning accuracy and saturation. Our B2 HP Indigo press has opened up cheap A2 poster printing to the mass market.
The use of high-quality poster paper and cutting-edge CMYK printing processes ensures that every hue and detail is captured, from the subtlest gradient to the most intense colour burst. This technology makes A2 poster printing a reliable option for achieving vibrant colours and sharp images, perfect for making a strong visual statement.
Selecting the ideal A2 poster printing service is crucial for achieving the best results. Look for providers that offer a combination of high-quality printing options, such as fine art and illustrated prints, along with a variety of finishes and paper types. Services like Ex Why Zed cater to artists and designers seeking exceptional quality for their A2 posters, providing the expertise and options needed to bring creative visions to life.
Designing for A2 poster size requires a keen eye for composition and scale. Utilising templates can streamline the process, ensuring your artwork aligns perfectly with the dimensions of 594mm x 420mm. Focus on creating a compelling visual hierarchy, with clear focal points and legible text to maximise impact. For those looking for extra support, many A2 poster printing services offer design assistance, helping to refine your concepts into powerful posters.
The transition from digital design to physical poster is a pivotal moment in A2 poster printing. Ensure your files are correctly formatted, typically as high-resolution PDFs, with appropriate margins and bleed settings for full-bleed printing. Quality printing services will guide you through the specifics, making the process seamless. Once printed, the result is a tangible representation of your vision, ready to captivate and communicate in full colour and impressive scale.
A2 posters are an effective tool for signage, capable of drawing attention and delivering messages with clarity. Whether promoting an art show, a drama performance, or a local event, A2 signage combines visual appeal with practical information, guiding and engaging your target audience. The right poster material and design can transform an A2 poster into a potent promotional asset.
Presenting your A2 posters effectively involves choosing the right display options. Frames, mounts, and lamination can enhance the poster’s durability and aesthetic value, making it more striking and suitable for various settings. Indoor environments might favor elegant frames that complement the decor, while outdoor settings could require more durable solutions, such as waterproof lamination and secure mounting.
When deciding between outdoor and indoor A2 posters, consider factors such as material durability, resistance to weather conditions, and the likelihood of sun exposure. Outdoor A2 posters need to withstand the elements, requiring robust materials and protective finishes. Indoor posters, while not exposed to harsh conditions, still benefit from quality printing and finishing to ensure longevity and visual impact.
Mistakes in A2 poster printing, such as alignment issues or incorrect scaling, can detract from the overall effectiveness of your poster. Address these challenges by double-checking your design files for accuracy and consulting with your printing service to confirm specifications before printing. Effective communication and meticulous preparation can prevent most errors, ensuring a smooth printing process.
High-quality A2 poster printing relies on clear, high-resolution images and precise colour management. Avoid common pitfalls like blurry images or inaccurate colours by using high-resolution files and color profiles optimized for printing. Collaborating with a reputable printing service will also help, as they can offer guidance on achieving the best possible reproduction of your artwork.
The final step in the A2 poster printing process is selecting the printing option that best matches your objectives. Consider factors such as print volume, desired finishes, poster material, and budget. Whether you need a small batch of fine art prints or a large run of promotional posters, carefully weigh your options to ensure your A2 posters reflect your vision and meet your needs effectively.
In conclusion, A2 poster printing offers a dynamic and powerful way to present artwork, promote events, and make a statement. By understanding the benefits of A2 size, exploring high-quality printing options, and following best practices for design and production, you can maximize the impact of your A2 posters. With the right approach and printing partner, bringing your art to life at 594 x 420 mm becomes a rewarding and successful endeavour.
A: The standard A2 size for poster printing is 594x420mm. This size is perfect for art prints and promotional posters, offering a large canvas that’s not too overwhelming for indoor spaces. We offer a wide range of A2 poster printing services, including various finishes like gloss or matt finish to ensure maximum quality and impact for your posters. Whether you need a vibrant outdoor poster or a subtle art reproduction, our range of A2 options has got you covered.
A: Absolutely! Ordering A2 posters online is easy and convenient. We provide a quick delivery service to meet your urgent needs. Depending on your order’s complexity and quantity, posters can often be printed today and dispatched swiftly. Just upload your artwork, choose your specific printing options, and we’ll take care of the rest. Our aim is to get your posters to you as soon as possible, without compromising on quality.
A: We utilize the latest in printing technology, including HP Indigo and litho printing, to offer poster printing across the UK. These advanced techniques ensure vibrant colors, sharp details, and a finish that truly stands out. Whether you’re looking for a small print run or large format posters, our technology can accommodate your needs, delivering professional results every time.
A: Yes, our outdoor poster range includes options specifically designed for outdoor use. Printed on durable outdoor poster paper, these posters are made to withstand the elements, retaining their vibrant colors and finish for your poster longer. Ideal for events, promotions, or outdoor art displays, our outdoor posters ensure your message gets seen, come rain or shine.
A: Yes, we offer a comprehensive design service for A2 size posters. Whether you have a concept in mind or need creative guidance from scratch, our team can help bring your ideas to life. We provide a wide range of poster designs, from minimalist art pieces to bold promotional posters, ensuring your final product communicates your message effectively and visually engages your audience.
A: We offer a variety of finishes for A2 posters to suit any need or aesthetic, including gloss paper for a shiny, vibrant look and 180gsm matt for a subtle, elegant finish. Our range allows you to choose the best finish for your poster based on where and how it will be used, ensuring durability and impact. Whether for indoor and outdoor display, our finish options help your posters stand out.
A: Yes, we specialize in both small and large print runs for A2 posters. For bulk orders, we often provide discounts and offer competitive pricing to ensure you get the best value without compromising on quality. Our state-of-the-art printing technology and experienced team ensure efficient and high-quality production, whether you’re ordering a handful of posters or a large batch for widespread distribution.
A: To ensure your satisfaction and the quality of your A2 poster, we offer a proofing service. You can upload your artwork, and our team will review it, making sure it meets printing standards for quality and impact. We’ll communicate with you throughout the process, offering advice on improvements if necessary, to ensure the final product is exactly as you envisioned. Our goal is to make printing posters online a seamless and confidence-inspiring experience.
A: Yes, to achieve the best results for your A2 poster printing, we have specific artwork requirements. Your design should be set to the correct A2 dimensions (594x420mm) and include a bleed area for cutting. Files should be in high-resolution, preferably in PDF, TIFF, or JPEG format, to ensure maximum quality printing. If you have any questions about preparing your artwork, our team is here to guide you through the process, ensuring your posters look flawless.
Stepping into the vast landscape of digital printing signifies a commitment to broadcasting your message with clarity and vibrancy. A3 poster printing, a powerful tool in your promotional arsenal, offers a unique blend of size and visibility, making it an ideal choice for various purposes. As we navigate the elements that make A3 poster printing a cornerstone of effective promotion, let’s explore how Ex Why Zed, a leading online service, revolutionises this medium with quality, flexibility, and innovation.
The choice of A3 size, with the dimensions 420mm x 297mm, for your posters is more than a practical decision; it’s a strategic one. This dimension strikes a perfect balance between eye-catching presence and adaptability, fitting seamlessly into various contexts from art shows to local events. Unlike larger formats that demand extensive space, A3 posters integrate effectively within diverse environments, ensuring your message captures attention without overwhelming its setting.
When deliberating between A2 and A3, consider the A2’s superior surface area, which is precisely double that of A3. A1 is larger still and double A2.
A3 Paper size is 420x297mm.
A2 Poster Printing is 594x420mm.
A1 Poster Printing is 840x594mm.
This increased space not only enhances visual impact but also provides ample room for creative expression. Whether promoting a drama performance or an art exhibition, the A1 and A2 sizes empower you to incorporate more information, vivid imagery, and bold fonts, thus amplifying your message’s effectiveness and reading an audience from across a room or venue.
The dimensions of A3 posters are particularly suited to projects that demand high visibility. This size allows designers to employ a full-colour palette vividly brought to life through quality printing, making every hue pop and every detail sharp. In essence, A3 posters serve as a canvas that, when utilized effectively, ensures your promotion stands out in a saturated visual world.
Ex Why Zed Sustainable Printing Facts ?
? 100% of our jobs are printed onto FSC Papers
? All our litho printed jobs utilise vegetable inks (500 copies or more)
? We offer FSC and Recycled Paper Choices
? No minimum order quantity means no excess wastage
? Fast press set-up ensures low material and energy usage
Enjoy finding out more about our eco-friendly processes at:
?Accessible, Expert, Friendly Advice. If you haven’t done this before, don’t worry, we have!
?? Free File Check and Preflight. We aim for perfection and will let you know if anything needs changing.
?? We Talk the Talk, But We Also Walk the Walk. ⏰ Replies in minutes from print experts, not days or weeks.
? All Papers are FSC Certified. Sustainable printing guaranteed and we also use vegetable inks for litho jobs.
? Fast Turnaround. Delivery in 3 working days.
? Finest Digital and Litho Print. HP Indigo and Heidelberg Litho – the best possible quality for short, medium and long print runs.
?️ Professional Printing process. Best industry practice, not a mickey mouse website where you throw JPGs at the screen then keep your fingers crossed.
?️ Flexible Custom Options. The answer is “Yes”, now what is the question?
?️ Enjoy 500 Case Studies in our Portfolio. Not made-up CGI nonsense like the other sites have ?
? A Solution For Every Budget. We always quote for a range of quantities to help hit your target price.
? FREE Paper Samples. Make the best possible choice from our extensive print options.
? FREE UK Delivery. Your print will arrive by tracked courier, the day after it leaves us.
? Worldwide Shipping at cost price from a network of couriers.
✅ Transforming Your Ideas Into Print Since 2006.
Start a conversation with us today on hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk or 01206 766647.
Finding an exemplary A3 poster printing service online pivots on several critical factors: print quality, material options, and turnaround time. High-caliber services like Ex Why Zed not only offer superior print quality but also a vast range of A3 material options, from gloss to uncoated paper, catering to every aesthetic. Furthermore, with an exceptional promise of delivery in 3 days, Ex Why Zed ensures your project maintains momentum, reaching your hands exactly when needed.
Within the realm of digital printing services, Ex Why Zed distinguishes itself through an unwavering commitment to excellence and versatility. Offering a plethora of A3 printing options, including single or double-sided prints on paper weights ranging from 100gsm to 350gsm, Ex Why Zed caters to both the artistic and practical aspects of poster design. Coupled with free delivery, their service not only meets but exceeds customer expectations.
When selecting a printing service for A3 posters, it’s essential to understand the difference between digital and offset printing. Digital printing, favoured for its precision and speed, is ideal for A3 posters, particularly when dealing with multiple designs or limited runs. This method, championed by Ex Why Zed, allows for vibrant full-colour representations, ensuring each poster is a testament to quality and innovation.
Choosing the right poster material is crucial for achieving the desired finish and effect. Gloss and silk papers offer a smooth finish that enhances the vibrancy of colours, making them excellent choices for art prints and promotional A3 posters. For a more understated look, uncoated paper provides a natural feel, ideal for text-heavy designs or where a matt finish is preferred.
Lamination not only adds a layer of gloss or matt finish but also serves as a protective shield, safeguarding your A3 posters against wear and tear. It is particularly recommended for posters used in high-traffic areas or outdoor settings, where durability is key. Opting for PVC lamination can further enhance the poster’s lifespan, making it a wise choice for long-term displays.
The outcome of your A3 poster printing is significantly influenced by your paper choice. Premium options like satin paper or heavyweight 350gsm paper elevate the poster’s overall feel, imbuing it with a professional quality that resonates with viewers. Ex Why Zed’s extensive range of A3 paper options ensures that each project can be tailor-made to match your specific aesthetic and durability requirements.
Creating an eye-catching A3 poster begins with a compelling design that makes smart use of space, colour, and typography. Employing the CMYK format ensures that the colours you choose print almost as vividly on paper as they appear on screen.
In the printing process, the CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Key black) format is pivotal for achieving accurate colour reproduction. This four-colour process allows for vivid prints that are rich and detailed, making it the gold standard for any high-quality A3 poster printing.
Prior to submission, ensuring your design files are correctly formatted can significantly affect the final print outcome. PDF files are recommended for A3 poster printing due to their ability to lock in all design elements from fonts to imagery, ensuring they render correctly during the printing process. Ex Why Zed advises customers on optimal PDF guidelines, guaranteeing that every custom A3 poster print meets both the service’s and the client’s high standards.
A3 posters are versatile tools that can elevate your business or event through strategic placement and design. Whether used to promote a local event or display in an art show, the right A3 poster can act as a visual anchor, drawing in and engaging audiences. Considering the poster’s placement and envisaged interaction can maximize its impact, turning viewers into participants and customers.
Presenting your A3 poster in a frame or with professional signage not only enhances its visual appeal but also its perceived value. Selecting the correct frame or signage solution can transform an A3 print into a focal point, inviting closer inspection and appreciation. This added layer of refinement is pivotal for posters intended for professional settings or exhibitions.
To ensure your A3 posters withstand the test of time and environment, incorporating durability measures such as PVC lamination is advisable. This not only protects against physical damage but also against fading from sunlight exposure. Considering the intended use and location of your A3 poster can guide you towards the best protective measures, ensuring your message remains vibrant and intact for as long as needed.
In conclusion, A3 poster printing offers an expansive canvas for creativity and communication. By utilising the unparalleled services provided by Ex Why Zed, anyone can transform ideas into impactful visuals that capture attention, engage audiences, and withstand the rigours of display and handling. Navigate the world of A3 poster printing with confidence, knowing that Ex Why Zed stands ready to bring your vision to life with professionalism and flair.
A: At Ex Why Zed, we offer a range of printing sizes to suit your needs, including popular options like A3, A2, and A1 sizes. Whether you’re looking for A3 size art prints for an exhibition or bigger sizes for impactful signage at trade shows, we’ve got you covered. Remember, bigger isn’t always better – choose the size that fits your space and needs best.
A: Absolutely! Lamination is a great way to protect your posters and add a gloss finish, making them suitable for outdoor use and extending their lifespan. When you select your options for printing online with us, you can choose to customise your posters with laminate, ensuring they look great and last longer.
A: When you need your posters fast, our instantprint option at checkout is your best friend. This speedy service means that once you upload your artwork and finalize your order, we dispatch it for next day delivery, ensuring your posters arrive when you need them most. Ideal for last-minute promotions or urgent signage needs!
A: Yes, our talented design team is standing by to help transform your vision into reality. If you’re unsure about your design or need professional input, we can assist. From selecting the best printing options to deciding on single or double-sided prints, our team will guide you through the process, so you get perfect A3 posters for your event or display.
A: Ex Why Zed prides itself on using high-quality paper for all A3 posters. We recommend this paper for its durability and excellent ink absorption, ensuring your prints have vibrant, full colour that catches the eye. Whether for a booklet or a standalone poster, we ensure your project impresses with its quality finish.
A: Definitely! Our A3 posters offer a versatile solution for promoting events, providing impactful signage for trade shows, or decorating a space where space is limited. Due to their size and the option to customise with various finishes, they are suitable for a range of uses, from indoor informational signage to outdoor promotional material.
A: Uploading your artwork for your A3 poster printing is simple and straightforward with Ex Why Zed. During the online ordering process, you’ll find an option to upload your artwork file. We accept a range of formats, and our system will guide you through the steps to ensure your file is ready for print. If you encounter any difficulties, our team is always ready to assist!
A: Choosing Ex Why Zed for your A3 poster printing needs means benefitting from our commitment to quality, flexibility, and convenience. With options to customise your posters, from the printing size to finishes like silk, gloss or uncoated with speedy dispatch, and support from our expert design team. We offer a seamless experience from the moment you visit our site to the delivery of your high-quality posters. Plus, our printers use vibrant, full colour ink, ensuring your posters stand out wherever they are displayed.
Ever thought about printing a book or a booklet, but you don’t have the time to learn a new program or mess around with the confusing processes that come with traditional formatting and publishing platforms? Good news, you don’t have to! The Ex Why Zed print journey is novice friendly and super easy.
Design your booklet in Microsoft Publisher and ultimately all we need to print your project is a PDF.
1. Design your layout in Publisher first, then when you’re happy it all look good, choose File > Export > Create PDF/XPS Document > Create PDF/XPS.
2. Add a File name for the publication.
3. For Save as type, select either PDF or XPS Document.
4. Click Options and choose the publish option best for online or print viewing of your publication:
At this stage, we recommend choosing the maximum setting to save your file. This will ensure you images print crisp and in focus on our presses. So choose Commercial Press.
5. Click OK, and click Publish. Easy!
Whether you’re trying to print a professional-looking brochure for your company or just a keepsake for a family gathering, the benefits of printing a booklet in Publisher are plentiful. Today, we’re gonna take a deep dive into how this fantastic tool can make your booklet printing process a breeze, and some of the big benefits that come with it.
It’s easy printing a booklet in Publisher. When you create a booklet in Publisher, the pages of your document will be automatically grouped together and arranged as required by the printer. You’ll find that it’s much easier to print your booklets than if you were trying to do that using a completely different platform. We just need one PDF file in reading order – simple!
Why go for booklets instead of full-sized books or magazines? Booklets are more portable than books. If you want something small enough for a pocket or purse, why not consider having a custom booklet printed? Choose any size larger than A6, through A5 and A4, up to an including a maximum height of 420mm and a width of 297mm. Yes at Ex Why Zed, we can print all custom sizes from A6 to A3 wire stitched booklets.
Booklets are also more affordable than books. Because they have fewer pages (usually), it’s less expensive for publishers to produce with the added incentive that these types of documents can contain just as much information as larger print formats.
The cover of the booklet can be made more professional with the right tools. You can choose from many different pre-designed templates and fonts, or you can select the text, a picture, and background colour to create your own.
You can use Publisher to format your text for easier reading. This includes changing the font size, line spacing, and margins. You can also apply formatting like italics or underlining to single words or lines in your text.
When digital printing booklet A4 folded formats in Publisher, there are more paper options available than when you print from Word. For example, you can choose between having only one side printed (called “single side print”) or two sides printed (called “double sided”).
Let’s start by creating a new document.
You can create a booklet in Microsoft Publisher by following these steps:
Step 1: A Grand Opening
First things first, find the Publisher icon on your desktop or Start menu. Give it a double-click – it’s like knocking on the door of creativity!
Once the program launches, you’ll be greeted with a host of pre-designed templates. “Booklets”? “Flyers”? Or perhaps you fancy a “Newsletter”? The choice is as vast as the seven seas.
Step 2: Starting With A Blank Canvas (or not!)
Fancy a template? Simply click on one that tickles your fancy. It’s like choosing the perfect paper for your print masterpiece.
For those brave sailors wanting to chart their own course, click on the ‘Blank Page Sizes’ option.
Step 3: Setting Your Sails (Page Setup)
Here, you get to decide the size of your canvas. A4? A5? Or perhaps something a bit more exotic? The world is your oyster!
Adjust the orientation. Portrait for those tall tales, or landscape for those wide panoramas.
Once you’ve tweaked these settings to your heart’s content, click on ‘Create’.
Step 4: Unleashing The Inner Artist
On the left-hand side, you’ll find a variety of tools and design elements. Everything from text boxes to glorious images. Drag, drop, write, and design away!
Don’t forget to save regularly. It’s like dropping anchor to secure your spot!
Step 5: Proofing Like A Print Rockstar
Before setting sail to the final destination, always review your work. Spelling errors? Misaligned images? Sort them out.
Remember, as the folks at Ex Why Zed would say: a well-reviewed document is like a perfectly printed page – it leaves an impression!
Step 1: Summon the File Menu!
Navigate to the upper-left corner and click on that trusty ‘File’ tab. It’s like the North Star guiding us through the sea of options.
Step 2: Delve into ‘Export’
In the left sidebar, there’s an option that whispers… ‘Export’. Aha! That’s where our treasure lies.
Step 3: ‘Create PDF/XPS Document’ Awaits!
Now, your screen will be presenting you with a gleaming option: ‘Create PDF/XPS Document’. Click on the button right next to it aptly labelled ‘Create PDF/XPS’.
Step 4: Crafting Your PDF
A dialogue box appears, as if by magic. Here’s where you name your masterpiece. Perhaps something catchy like ‘PrintMagicByExWhyZed’? ?
Make sure the ‘Save as type’ is set to ‘PDF’. It’s our vessel to the world of portable documents.
For the best quality (especially if it’s destined for the expert hands at Ex Why Zed), click on the ‘Options’ button. Ensure ‘High Quality Printing’ is selected.
Step 5: Save and Marvel
Once satisfied with your settings, click ‘Publish’.
Voilà! Your Publisher document is now a radiant PDF, ready to dazzle any viewer on any device.
Well done on getting your artwork ready for print! Now go ahead and upload the file/s using WeTransfer.com
It is super easy, free and you don’t need an account. Add hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk in the ‘Email to’ box. In the message area, tell us your print spec, number of copies you would like to print and the best address for delivery. We then get a download link with your files, simple as that!
Let’s embark on a whirlwind tour of Publisher’s USPs that make it a solid option for designing books and booklets on your PC.
1. User-Friendly Interface: Publisher’s intuitive design ensures even novices feel like seasoned pros in no time. A clean, clutter-free workspace means you can focus on crafting, not fumbling.
2. Vast Template Library: Dreaming of a sleek brochure or a vivid catalogue? With its expansive range of pre-made templates, you’re never starting from scratch. It’s like having a seasoned designer whispering in your ear!
3. Customisation Galore: Fancy a touch of personal flair? Publisher doesn’t just let you edit templates, it encourages it! Transform every inch to mirror your unique vision.
4. Seamless Integration: Already in the Microsoft ecosystem? Ahoy! Easily pull in data from Word, Excel, or Access. It’s like having your entire toolkit in one drawer.
5. Dynamic Image Handling: Wrap text around an image or crop it right within the software. You’re not just placing pictures; you’re weaving a visual narrative.
6. Precision Design Tools: Get pixel-perfect placements with rulers, guides, and alignment settings. It’s the attention to detail that’ll make your booklet pop off the page.
7. Print & Digital Harmony: Crafting for print or the digital realm? Publisher ensures your designs are optimised for both. In 2024, versatility is the name of the game!
8. Professional Printing Compatibility: Ready to bring your booklet to life? With Publisher’s advanced settings, rest assured your file is print-ready, whether you’re partnering with legends like Ex Why Zed or another print maven.
9. Language & Accessibility Tools: Reach a global audience! Publisher supports a plethora of languages and boasts accessibility tools, ensuring your booklet resonates with every reader.
10. Continuous Updates & Features: It’s 2024, and Publisher isn’t resting on its laurels. Regular updates mean you’re always equipped with the latest and greatest design tools.
In essence, Publisher in 2024 is like a swiss army knife for booklet design. Whether you’re dabbling in design for the first time or are a seasoned booklet guru, Publisher’s balance of ease, precision, and power ensures your vision is not just realised, but celebrated. Dive in, let those creative juices flow, and remember, every page is a canvas waiting for your story!
Publisher is a powerful tool that can help you create professional-looking booklets meant for lamination in no time. With its intuitive layout and design features, booklets are easier than ever to create and work on. Publisher also comes with many templates so you can get started right away whether you’re creating a printed Bookazine or online content.
The best printing companies are those that provide high-quality and affordable cost of printing A4 booklets. Ex Why Zed is one of the leading printing companies in the world and offers some of the most competitive prices in the market. The company has a team of highly skilled and experienced professionals who use the latest technology to produce high-quality prints. Ex Why Zed also offers a wide range of services such as design, layout, and printing of business cards, flyers, brochures, and much more.
So if you’re looking for a reliable and affordable printing company, check out Ex Why Zed. Contact us today and get a free quote for your printing needs.
Everyone needs a helping hand to get started with Publisher. In this guide, we’ll answer some of the most frequently asked questions about self-publishing and printing booklets.
Transform mundane daily routines into a source of endless positivity and mindfulness with custom gratitude journal printing. Whether it’s turning your unique art into a beautifully bound notebook or selecting the perfect prompts to guide your gratitude practice, these personalised tools are more than just stationery—they’re a gateway to greater happiness, focus, and a positive outlook on life. Embark on this inspiring journey to unlock the myriad benefits of maintaining a gratitude journal, personalised to reflect your unique path towards positivity and mindfulness.
Integrating a gratitude journal into your daily life isn’t just about noting down the things you’re grateful for; it’s a profound practice that can shift your focus from what’s lacking to the abundance that surrounds you. The act of writing down grateful thoughts daily encourages a positive outlook, improving feelings of happiness and reducing stress. A daily gratitude journal, especially one that’s personalised, isn’t merely a notebook—it’s a mindfulness tool that brings your focus to the present moment, recognising the value in the ordinary and the extraordinary alike.
To truly make your gratitude journal a source of daily inspiration, consider personalising it with elements that speak to you. This could range from choosing a cover that reflects your personal style to including favourite quotes or affirmations that resonate with your journey. Incorporating motifs or colours that inspire positivity can make the act of journaling something you look forward to every day. Moreover, customising your gratitude journal with specific prompts or themes that interest you can enhance your practice by making it more engaging and relevant.
Making your gratitude journal a part of your daily routine ensures that practicing gratitude becomes a habit, infusing your life with mindfulness. Set aside a specific time each day—whether it’s in the peaceful morning hours or a quiet moment before bed—to reflect on the day and pen down the moments or things you’re grateful for. This consistent practice not only cultivates a habit but also creates a record of positivity that can be a source of comfort and inspiration during tougher times.
?Accessible, Expert, Friendly Advice. If you haven’t done this before, don’t worry, we have!
?? Free File Check and Preflight. We aim for perfection and will let you know if anything needs changing.
?? We Talk the Talk, But We Also Walk the Walk. ⏰ Replies in minutes from print experts, not days or weeks.
? All Papers are FSC Certified. Sustainable printing guaranteed and we also use vegetable inks for litho jobs.
? Fast Turnaround. Softback journals delivered in 5 working days. Hardcover journals delivered in 7. Add more time for premium extras like foiling.
? Finest Digital and Litho Print. HP Indigo and Heidelberg Litho – the best possible quality for short, medium and long print runs.
?️ Professional Printing process. Best industry practice, not a mickey mouse website where you throw JPGs at the screen then keep your fingers crossed.
?️ Flexible Custom Options. The answer is “Yes”, now what is the question?
?️ Enjoy 500 Case Studies in our Portfolio. Not made-up CGI nonsense like the other sites have ?
? A Solution For Every Budget. We always quote for a range of quantities to help hit your target price.
? FREE Paper Samples. Make the best possible choice from our extensive print options.
? FREE UK Delivery. Your print will arrive by tracked courier, the day after it leaves us.
? Worldwide Shipping at cost price from a network of couriers.
✅ Transforming Your Ideas Into Print Since 2006.
Start a conversation with us today on hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk or 01206 766647.
In deciding whether a paperback or hardback journal suits your needs best, consider durability, usage, and personal preference. A hardback notebook, whether it’s an A4, A5, or A6 hardback notebook, tends to be more durable and may be the best gratitude journal choice for someone looking to keep their writings for years. On the other hand, a paperback might be more flexible and lightweight, ideal for those always on the go. However, both choices offer the opportunity for beautiful personalisation and can be a joy to use daily.
To enrich your gratitude journal with variety and depth, think beyond the list of daily thankful moments. Include pages for long-form reflections on specific experiences that left a profound impact, artwork or doodles that express your feelings, and prompts that challenge you to think about gratitude in different contexts. Mixing up your page ideas can keep the exercise fresh and continuously inspire growth and mindfulness in your gratitude practice.
When selecting your gratitude journal, it’s essential to focus on product details that align with your preferences and needs. Consider paper quality, as smooth, high-quality paper can make writing a joy and turn your gratitude practice into a luxurious ritual. Size is another important aspect—whether you prefer the portability of an A6 notebook or the expansiveness of an A4—allowing for easy inclusion in your daily routine. Lastly, look for personalisation options, such as the ability to add your art, favourite quotes, or custom prompts, to ensure your journal truly inspires gratitude.
Turning your art into a gratitude journal is a straightforward process that brings a personal touch to your mindfulness practice. Start by selecting high-resolution images of your artwork. Shop around for notebook printing services that offer the personalisation options you need, such as binding style, paper type, and cover customisation. Once you’ve made your selections, upload your images, tweak the design as necessary, and place your order. This process not only creates a meaningful item for your daily gratitude practice but also a lovely keepsake or gift.
Incorporate design elements that reflect your personality and inspire positivity. Use vibrant colours, meaningful symbols, or elements from nature to create a cover that draws you in. The interior pages can also be customised with light watermarks of your art, lines for guidance, or designated spaces for doodles, making each journal entry a creative and inspiring experience.
For those looking to begin their gratitude journal journey but unsure where to start, numerous resources are available online. Look for downloads and templates that offer structured guidance and inspiration. These resources can provide a starting point, from daily prompts to beautifully designed page layouts, easing you into the practice of journaling and allowing you to gradually personalise your journal as you become more comfortable.
Well done on getting your artwork ready for print! Now go ahead and upload the file/s using WeTransfer.com
It is super easy, free and you don’t need an account. Add hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk in the ‘Email to’ box. In the message area, tell us your print spec, number of copies you would like to print and the best address for delivery. We then get a download link with your files, simple as that!
Daily prompts can be an effective way to deepen your gratitude practice. These can range from simple reminders to reflect on the positive aspects of your day to more thought-provoking questions that encourage you to contemplate gratitude in different areas of your life. Incorporating these prompts into your journal can help maintain focus and prevent your practice from becoming stagnant, ensuring long-term success.
Maintaining consistency in any practice can be challenging, and gratitude journaling is no exception. To overcome these challenges, set realistic expectations for your journaling routine. Remember, the goal is mindfulness and positivity, not perfection. If you miss a day or two, don’t fret. Pick up where you left off, and continue to build this beneficial habit at your own pace.
As you continue on your gratitude journal journey, your needs and preferences may evolve. Perhaps you started with a simple diary but now crave more space for artistic expression or deeper reflection. Allow your journal to grow with you, experimenting with different formats, prompts, and personalisation options. This flexibility ensures your gratitude practice remains meaningful, engaging, and tailored to your journey of self-discovery and growth.
Ordering your custom gratitude journal should be an enjoyable process, from selecting the perfect product details to receiving the final item. Online journal printing shops typically offer a range of customisation options, allowing you to select the size, paper quality, and personalisation features that best suit your needs. By focusing on these options, you can create a gratitude journal that’s not only a tool for mindfulness but also a cherished item reflecting your unique path to positivity.
Effective customer service is crucial throughout the journal printing process, ensuring your questions are answered and your needs are met. Choose a printing service that offers excellent customer support, guiding you through each step of the process, from design selection to final delivery. This support not only makes the experience smooth and stress-free but also ensures the final product meets your expectations.
Finally, understanding delivery times is essential when ordering your custom gratitude journal. Most printing services provide an estimated timeline for production and delivery, allowing you to plan accordingly. Keep in mind that custom items may take longer to produce than standard products, so patience is key. Once your journal arrives, the wait will be worthwhile, as you hold in your hands a beautifully crafted item that promises to enrich your practice of gratitude and mindfulness.
A: We will send over PDF proofs to check on screen and approve before we go ahead to print.
A: Absolutely! You can personalise your gratitude journal by sending us your own bespoke with your artwork for the cover and inside pages plus the end papers if your journal is hardcover. We will review your design and confirm the details with you to ensure the final product is exactly what you envision. Please allow us a little extra time to calculate the postage for custom items in the UK.
A: Our standard custom gratitude journals are 120 pages of bright, matt stock that’s perfect for writing. The dimensions are designed to be portable yet spacious enough for your daily entries. Take a look at the specific product details for each journal or contact us directly for mini or oversized options.
A: To view our latest collection of custom notebooks for 2024, please visit the shop section on our website. We regularly update our stock with new styles, including silver, bright, and matt covers that reflect mindfulness and gratitude. You can take a look at each item’s specific page for more details on design and stock available.
A: For purchases requiring shipping outside the UK, please send us a message before completing your checkout. We’ll calculate the postage and inform you about the eligibility of the item for international shipping. Once confirmed, we will proceed to ensure your gratitude journal makes it to you no matter where you are.
A: Following your artwork on WeTransfer, our team will give it a free preflight check. We then book the job in. Soft back journals will be delivered in 5 working days. Hardback with foiling do take 2 weeks. If you go for a longer, litho printed run, then best to allow 3/4 weeks. We get exceptionally busy though from September to Christmas so pre-plan and send the order to us before that time. Turnaround time during that period tends to slip to 8-10 weeks.
Our timeframes are realistic and allow for the careful crafting of your journal, postage calculation, and shipping. If there are any delays or changes, we will keep you informed throughout the process.
A: Keeping a gratitude journal from our line of stationery is the perfect way to acknowledge the good things in life, no matter how difficult life may seem. It’s been shown that writing down things you’re grateful for can help your brain cope better with stress, improve your relationship with others, and enable you to look back and appreciate your journey. Our custom-designed journals are not just a piece of stationery; they are a tool for mindful living and a brighter future.
Thanks for stopping by Ex Why Zed, where we’re eager to share insightful information and best practices to aid your phonics book printing journey. The magic of teaching spelling and language lies in how expertly crafted phonics books stimulate young minds, building a solid foundation for literacy.
Delightful and engaging, phonics books aren’t just any ordinary school book printing project. They require a special touch, a thoughtful consideration of design elements, and a careful selection of printing styles and materials.
So, whether you’re an author, an educator, or a parent looking to create customised classroom resources, let’s dive into the first half of the technical aspects of producing phonics books that are not just educational, but also best-sellers in their own right.
Phonics books are a storytelling journey, a vibrant canvas where letters and sounds come to life. Each page should house illustrations that are as captivating as they are informative. Draw your young readers into the story with illustrations that mirror the sounds and words being taught. Remember, in the realm of phonics books, imagination reigns supreme!
Just as rhyming adds rhythm to reading, a good choice of typeface can amplify the impact of your phonics book. Keep your lettering clear, with distinct shapes for each letter, so children can easily recognise and learn them. Pair this with an appropriate font size to ensure readability, and you’ll have a typeface that not only communicates but also engages.
In the world of phonics book design, colours are your best friends. Not only do they make the pages eye-catching, but they can also play a part in comprehension. Associate different sounds or letters with different colours to give children a visual cue to remember them by.
A well-thought-out layout ensures that your book is easy to follow and engaging. Make sure there’s a balance between text and imagery, allowing for plenty of whitespace so your readers don’t get overwhelmed. A clear, clean layout allows the important elements – the phonetic sounds and words – to really stand out.
I hope you’re finding this insightful so far. It’s a good time to take a breather and digest these initial design considerations. We’ll delve deeper into the production side of phonics book printing in the next part. Are you ready to proceed?
Explore your options with our school book printing services
Once you’ve nailed the design, it’s time to bring your creation to life. The next stage of your journey delves into the realm of printing – where your engaging designs take physical form. Let’s explore the different printing options and material choices that can truly set your phonics book apart.
Two common methods used in the educational publishing sector are digital and offset printing. Digital printing is an ideal choice for short runs and personalised books, where each copy might be slightly different. Offset printing, on the other hand, is excellent for large quantities, delivering consistent, top-tier results.
The materials used in your book can greatly impact its longevity and user experience. A sturdy paper type can handle eager little hands turning pages. A glossy finish might make your colourful images pop, but a matte finish could reduce glare, making it easier on young eyes. Carefully consider what materials best suit the purpose and audience of your book.
Binding options can dictate how well your phonics book withstands its adventurous journey with a child. Options such as saddle stitching, perfect binding, or spiral binding each have their advantages. For instance, a spiral-bound book can lay flat, making it easier for a child to handle while reading.
Finally, let’s address some frequently asked questions related to teaching phonics and producing phonics books.
Q1: What are the best practices for teaching phonics? Teaching phonics involves a multi-sensory approach that engages auditory, visual, and kinesthetic pathways. Involving children in active learning with engaging phonics books, song, dance, and games is a notable best practice.
Q2: What teaching practices are considered best when teaching phonics and phonemic awareness? Systematic and explicit instruction, combined with individualized attention and the use of engaging phonics books, are considered effective practices when teaching phonics and phonemic awareness.
Q3: What are the four key principles of effective phonics instruction? The four key principles of effective phonics instruction include explicit and systematic instruction, integrating phonics with reading comprehension strategies, providing ample practice opportunities, and individualized instruction.
Q4: What are the three methods of teaching phonics? There are three primary methods of teaching phonics: synthetic, analytic, and analogy phonics. Each approach has its merits, and often a variety of these methods is used.
Phonics books are more than just a resource for learning. They’re a passport to a world of literacy for young learners. Taking the time to carefully design and produce these books can greatly impact their effectiveness and the learning journey they provide.
Get started with your own Phonics Book Project today
Booklet printers are companies that provide printing services. They can print various materials, such as brochures, pamphlets, or menus. Different printers may have different techniques and design philosophies, so it is important to choose the right one for your needs. Some printers are better for larger jobs, while others could only accommodate minimal print outs. No matter your needs, there is sure to be a booklet solution at Ex Why Zed that fits the bill.
Ex Why Zed is a top booklet printer in the UK because it offers high-quality printing at an affordable price. Whether you need a large or small booklet, or a colourful brochure, Ex Why Zed has you covered. So why wait? Get started printing your booklets today with Ex Why Zed!
Booklet or brochure printers are a great way to print high quality magazines quickly and easily. Here are some frequently asked questions about printers to help you choose the right one for your needs.
There are a few different ways to create a booklet. One way is to use a website like Ex Why Zed, which allows you to create a booklet by uploading the elements you want to use like images and text. Alternatively, you can go the DIY route and use a software program such as InDesign or Adobe Acrobat to create your booklet. From there, you could also print out multiple pages and bind them together using staples or a binding machine. This takes a lot of time though, so it might not be the best approach if you need multiple copies or would like to see a more professional output.
Booklet printing is a great way to print a book without spending a lot of money. You can find companies that offer low-cost printing services, and you can usually get your books printed for a fraction of the cost of traditional printing methods.
Printing booklets is perfect for small runs or short print jobs, and it’s a great way to get your book printed quickly and inexpensively. You can even order online and have your books delivered right to your door. So if you’re looking for an affordable way to print your book, this is the way to go.
If you want to go the DIY route, you’ll need to set up your document as a two-page spread to print a double-sided booklet. You would need to figure out which page should go with the other in one spread so that when you print it out, the pages will be in the correct order and alignment for stapling and folding. Use a heavier paper stock for best results so your pages won’t wrinkle or tear when folded.
If you’re planning on printing a lot of double-sided booklets, it may be worth investing in a booklet printer that offers stapled booklet printing UK-wide services. You won’t have to worry about which pages to put together or manually stapling your pages together. Just send your document to Ex Why Zed and they’ll take care of the rest.
You can print a PDF as a booklet in a few different ways. One option is to export the PDF as an Adobe InDesign document, which you can then configure to print as a booklet. Another option is a PDF printer driver, which allows printing booklet copies from a PDF or your preferred word processing or page layout program. However, these options could take a lot of work. To get the results you want with minimal effort, you can use online printing services offered by Ex Why Zed to create your booklet electronically without having to print and bind it yourself.
A booklet is essentially a short, printed publication that is folded in half to create four pages. Booklets can be used for a variety of purposes, such as promoting a product or service, providing information on a particular topic, or serving as an advertising tool.
If you’re looking to get booklets printed for your business or organisation, be sure to consider the quality and type of paper you’d like to use. You’ll also need to decide on the booklet’s dimensions and how many pages you want it to have. Once you’ve settled on these details, you can begin submitting your print order and selecting a delivery timeframe.
Are you an aspiring author looking to bring your literary masterpiece to life? Or perhaps you’re a business owner wanting to publish a company handbook? Whatever your reason for needing to print a book, navigating the world of self-published book printing in the UK is made easy at Ex Why Zed. This article aims to guide you through the intricate process of book printing, equipping you with the knowledge to make informed decisions and achieve outstanding print results.
Book printing is the process of reproducing literary content in a bound format for distribution and sale. It encompasses a series of steps that transform digital or physical manuscripts into tangible books ready for readers’ consumption. Understanding the nuances of the book printing process is crucial to ensure the final product meets your expectations and quality standards.
The book printing process involves several key stages, from prepress preparation to actual printing and binding. It starts with the submission of print-ready files, followed by digital or offset litho printing depending on the volume and printing technology. After printing, the bound books undergo quality checks before being delivered to the customer.
Online ordering has revolutionised the book printing industry, offering convenience and accessibility to a wider audience. By partnering with a real UK printer like Ex Why Zed that provides online ordering and customer services, authors and publishers can streamline the entire printing process from the comfort of their own space.
When seeking a book printing service, it’s essential to work with a team of print experts who can offer custom solutions tailored to your specific needs. Whether it’s short run book printing or high-quality booklet printing, a reputable printing company should have the capabilities to deliver on your requirements with precision and professionalism.
Which step are you at?
➡️ exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/print-journey
At the heart of our process at Ex Why Zed is the Print Journey. Each of the 5 steps has its own hub where you can enjoy comprehensive guides, illustrated articles, captivating videos and insightful blog posts. These resources empower you to make well-informed decisions about design and styling, propelling your project from an initial idea to a polished publication.
Revisit the Journey to stay on track as your project unfolds.
✨ GET INSPIRED
Begin with a spark of creativity. Dive into our vast portfolio of case studies, video showcases, and product descriptions to discover the potential of print. Explore binding, size, and paper options, and if you want a tangible feel, request our paper sample pack.
➡️ exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/resources/get-inspired/
? HOW MUCH DOES IT COST TO PRINT?
Once you’ve honed in on your design preferences, use our Printed Project Builder to get a tailored quote. We prioritise personal conversations over generic online pricing, ensuring a more dedicated and engaging customer experience.
➡️ exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/resources/how-much-does-it-cost/
? WE ARE HERE TO HELP
Need guidance on design, style, or print solutions? We’ve got you covered. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned designer, our proactive customer service, from emails to Zoom calls, ensures your questions are answered promptly and expertly.
➡️ exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/resources/we-are-here-to-help/
? FILE SET-UP KNOWLEDGE BASE
Dive into the world of print production with our educational tools. With illustrated guides and video tutorials, learn the essentials of preparing print-ready artwork and become proficient in ensuring your designs are perfect for printing.
➡️ exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/resources/file-set-up-knowledge-base/
? PLACING AN ORDER
Congratulations on prepping your artwork! Simply upload your files via WeTransfer.com, share your printing specs and delivery address, and wait for the magic. Soon, you’ll be unboxing your printed masterpiece, ready to share with the world.
➡️ exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/resources/ready-to-go-ahead/
One of the fundamental decisions in book printing is choosing between paperback and hardback formats. Each option comes with its unique characteristics and benefits, catering to different preferences and purposes.
Paperback and hardback books exhibit distinct print finishes, with paperbacks typically featuring a softer, flexible cover and hardbacks showcasing a more robust, durable cover. Understanding these differences allows you to select the most suitable format for your book.
Paperback book printing offers cost-effective solutions for authors and publishers, making it an ideal choice for those on a budget or looking to print larger quantities. The flexibility and lightweight nature of paperback books also make them convenient for readers to carry and store.
While hardback book printing may involve higher production costs, it exudes a sense of prestige and durability, making it a preferred choice for special editions, collectors’ items, or certain literary genres. Understanding the nuances of each format empowers you to make informed decisions in line with your book’s vision and target audience.
As you delve into the world of book printing, familiarizing yourself with the available services in the UK is crucial for finding the right printing partner. From digital book production to short run book printing, exploring the diverse array of services can help you identify the most suitable options for your project.
In a market saturated with printing companies, finding a quality book printing service requires thorough research and discernment. Look for a printer that boasts a strong track record, positive customer testimonials, and a comprehensive range of printing capabilities.
Short run book printing is an ideal solution for authors and publishers seeking smaller print quantities or testing the market with new literary works. It allows for greater flexibility and cost control, minimizing the risks associated with large print runs while still maintaining impressive print quality.
Perfect binding, commonly used in paperback book printing, offers a clean and professional finish to the book’s spine. This method not only enhances the visual appeal of the book but also provides durability and longevity, ensuring that the bound pages withstand repeated handling and reading.
If you’re contemplating the endeavour of print your book, there are essential tips and considerations to take into account to ensure a successful and gratifying outcome. From choosing the right book size to designing an eye-catching book cover, every detail plays a vital role in the overall impression and marketability of your printed work.
The dimensions of your book profoundly impact its visual presentation and reader experience. Selecting the appropriate book size involves considering the genre, content, and reader preferences to create a harmonious and appealing layout. Look for a printing company that offers various book sizes to accommodate diverse publishing needs.
Diverse book binding options, such as saddle stitching, spiral binding, and case binding, offer distinct characteristics suited for different types of publications. Understanding the attributes and advantages of each binding method enables you to make informed decisions aligned with your book’s aesthetic and functional requirements.
The book cover serves as the initial point of contact with potential readers, making it a critical element in the book printing process. Collaborating with a printing company that offers comprehensive design services and print quality assurance can elevate your book cover’s visual impact and appeal.
When seeking high-quality book printing options, it’s essential to partner with a reputable printing company that prioritizes print excellence and customer satisfaction. The combination of advanced printing technology, premium paper selections, and meticulous attention to detail contributes to the production of outstanding printed books.
Custom booklet printing provides a versatile and impactful format for various literary works, marketing materials, or informational publications. Tailored to specific size and finishing preferences, custom booklets enable authors and businesses to convey their messages with clarity and visual flair.
Digital book production leverages cutting-edge printing technology to create high-fidelity reproductions with precise color accuracy and image clarity. This modern approach to book printing offers efficient turnaround times and cost-effective solutions for authors and publishers seeking quality and convenience.
The selection of paper for your book significantly influences its tactile feel, visual appeal, and overall print quality. Working with a printing company that offers a diverse range of paper options allows you to customise the look and feel of your book, ensuring it aligns with your creative vision and readers’ preferences.
Empowered with the knowledge of book printing processes, format options, and quality considerations, you are well-equipped to embark on your book printing journey with confidence. By collaborating with a reputable printing company that offers comprehensive services, cheap book printing services, and real UK printer expertise, you can bring your literary aspirations to fruition and introduce your printed books to the world with pride and distinction.
Absolutely! At Ex Why Zed, we offer a Book Promotion on Social Media pack which gives you a turnkey solution to start promoting your new publication immediately. The pack includes videos, photos, blog posts and press release to save you all the time and creative thinking. We’ve done all the heavy lifting for you!
A: We offer high-quality paperback book printing services in the UK, including both paperback and hardback book options.
A: Ordering a single copy of your book is simple. Just place your order as a single page or single pages, depending on your book’s specifications.
Ready to place an order?
Well done on getting your artwork ready for print! Now go ahead and upload the file/s using WeTransfer.com
It is super easy, free and you don’t need an account. Add hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk in the ‘Email to’ box. In the message area, tell us your print spec, number of copies you would like to print and the best address for delivery. We then get a download link with your files, simple as that!
A: When working with us, you’ll need to upload two print files in PDF format, one for the cover and one for the book’s content.
A: Yes, our book printing services are available to everyone online. Whether you’re an author, publisher, or individual looking to print a book, we’re committed to achieving the print quality you desire. We will even pay the UK delivery for you but also ship worldwide.
A: Absolutely, our book printing services include perfect bound options to ensure a professional and polished finish for your publication. Dive into our Styling Hub for ideas on binding – paperback, softback and hardback.
A: We understand that sometimes you may only need a single copy, so there’s no minimum order quantity. You can print as few or as many copies as you need.
A: We have both litho offset and HP Indigo digital machines allowing us to maintain high quality and flexibility for all book printing projects.
A: Yes, we preflight all artwork when your PDFs arrive and will always let you know if there are any technical issues which need changing before the printing process begins.
A: Yes, you have the creative freedom to design your book as you wish, and we will ensure that your book design fits perfectly inside the printed publication.
Take a dive into our Styling Hub for ideas or approach one of the recommended designers for some help putting your artwork together.
#selfpublishing #zines #artbooks #bookprinting #artcatalogue #degreeshow #childrensbookprinting #childrensauthor #illustration #creativewriting #poetry
You have reached at the stage where you have identified a book designer or a few possible graphic designers on Fiverr or PeoplePerHour for your upcoming project. You would now like to reach out and see if they have availability, if their pricing structure matches your budget and if they have experience of similar projects.
Here is an initial email you can copy and paste in as an initial design brief for children’s book layout and design. Use the structure and adapt the details for your own book title and expectations.
Project Overview:
Hello [Designer’s Name],
I hope this message finds you well. I am excited to embark on this journey of bringing my children’s book to life, and I believe your expertise and creativity can help make this dream a reality. I have completed all the illustrations and written content for the book. Now, I’m looking for a talented designer like you to weave them together into a cohesive, visually engaging publication.
Book Details:
Design Requirements:
Reference Material:
I will provide:
Communication & Feedback:
Open communication is crucial for me. I’d appreciate regular updates and drafts, allowing for collaborative feedback. While I trust your expertise, I’d like to be involved in the design decisions to ensure the final product aligns with my vision.
Timeline & Budget:
I am aiming to have the design finalised within [specific time frame, e.g., “4 weeks”]. Please let me know if this is feasible. Additionally, I’d appreciate a breakdown of your pricing, including any additional costs for revisions or add-ons.
Signing Off:
Thank you for considering this project. I’ve admired your previous work and I believe your design sensibilities align with what I envision for my book. I’m looking forward to potentially collaborating with you and creating a memorable book that children and parents will cherish.
Warm regards,
[Your Name]Well, fingers crossed they come back to you in a few hours or days with an enthusiastic response that helps you move the project forward and one of the designers you approached can be chosen as the winning candidate.
Let us begin with guiding you through the children’s book sizes, layout and paper choices you can choose for printing your project. We try not to restrict you in any way apart from what the physical impossibilities are. Our ethos at Ex Why Zed is “The answer is Yes, now what is the question?”.
Portrait Wire Stitched (staple bound)
? Choose any size from A6 (148x105mm) up to a massive A3 (420x297mm).
?? Pricing Hack. There is a price break at A4 (297x210mm) so if you are printing a smaller number of copies (under 100) then A3 can be expensive per copy.
Portrait Perfect Bound
? Choose any size from A6 to A4.
⏫ You need an absolute minimum or 32 pages.
Portrait Hardcover (Case Bound, Hardback)
? Choose any size from A6 to A4.
⏫ You need an absolute minimum or 28 pages, plus the front cover, back cover and you have the option of printing the 3 ‘end paper’ sides at the front and back of the book too.
Square Wire Stitched (staple bound)
? Choose any size from 148x148mm up to 297x297mm.
?? Pricing Hack. There is a price break at 210x210mm and any square larger than that, is more cost-effective on print runs of 100 copies or more.
Square Perfect Bound
? Choose any size from 148x148mm up to 297x297mm.
✂️ Again, there is a price break at 210x210mm.
Square Hardcover (Case Bound, Hardback)
? Choose any size from 148x148mm to 295x295mm and once again, there is a price break at 210x210mm.
Landscape Wire Stitched (staple bound)
? Choose any size from A5 (148mm high x 210mm wide) up to A4 (210mm high x 297mm wide)
?? Pricing Hack. There is a price break at A5 (297x210mm) so if you are printing a smaller number of copies (under 100) then A4 Landscape can be expensive per copy.
Landscape Perfect Bound
? Choose any size from A5 to A4.
Landscape Hardcover (Case Bound, Hardback)
? Choose any size from A5 to A4.
The A5 dimensions are 210×148mm. The page size is plenty large enough for your content to be legible and this is a cost-effective and standard size for precision print.
Alternatively, you could make the publication more unique by shaving a few of millimetres off the height to make it 180mm high and 148mm wide which they have done here on Tales of Great Cities London. This is a superb example of infographic printing enabling youngsters to learn and expand their knowledge through reading a larger book.
Emma Juhasz’s What Football Job Can You Do? is an innovative book and more than a collection of facts. It’s a fun, interactive journey filled with illustrations, games, and fascinating insights about football. It’s an educational tool that keeps children engaged while nurturing their passion for the beautiful game. The custom children’s book size of 198x129mm is a handy pocket book companion.
Ask your graphic designer to come up with a bespoke size and we can print all custom options so if you did want to go for something off-kilter that is fine.
The square format works really well and produces a wide double-page spread. The orientation and layout work really well for both portrait and landscape images.
The Little Bee books shown here are 148x153mm (so slightly off-square). You can see the series they released, each with a similar styling and the same size to breed familiarity and consistency throughout the set.
Pouch’s Magical Worry Cheeks, shown below, is 210x210mm. Gloss Lamination on the front cover and uncoated inside pages make for a nice contrast – the bright colours on the front cover and the more tactile feel of the interior.
Rodney Matthews book is a reprint of a publication first published in the late 70s
(You can still buy a copy on Amazon).
Rodney opted for an imposing 240x240mm square size in hardback. This gives you a huge double-page spread of 480x240mm. We can even print as large as 295x295mm on square hardback and soft back, perfect bound or wire stitched children’s book. These options create a super impressive finished piece.
The A5 dimensions are 210×148mm. The page size is plenty large enough for your content to be legible and this is a cost-effective and standard size for precision print.
A reminder that you choose any custom size between A5 and A4. This flexibility opens up a myriad of possible options to tailor your book to a unique aesthetic that captures the buyer’s attention and lends itself perfectly to the size of your text and illustrations. The Wild Tribe Heroes book here is 210x272mm.
Another option for a custom children’s book size is 216x279mm which equates to the US Letter favourite of 8.5×11″.
Diving further into the square book format, we take a look at Monster Tea Party and Troll’s Amazing Day…Aren’t the titles of kid’s story books just the best! Both are 210x210mm but Monster is hardback and Troll’s is soft back, perfect bound.
There is no right or wrong answer about which binding method and cover style to choose. It could be argued that you can charge a higher cover price for the hardback, but in turn, it is also more expensive to print.
On the softback, the book has a trim size of 210x210mm. On the the hardback, there is a 3mm overhang on each side of the cover, so the inside pages are 210mm but the actual book ends up being around 216x216mm making it slightly more imposing.
Here is a short video discussing the 3 possibilities of saddle stitched (stapled), perfect bound and case bound (hardback). The page count does affect which options are available.
For a landscape book, you can go for any size from A5 up to and including A4. You can again, opt for a bespoke size such as 8 x 10 or 10 x 8, which are standard children’s book sizes. Taking a little bit off the height or width makes it more eye-catching for the reader and visually stimulating rather than the standard A size. A wire stitched kids book means the pages can be opened completely flat so you get the full benefit of the double-page spread for your spectacular illustrations and storytelling. On perfect bound storybooks, you do lose 2-3mm in the spine gutter so it is not possible to press the pages completely flat but this is the go-to and professional looking method of binding for 40 pages or more.
There is slightly more scope on a portrait stapled booklet. You can choose any book page size from A6 (148x105mm) right up to A3 booklet printing (420mm high x 297mm wide). However, there is a price point cut off when you reach A4. Anything larger than A4, up to and including A3 has to be printed onto our B2 press which has higher setup costs. In turn, though, your storybook will be a hugely impressive size and can be sold for a higher cover price…although parents might need big muscles to lift it at bedtime!
For portrait perfect bound kid’s book, then our size options are all sizes from A6 to A4 portrait.
A6 makes nice neat postcard size, smaller books that fit in your pocket. Think Postcard Size – that is A6. This can be sold for a lower cover price so might make for an instinctive purchase for potential readers at art fairs, in gift shops or when visiting your online store.
Here in ‘Oi Who Are You Calling Rubbish’ we have a full colour cover with matt lamination to give the books more longevity and black print on uncoated pages inside. Black line art which the children can spend time lovingly colouring in.
Paper does prefer to be laid flat and when you start folding paper in half to get the cover of your book, it will immediately start to crack. When it’s flat it is perfect, but when folded the fibres of the paper crack and this produces a white line and scuffed ink along the fold. The paper roughens up and it doesn’t look great.
So, we recommend laminating the front cover of books to prevent this happened. This lamination acts as a protective film over the front cover to stop it cracking meaning it arrives in pristine condition for the reader. You can choose from matt, gloss, anti-scuff or soft-touch.
Gloss lamination gives your colours real punch and vibrancy. Matt lamination is slightly more subdued with a smooth and professional-looking surface. Anti-scuff is used very rarely. Soft-Touch Lamination is probably more suited to corporate brochures with a velvet feel than it is to children’s books. We would suggest you go for matt or gloss on your new book.
The difference is subtle (at least on our photo 🙂 with “I’ll Just Be Me!” having a slightly shinier gloss lamination while the ‘Eddie’ book behind has matt lamination for a more subtle, less intrusive finish.
Premium finishes are the extra flourishes and premium extras you can add to the book cover making it really stand out. We offer a number of these and printing with gold foil isn’t the limit anymore – foiling comes in a range of up to 200 colours. You could also consider gloss spot UV varnish to a logo, title or vector illustration. How about embossing or debossing of the book title so it jumps towards the reader?
Our Print Journey is a great place to start. Depending on where you are up to, we have provided extensive guides at each stage.
Once the design is completed and you are ready to print your children’s book, get in touch with us and we’ll come back to you asap with a range of print quotes. You might not be a printing expert yet, but we will change that with our advice, setup guides and inspirational portfolio. Your artwork would look great on paper and the printing of a book journey is both full of learning and ultimately exciting at Ex Why Zed. Pdf to book printing is what we are print experts at, aiming to give you a pureprint reproduction of your artwork with our book design services. We offer digital printing for small runs and we are also litho printers for run lengths of 700 copies or more where that method becomes more friendly on your budget.
Thank you for taking the time to read this blog post. If you have any questions do get in touch on hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk or call on 01206 76667 and we look forward to helping you transform your ideas into print!
A Video Guide on the Winning Solutions ⬇️
To watch our action packed, hour long video guide on Children’s Book printing then grab your drink of choice and a notepad ?
When it comes to deciding whether to work in inches or millimetres for designing a children’s book, there are a few factors to consider. According to expert book designers, millimetres tend to be the preferred unit of measurement due to their precision and accuracy. Millimetres offer a greater level of detail and control in terms of layout and sizing, which is especially important when designing for a younger audience. Additionally, many printing companies use millimetres as their standard unit of measurement, making it easier to communicate and collaborate with them throughout the printing process. Ultimately, the choice between inches and millimetres comes down to personal preference and familiarity with the units, but for those looking for a more precise and streamlined approach to book design, millimetres may be the way to go.
We do have a steady stream of keen authors who arrive in our inbox with comments like:
“I have published a book with Amazon KDP and was also looking into signing up with IngramSpark. However my proof copy from both was not the quality I expected so am just looking at alternative options.” Sue, self-published author.
“I am currently getting supplied through Amazon KDP. I have my first few events coming up where I am hoping to sell some and would like to step away from Amazon where the quality is questionable and inconsistent. Your prices seem very reasonable and I am keen to look into this further!” Sam, self-published author.
At Ex Why Zed we have the top of the range HP Indigo and Heidelberg litho presses so what comes off our machines will be the best your work can possibly look in print. We have over 450 happy reviews on Trustpilot, know the idiosyncrasies to look for in children’s book structure and our friendly, expert team will help you on your Print Journey from day 1 until the books arrive.
We have complied a series of super helpful articles on finding a designer to work with you on the children’s book structure. We understand file set-up and graphic design can be quite technical so the following insightful pages will help you research and approach a designer to artwork and layout your book.
Finding a Book Designer on Fiverr.
Finding a Book Designer on PeoplePerHour.
Top 10 Agencies to Design Your Book.
We’ve even done the heavy lifting on the design brief too so just copy and paste one of these in on an email to a few designers you like.
Design Brief for Children’s Book Structure, Artwork and Layout.
Design Brief for Children’s Book Illustration.
You’re welcome 🙂
Here are 10 ideas to ensure your children’s book get maximum exposure on social media:
And there you have it! Ten sparkling ideas to make sure your children’s book is the talk of the social media town. Good luck! ? Read more, on our article 10 Ideas to Promote Your Children’s Book on Social Media.
If you’re targeting a young age group, like babies and toddlers age 0 3, you should rely heavily on pictures, rather than text.
While there are many factors that influence the cost of printing, page count is one of the biggest.
Over 250.76 million (yes, million!) children’s books were sold in 2022. This compared with 201.9m in 2021 and 184.2m in 2020. So the market is growing and your new book would look great on the shelves too! (Sales figures from wordsrated.com)
The largest selling children’s book of all time is The Little Prince by Antoine de Saint-Exupéry (published in 1943) is the best-selling children’s book of all time, selling over 200 million copies. A quick look around on Google shows that it has been published many times in all manner of styles and iterations. Here are a few of the exquisite cover designs.
Once the design is completed and you are ready to print get in touch with us and we’ll come back to you asap with a range of print quotes. You might not be a printing expert yet, but we will change that with our advice, setup guides and inspirational portfolio. Your artwork would look great on paper and the printing of a book journey is both full of learning and ultimately exciting at Ex Why Zed. Pdf to book printing is what we are print experts at, aiming to give you a pure print reproduction of your artwork. We offer digital printing for small runs and we are also litho printers for run lengths of 700 copies or more where that method becomes more friendly on your budget.
Thank you for taking the time to read this blog post. If you have any questions do get in touch on hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk or call on 01206 76667 and we look forward to helping you transform your ideas into print!
To watch our full action packed, hour long guide on Children’s Book printing then here is the magical link you will need:
We either print your work in black ink throughout or in full colour where we use (four colour) CMYK inks to make up the millions of possible colours within the gamut. Full colour is going to give you far more impact for your images so they jump out at the reader. Black ink printing is cheaper because we are only using one ‘colour’. One example where you might want to print in black ink is for a colouring book. Colouring books are an increasingly simple way of illustrators getting their already completed artwork out there and bringing in some more money.
In the realm of graphic design, the software you use can significantly impact the quality of your work. This article provides an in-depth comparison of four popular graphic design programs: Adobe InDesign, Affinity Publisher, QuarkXPress, and Scribus. We’ll delve into their features, pros and cons, unique selling points (USPs), user experience (UX), and user interface (UI). We’ll also discuss their pricing and make recommendations for different user profiles, including complete novices, art students aspiring to become great designers, and those preparing high-quality, print-ready PDF files.
Adobe InDesign is a professional desktop publishing application that allows you to create stunning page layouts, logo design, creative print media, e-books, and other digital publications. It supports integration with Adobe Creative Cloud, which means you can access your projects from any device. It also offers features like alternate layouts, liquid layout, content collector tools, and more.
InDesign is a powerful tool with a wide range of features. It supports a variety of file formats, has excellent typography tools, and integrates well with other Adobe products, for example Illustrator and Photoshop. It’s also widely used, which means there are many resources and tutorials available. However, InDesign can be eye opening for beginners but is quick to learn and the best graphic design software once you get to grips with the basics.
(Adobe website opens in a new window)
Affinity Publisher is a desktop publishing application that offers a range of professional layout and design tools. It supports double-page spreads, image frames with scalable vectors, layer management, and more. Affinity Publisher is relatively affordable with a one-time purchase. It’s also user-friendly, making it a good choice for beginners and professionals alike. It offers a good range of features and integrates well with Affinity’s other products.
QuarkXPress is a desktop publishing software for creating and editing complex page layouts. It offers features like non-destructive image editing, responsive HTML5 publications, and more. QuarkXPress is a powerful tool with a wide range of features. It’s particularly strong in print design and offers good typography tools. It also allows for a one-time purchase, which some users prefer.
Scribus is a free, open-source desktop publishing application. It offers features like color separations, CMYK and spot colors, ICC color management, and versatile PDF creation. Scribus is completely free and open-source, which makes it accessible to everyone. It has a decent range of features for a free tool and supports a variety of file formats.
| SOFTWARE | PROS | CONS |
|---|---|---|
| Adobe InDesign | Integration with Adobe Suite, advanced features, reliable performance, support for print and digital publishing, regular updates. File Set-UP guides on Ex Why Zed website and YouTube. One week free trial while you get up-to speed. | Complex for beginners, subscription-based pricing can be expensive |
| Affinity Publisher | User-friendly interface, affordable one-time purchase, good range of features, integration with other Affinity products | Not as widely used as InDesign, fewer resources and tutorials |
| QuarkXPress | Robust features for print design, good typography tools, one-time purchase | Less intuitive interface compared to InDesign and Publisher. The go-to design software of the 2000s |
| Scribus | Free and open-source, decent range of features for a free tool, supports a variety of file formats | Lacks advanced features and sleek interface of paid counterparts, fewer resources and tutorials |
Adobe InDesign is available through Adobe’s Creative Cloud subscription service. The cost for InDesign alone is £19.97 per month, and for all Adobe Creative Cloud apps, the cost would be £51.98 per month. Remember within that Creative Cloud cost you also get the world’s best creative apps including Photoshop, Illustrator, Premiere Pro, Acrobat Pro and more.. They also serve regular updates too which you can download i seconds so the software is always up-to-date. For InDesign there is initially a one week free trial so you can trial before you buy.
Students and teachers can buy ALL the Creative Cloud apps for a hugely discounted £16.24 per month. This includes the full versions of all the programs.
Affinity Publisher is available for a one-time purchase of £67.99 allowing you to create stunning page layouts for brochures, posters, reports and other projects and never pay again. Alternatively you can pay a one off fee of £159.99 and secure Designer 2, Photo 2 and Publisher 2 within one pack.
The cost for a new, full license of QuarkXPress is £259 pre year on an Annual Subscription.
Scribus is free to download and use. So if you are looking for free graphic design software then jump in with Scribus or use the one week free trial of Adobe InDesign.
For a free graphic design app on your phone or tablet, you could try Canva but our experience has been that is is fiddly and not very conducive to designing for print.
*Prices correct at 16th January 2024.
For a complete novice, Affinity Publisher is likely the best choice due to its intuitive and user-friendly interface, affordability, and a good range of features that can meet the needs of most design projects.
For art students aiming to become great designers, Adobe InDesign is considered the industry standard and is widely used in professional settings. Learning it now will be extra content and a powerful USP you can add to your C.V when you come to apply for a job after Uni or college. InDesign offers a wide range of advanced features that can help you create high-quality, professional designs. For those preparing high-quality, print-ready PDF files, Adobe InDesign and QuarkXPress are often considered the industry standards for professional print design, largely due to their advanced features and precise control over layout and typography.
All of the file set-up guides on the Ex Why Zed website are aimed at InDesign users as are the downloadable cover templates.
All these software packages can be used to design for print and create page layouts for books. Once you’ve created your design, you can then go ahead and print at Ex Why Zed, a professional printing service known for its quality and reliability. Whether you’re creating a magazine, a brochure, or a book, these software can help you create a professional-looking design that’s ready for print.
If you’re designing a book or a magazine, you might want to consider perfect binding or wire stitching. Perfect binding is a method of bookbinding where the pages and cover are glued together at the spine with a strong yet flexible adhesive. To learn more about how to set up your design for perfect binding, check out this perfect binding set-up guide.
Wire stitching, on the other hand, is a method of binding where the pages are secured with staples down the spine of the book or magazine. For more information on how to set up your design for wire stitching, check out this wire stitching set-up guide.
Before you send your design for print, make sure to check out this file set-up guide from Ex Why Zed. This guide will help you ensure that your design meets all the technical requirements for printing.
If you’re interested in creating a zine, you might want to consider perfect binding. Perfect bound zines have a professional look and feel, and they’re great for showcasing your artwork or writing. Learn more about perfect bound zines here.
Creating a zine can be a fun and rewarding project. If you’re an illustrator looking to publish your own zine, check out these essential tools for zine publishing.
Choosing the right graphic design software is a crucial step in your journey as a designer. Whether you’re a complete novice, an art student, or a professional preparing high-quality, print-ready PDF files, there’s a tool out there that’s perfect for you. Remember, the best app for graphic design is the one that fits your needs, budget, and workflow. So go ahead, explore these tools, and unleash your creativity.
In the realm of design, the possibilities are as boundless as your imagination. So, whether you’re crafting a compelling narrative in a zine, capturing a moment in a brochure, or bringing a story to life in a book, remember that every page you design is a new opportunity to inspire, to challenge, and to create something truly unforgettable.
Are you a successful YouTuber looking to expand your brand and engage with your audience in a new, exciting way? Have you ever considered self-publishing a book?
A book can be a powerful tool to promote your channel, share your journey, and offer exclusive content to your subscribers. It’s a tangible way for your fans to connect with you beyond the screen. Plus, it’s a fantastic opportunity to generate additional revenue.
Self-publishing gives you complete creative control over your content, design, and marketing. You decide what to share, how to share it, and when. You’re not bound by traditional publishing rules or timelines. Amplify Your YouTube Success with a Self-Published Book.
In this case study we look at the debut book from First Man Photography, Illumination. An illustrious hardback book, part photography journal, part autobiography. It showcases the highest production values with cover materials from Winter&Co, white foiling, GF Smith Colorplan endpapers and section sewing.
The winning print spec is:
223×297 Landscape Case Bound Books.
Standard Case: Wibalin Natural Black.
Collector’s Edition Case : Napura Canvas Charcoal.
Wrapped over greyboard case. White foiling to outer cover.
2x 4pp End Papers onto Wibalin Natural Sapphire Blue.
Four colour print throughout.
Trimmed, collated and case bound.
The front cover is understated and very classy. The inside pages are onto 170gsm Silk at a bespoke size of 223x297mm. This is A4 width and a little bit extra on the height. It affords the luxury of displaying the photography at a more prominent size and showing enhanced details with a more engrossing experience of the subject matter. It creates wide double-page spreads which are great for landscape photography.
We worked tirelessly with the author to produce a book he was really proud of and the finished publication is testament to the work put in on both sides. Do enjoy looking at the First Man Photography YouTube channel which is a tremendous resource for inspiration. Check out the print spec in the description below and do get in touch if you would like to print a similar book to showcase your finest photography, illustrations or artwork.
Take a look at Romell Henry, a successful YouTuber who took the plunge into self-publishing with his book “Just Die.” Romell, known for his daring and often outrageous content, used his book to delve deeper into his creative process and offer his fans an intimate look at his life and work.
The book was a hit, garnering attention from major outlets like Dazed Digital and Ignant. It allowed Romell to reach his audience in a new way, strengthening his brand and creating a new revenue stream.
BookTube is a thriving community on YouTube where individuals share their love for books. Some of the most influential BookTubers include Christine Riccio of ‘PolandBananasBooks’, who is known for her enthusiastic and humorous book reviews, and Ariel Bissett, a Canadian BookTuber who hosts thoughtful discussions and creative book-related content. Another notable BookTuber is Jesse George from ‘jessethereader’, who is loved for his engaging and passionate book talks. These BookTubers have a significant impact on their viewers’ reading habits and the overall book industry.
Many YouTubers have also ventured into the world of authorship, writing books that often become bestsellers due to their established fanbase. Some notable books by YouTubers include “Binge” by Tyler Oakley, “A Work in Progress” by Connor Franta, “The Amazing Book Is Not on Fire” by Daniel Howell, “Girl Online” by Zoe Sugg, and “I Hate Myselfie: A Collection of Essays” by Shane Dawson. These books span various genres, from memoirs to fiction, reflecting the diverse interests and talents of YouTubers.
On Instagram, influencers are shaping trends and promoting brands in various niches. Some of the top Instagram influencers include Huda Kattan, a beauty influencer with a makeup line called Huda Beauty, and Cameron Dallas, who rose to fame through Vine and YouTube and now has a significant Instagram following. There’s also Nikkie de Jager, a Dutch makeup artist and beauty vlogger known as NikkieTutorials, who inspires her followers with her makeup skills and personal journey.
A book is a fantastic tangible extension of a YouTuber’s brand. While digital content is consumed and then often quickly forgotten, a book is a physical object that fans can hold, display, and return to time and time again. It’s a lasting, tactile representation of a YouTuber’s work and creativity, and it allows fans to engage with their favourite content creator in a new and more intimate way. A book can contain behind-the-scenes stories, exclusive content, or deeper dives into topics that can’t be fully explored in a video format. It’s a way for YouTubers to share more of themselves and their knowledge with their audience, and it’s a keepsake that fans can treasure.
Moreover, publishing a book can open up a new revenue stream for YouTubers. In an online world where ad revenue can be unpredictable and fluctuate, a book provides a more stable income source. It’s a product that can be sold directly to fans, at speaking engagements, or through online retailers. Plus, a book can also attract new audiences who may discover the YouTuber through their book, leading to increased viewership and subscriber count on their channel. In essence, a book allows YouTubers to diversify their income, reach a wider audience, and solidify their brand in the physical world as well as the digital one.
Absolutely! In the ever-changing digital landscape, where visibility is often at the mercy of algorithms and fleeting trends, a book stands as a solid, unchanging testament to a YouTuber’s creativity and hard work. It’s immune to algorithm shifts, hashtag trends, or Google updates. Once printed, it’s out there in the world, ready to be discovered, enjoyed, and shared, independent of the whims of digital platforms.
At Ex Why Zed, we specialise in turning ideas into beautifully printed realities. We can guide you through the process of becoming a published author, helping you create a book that not only complements your digital content but also stands as a work of art in its own right. Whether it’s a collection of your best scripts, a behind-the-scenes look at your creative process, or a deep dive into a topic you’re passionate about, we can help you create a book that you and your fans will be proud of.
In a world where digital content can be ephemeral, a book is a lasting statement. It’s a way to make your mark, to say, “I was here, and I created something of value.” And in the process, it can open up new opportunities for revenue and audience growth. So why not take your content offline and into the world of print? With Ex Why Zed, becoming a published author is more achievable than you might think.
We specialise in helping influencers and online creators like you bring their visions to life. We offer high-quality, affordable printing services tailored to your needs. We worked with Romell Henry on his book “Just Die Trie” and we can help you create a book that reflects your brand and resonates with your audience.
Ready to take your YouTube channel to the next level? Contact us today to start your self-publishing journey.
Are you looking to make your prints pop and grab the attention of your target audience? Look no further than screaming colour printing at Ex Why Zed!
We have been transforming the creative ideas of companies, agencies, designers and students into print since 2006. Our 450+ reviews on Trustpilot inspire us to produce great work for a range of clients throughout London and the UK. Nothing gets us more excited than when a project lands in our inbox from a brand we love or an artist whose work we are fans of.
With our expertise, we can help you transform your ideas into stunningly vibrant prints that will leave a lasting impression. Our knowledgeable team is always on hand to guide you through every step of the process, from selecting the perfect CMYK ink to choosing between our HP Indigo and Heidelberg Litho presses. With screaming colour printing, you don’t have to settle for less when it comes to capturing your audience’s attention. Plus, with nationwide delivery for free and international shipping at cost price, there’s no reason not to dive into the world of screaming colour printing today!
? A Clear, Easy to Follow Print Journey.
? Top quality HP Indigo Digital and Heidelberg Litho Printing
? Booklet and Book Printing Specialists
? Art Books, Financial Reports, Zines, Promotional Materials
? Wire Stitching, Perfect Binding, Hardback Case Binding
? Pick from a Silk, Gloss or Uncoated finish
? Sustainable Papers and Vegetable Inks
? FREE Delivery in the UK. We ship worldwide too.
? Fun, informative and much loved video guides
??? Refreshingly responsive, friendly, patient and intelligent Ex Why Zed team.
Transform your prints from muted to vibrant. Make illustrations and photography pop with eye-catching colours. Create impact, stand out, and take creativity to new heights with screaming colour printing.
Unlock the full potential of your designs with CMYK ink, creating a zillion colour options for vibrant prints. Experience professional print quality using the industry-standard four-colour process.
Experience outstanding results with our state-of-the-art machines. Trust our expertise to elevate your brand and impress clients with professional-quality printing.
Watch your ideas come to life with our expert printing services. Our skilled team brings your vision to reality with precision and care, capturing the essence of your imagination in vibrant prints.
Need assistance? Our team is friendly, knowledgeable and we are here to help. Count on us for guidance, personalised support, and expert advice. Trust our expertise to achieve printing success!
Unleash the printing potential with HP Indigo and Heidelberg Litho Presses – where outstanding quality, superior accuracy, and advanced technology meet reliability and exceptional performance. Elevate your designs today!
To find about more about our Digital Printing, jump over to the dedicated product page.
Add a pop of colour to monochrome books with screaming colour printing, creating visually stunning and engaging reads that bring stories to life.
Why compromise on print quality when you can have screaming colour? Say goodbye to dull prints and embrace the possibilities of vibrant colours. Make a lasting impression and captivate your audience with the impact of screaming colour. Don’t miss out on showcasing your creativity in its truest form.
Experience the vibrant and intense colours of screaming colour printing. Discover the difference it brings to your prints, leaving a lasting impression and bringing designs to life. Embrace the richness and stand out from the crowd.
In a world full of colour, why limit yourself to black and white? Screaming colour London is not just a trend; it’s a statement. Opting for full printing makes your work stand out, attracting more eyes and creating a lasting impression.
Grab attention with eye-catching books, booklets, and art posters designed brilliantly digital printing. Make a memorable impact and engage your audience with visually striking aesthetics. Be the talk of social media with captivating content.
Break free from greyscale and explore limitless possibilities with vibrant colours. Unleash your creativity and experiment with colour in designs. Goodbye monotony, hello artistic freedom!
Before you send your designs for printing, make sure they are set up for CMYK colour mode. Here’s a quick guide:
For a deep dive in to Pro Tips, Expert Help and Best Practice, let’s move over to our File Set-Up Knowledge Base.
Enhance your creative designs with the vibrant and visually impactful results achieved through screaming colour printing. Transform your artistic vision into reality by harnessing the power of screaming colour printing.
Step into a world of creativity and inspiration with our recent case studies, showcasing how screaming colour printing transformed client projects. Get inspired by innovative solutions and real-world examples.
Join our TikTok revolution! Follow us for exclusive behind-the-scenes footage, creative printing ideas, and valuable tips. Be part of the fun and stay connected with London’s go-to printing company!
Discover how we helped create captivating annual reports for Wagamama and Pizza Express, elevating their image and leaving a lasting impression. Let us bring your vision to life!
Unlock the potential of your photography with our high-quality printing, showcasing your work in beautifully printed art books that capture your artistic vision. Discover why photographers like Anthony Epes rely on us for stunning detail and expert guidance in creating masterpieces that impress clients.
Discover the simple steps to kickstart your Screaming Colour Printing journey. Our streamlined ordering process ensures a seamless experience. Our printing experts will guide you in selecting the right options and materials for your project needs. Let us bring your vision to life.
Discover the secrets to successful printing with our step-by-step print journey. Unlock insider tips and tricks for achieving professional-quality prints. Learn how to navigate the world of printing like a pro. Get expert guidance on every stage of the print process. Dive into the world of print and unleash your creativity.
Unleash your creativity with our vast collection of design ideas. Our expert design help will bring your vision to life. Become a file set-up guru with our easy-to-follow tutorials and guides.
Not sure where to start with your designing? Our Get Inspired hub is packed full of insight and expert help.
Enjoy the convenience of complimentary nationwide delivery for all your prints, brought right to your doorstep without any additional charges. We handle the shipping so you can focus on your creative projects.
Free UK delivery to your chosen address, so you can enjoy the convenience of having your work shipped at no extra cost. Your prints will arrive promptly after leaving our HQ.
Track your prints’ progress with our reliable courier service. Rest easy, knowing they’re in safe hands. Enjoy peace of mind with secure and dependable delivery.
Shipping your prints internationally to the US is now easier than ever. Take advantage of our competitive rates for affordable and reliable shipping options. Seamlessly send your prints overseas without breaking the bank.
Fast and efficient shipping to select European destinations, ensuring your prints arrive quickly and safely within 2/3 days. Enjoy the convenience of prompt delivery!
Why choose Black Ink, Mono or RGB when you can upgrade your artwork to screaming colour printing at Ex Why Zed – an art form that can truly make your designs come to life. With the power of CMYK ink and top-quality professional printing, you can transform your ideas into vibrant prints that capture your audience’s attention. Don’t settle for less when screaming colour is achievable. Let your creativity soar and explore the benefits for your creative designs. And when it comes to getting started, our expert team is always on hand to guide you through the print journey. Plus, with nationwide delivery for free and international shipping options, getting your creative print project has never been easier. So why wait? Dive into the world of screaming colour printing and see your designs shine like never before!
Looking for high-quality printing services in London? Look no further than Ex Why Zed! Our screaming colour printing will take your project to the next level. Whatever your creative print idea, from a bespoke publication, a high-end book or promotional materials, we’ve got you covered. Our friendly team of experts are print Jedis and will ensure that your prints come out looking exactly as intended. Plus, with our fair pricing and free delivery within London, top quality printing is accessible to everyone. We pride ourselves on our commitment to quality beyond just the colours we create. At Ex Why Zed, we believe that every project deserves a personal touch, and we work closely with our clients to make sure their vision is brought to life. So why settle for ordinary when you can have screaming colours?
Discover the captivating power of vibrant colours in your print projects. Stand out with attention-grabbing screaming colour prints that leave a lasting impression on your audience.
From bound publications to promotional printing, Ex Why Zed handles a wide range of projects. Trust us for your unique printing needs. Experience the versatility of our screaming colour printing on various print products. We bring your ideas to life.
Unleash your creativity with Ex Why Zed, experts in screaming colour printing. Elevate your business and personal projects with vibrant and eye-catching prints.
When it comes to bringing your print vision to life, few companies in London can match the expertise and versatility offered by Ex Why Zed. As specialists in screaming colour printing London, we pride ourselves on our ability to transform your work into tangible, vibrant masterpieces. But what decisions can you make to your print spec with us? Let’s dive in.
From art books that capture the essence of a painter’s vision to detailed financial reports that need to make an impact, we’ve got you covered. We specialise in:
Whether you’re a self-publisher or looking to promote your brand, our colour printing ensures your project stands out from the crowd.
We understand that one size doesn’t fit all. That’s why we offer a plethora of size options to cater to your unique needs:
And if you’re feeling particularly creative? Break the mould! Choose any custom size your heart desires, and we’ll make it a reality.
At the heart of Ex Why Zed’s approach is the Print Journey. This process provides comprehensive resources at every phase, helping transform your initial idea into a polished publication. Ready to embark on this journey?
Here’s a quick guide to each step:
✨ Get Inspired
Begin with a spark of creativity. Dive into our vast portfolio of case studies, video showcases, and product descriptions to discover the potential of print. Explore binding, size, and paper options, and if you want a tangible feel, request our paper sample pack.
? How Much Does It Cost To Print?
Once you’ve honed in on your design preferences, use our Printed Project Builder to get a tailored quote. We prioritise personal conversations over generic online pricing, ensuring a more dedicated and engaging customer experience.
? We Are Here To Help
Need guidance on design, style, or print solutions? We’ve got you covered. Whether you’re a newbie or a seasoned designer, our proactive customer service, from emails to Zoom calls, ensures your questions are answered promptly and expertly.
? File Set-Up Knowledge Base
Dive into the world of print production with our educational tools. With illustrated guides and video tutorials, learn the essentials of preparing print-ready artwork and become proficient in ensuring your designs are perfect for printing.
? Placing An Order
Congratulations on prepping your artwork! Simply upload your files via WeTransfer.com, share your printing specs and delivery address then wait for the magic. Soon, you’ll be unboxing your printed masterpiece, ready to share with the world.
Yes, you read that right. If you’re in London or anywhere in the UK, we’ll deliver your print projects to your doorstep, absolutely FREE. Because at Ex Why Zed, we believe in going the extra mile for our customers.
We’re passionate about printing, and we want to share that passion with you without burning a hole in your pocket. With no hidden express charges or exorbitant surcharges, we promise to deliver your projects quickly and in the best quality possible, all at a fair price.
Whether you’re printing a limited edition or a large volume, we’ve got the right tools for the job. For print runs under 500 copies, our HP Indigo digital presses (SRA3 or SRA2) are at your service. For bulkier projects, we rely on the precision of the Heidelberg B2 litho or the Komori B1, ensuring the pinnacle of print quality.
At Ex Why Zed, we’re not just about ‘screaming colour printing London’; we’re about bringing your vision to life, with a level of quality and dedication that’s unparalleled. So, what’s your next print project? Let’s make it exceptional together.
Discover the unique advantage of Ex Why Zed’s fair pricing structure, which offers affordability without compromising quality. Our transparent pricing ensures no hidden costs or surprises, allowing you to enjoy competitive rates for screaming colour printing services in London.
At Ex Why Zed, we have mastered colour management to ensure the best results for your prints. From printing in CMYK for more control to recommending the FOGRA39 colour profile for accuracy, our expertise guarantees vibrant and precise colours. And if you’re curious about the battle of printing in black ink, be sure to check out our eye-opening video!
At Ex Why Zed, our commitment to quality goes beyond just screaming colours. Our above-the-call-of-duty customer service ensures that you’ll speak to an expert. Don’t just take our word for it, read our 480+ Trustpilot reviews! We’re always accessible through phone, email, or Live Chat – it’s like we anticipate your needs before you even reach out. Experience the difference of working with a printing company that prioritises excellence in every print, going beyond just screaming colour.
Master screaming colour printing at Ex Why Zed. Our services go beyond ordinary printing, offering vibrancy, quality, and customer satisfaction that make an impact. Choose us for a printing partner that exceeds expectations.
In conclusion, if you are looking for top-notch screaming colour printing services in London, look no further than Ex Why Zed. With our expertise in colour management and commitment to quality, we have mastered the art of producing vibrant and eye-catching prints that stand out. Whether you have a small or large project, Ex Why Zed can handle it all with their versatile printing capabilities. What sets them apart is not only their fair pricing but also their dedication to customer satisfaction, offering free delivery in London. So why settle for ordinary prints when you can have screaming colours that make a statement? Trust Ex Why Zed to bring your vision to life and deliver prints that exceed your expectations. Get ready to make a bold impression with your new favourite printer.
A: We are a creative production house that offers a wide range of printing services, including litho and digital printing. We specialise in art book printing, but we also provide printing services for various other materials such as posters, brochures, flyers, and more.
Any questions, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat. Find us on hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk, 01206 766647 or the Live Chat button in the bottom right of our website.
A: The turnaround time depends on the complexity and quantity of the project. We strive to provide quick and efficient service, and we will give you an estimated turnaround time based on your specific requirements.
A: Yes, we offer a range of finishing options, including laminating, binding, foiling, and spot UV. These options can add a professional touch to your printed materials and enhance their overall appearance.
A: Yes, you can provide your own design files for printing. Ultimately we’ll need one high res PDF file and discuss the benefits of printing from PDF in a recent blog post. However, if you need assistance with design and production, we offer a number of helpful resources to aid you in finding a freelance designer or agency to work with on your artworking and layout.
A. We have curated an easy to follow, hugely informative Print Journey to help you move the project forward from initial idea and pdf artwork to finished printing.
Enjoying taking a look. What stage are you at on the Journey?
A: Yes, we have the capacity to handle large quantity print runs. Our state-of-the-art printing equipment allows us to efficiently produce high volumes of printed materials without compromising on quality. We will print your long print runs on our B2 or B1 litho machine depending on the precise print specifications.
A: Yes, we provide printing services for events, such as conferences, exhibitions, and trade shows. Whether you need promotional materials, brochures, postcards, books or booklet printing we can help you make a lasting impression with eye-catching materials.
A: Yes, we are proud to have received the Photobook of the Year at the Digital Printer Awards for our outstanding art book printing, Skylogue by Jess Sutton. This recognition highlights our commitment to excellence and our ability to deliver exceptional print results.
You are a creative genius and have been working on a photography magazine printing, an illustrated comic, graphic novel or an impressive coffee table publication. You have done the hard part and come up with a concept and the artwork for your magazine, children’s book or creative publication and now is the time to consider self-publishing a book.
The world is no barrier anymore so if you are self-publishing in the UK in Manchester or you are in the Biddles community of southeastern Powder River County, Montana, United States we can deliver a finished print project to your door.
Our aim of this blog is to dive deep into the process and talk through ideas on how to self publish a book. There are a number of routes and one we like best is to launch your project on Kickstarter, indiegogo or another crowdfunding website.
There is an informative list of other options here: https://www.floship.com/kickstarter-alternatives-you-should-know-about/
All are a brilliant way to test the water, gauge the response to your idea and achieve full funding before you go to print. I’ll repeat that again, once the project is finished, if it has been successful then the crowdfunding website release the funds from your backers and you will have the money in place to pay Ex Why Zed for the printing without any financial risk. It is just a great way to go about it. There are so many advantages and it saves paying a publisher 40-50% of your earnings when in reality you don’t actually need them to gain the exposure anymore – the worldwide market is your oyster! Maybe you are a children’s book illustrator working with an author, between yourselves you can keep ownership of the project, maintain a much better grasp over the finances and control much money is available to pay yourselves rather than having your terms dictated by a third party.
On Kickstarter, you create a video showcasing yourselves and the fun challenges you have had designing your project. (After the lockdown in 2020 we were well up to speed as a nation with filming ourselves and creating videos on Zoom, so creating a video for Kickstarter is much less daunting than it might have been even a few months back.) You also provide an accompanying written oversight into the book and your processes to really sell it to the potential audience.
We have customers who aimed to make £2500 on Kickstarter and ended up securing over £25k! That is a serious amount of money and definitely justification for in depth consideration. Here are links for a couple of examples to get a feel for the kind of content which works and creates a winning campaign:
https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/mattdixon/transmissions-4-robot-art-book-by-matt-dixon
https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/yasminkinsey/a-melting-planet
https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/181965551/no-hands-2-a-2018-world-cup-book
https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/collettejellis/collette-j-ellis-sketch-art-book
Children’s book, hardback art books and football art books seemingly do particularly well on this platform. Following the conclusion of your campaign you will know exactly how many books to print for your backers and can print a few more copies in addition, which can be sold the books through your own website, on Etsy, or on Amazon to reach a wide audience. When selling a book on Amazon and Etsy will take a percentage though so check this first. The advantage you have on listing your self published books on those platforms is the sheer size of their website traffic. I mean, taking 50% profit from the sales of 500 books through Amazon is better than taking 100% of the sales of 10 books through your own website right? Admittedly, their percentage might be high so this is something to research and mull over.
For a comparison, the time honoured route to print would be aspiring authors who have written a book and then get in touch with an illustrator to illustrate said book in order to pitch it to publishers – is one of the most common requests book illustrators get! The illustration process, as you may well have already found out can take months. On culmination, the approach to a publisher and waiting for a decision can take a year! Yes a year – they are super busy people. After the excitement of finishing the book, a wait that long really does pop the creative balloon.
So, the standard protocol in traditional publishing (with an established publisher, not self-published) is the writer would submit the manuscript without illustrations, and then the publisher would pair them with an illustrator of their choosing. They will have a bank of trusted partners on their books who they will assess and allocate based on the subject matter and intended illustrative style. The writer is more than welcome to make suggestions too for the book deal once it is acquired, but usually the writer has no say in the matter.
It’s a common misconception that authors need an illustrator in order to ‘sell’ their book to a publisher, as they think it will improve their pitch. But this is not the case, and the publisher will want to make this pairing decision themselves.
To give you a wealth of ideas and inspiration on what can be achieved with digital printing and litho printing at Ex Why Zed do spend a few minutes looking through our Portfolio section. It is packed with examples of recent work very similar to yours.
Here are a few links of recent digital printing and litho printed children’s books:
https://www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/portfolio/duffy-sea-turtle-childrens-books/
https://www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/portfolio/pouchs-magical-worry-cheeks/
https://www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/portfolio/grumpy-hamster-sojo-mouse/
Here are some recent hardback books or coffee table art books:
https://www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/portfolio/no-hands-ryu-voelkel/
https://www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/portfolio/primitive-british-goat-jack-mifflin/
https://www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/portfolio/journey-teddy-marla-godsteeth/
https://www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/portfolio/vessel-craww-shaun-friend/
And recent examples of printed magazines, paper back zines and photography books showcasing both litho print and digital printing:
https://www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/portfolio/young-zine-issues-17-18/
https://www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/portfolio/vevo-dscvr-ones-watch-magazines/
https://www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/portfolio/adam-slama-strive-challenge-photo-books/
https://www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/portfolio/derek-bremner-i-tourist-toronto/
Once your book is complete and released, the real top calibre publications will be featured on itsnicethat, Creative Review and Creative Boom. These are all exceptional outlets showcasing and promoting the best talent and to be included within the reviews and blog posts is the pinnacle of ambition. Back in the day, when we studied graphic design at University they were out bible and provided a daily source of inspiration. Our social media book promotion pack is a great starting point to hit the ground running.
You might be looking into the cost of printing a book or maybe it is all designed and now you are ready to print. Get in touch with us and we’ll come back to you asap with a range of print quotes and an extensive set of guides to help you along the way in your print journey. You might not be a printing expert yet, but we will change that with our advice, setup guides and inspirational portfolio.
Brilliantly, we don’t even charge for delivery so don’t worry about finding a local printers near you, the finished books will arrive the day after they leave us. We deliver throughout the UK but regularly send self published books to the USA as well.
In view of all this information, we believe it only strengthens the case of self publishing and keeping control of the design process and the timeline. Your creative idea would look great on paper and the printing of a book journey is both full of learning and ultimately exciting at Ex Why Zed.
Thank you for taking the time to read this blog post. If you have any questions do get in touch on hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk or call on 01206 76667 and we look forward to helping you transform your ideas into print!
• 100% of our jobs are printed onto FSC Papers
• All our litho printed jobs utilise vegetable inks
• We offer FSC and Recycled Paper Choices
• No minimum order quantity means no excess wastage
• Fast press set-up ensures low material and energy usage
• What is Sustainable Printing?
• What are the benefits?
• How to choose sustainable materials
• Sustainable Paper Choices
• Vegetable Ink Solutions
• HP Indigo Digital Printing
• Heidelberg Litho Printing
• The Dilemma of Lamination
• Eco-Friendly Case Studies
• Sustainable FAQs
In the ever-evolving world of printing, where the demand for quality meets the urgent call for sustainability, three names stand out: Ex Why Zed, HP Indigo and Heidelberg. Together, we are doing our best to change the landscape of sustainable printing in the UK.
Sustainable printing is an ethos and approach that aims to reduce negative impacts on the environment through eco-friendly methods. This may involve reducing energy use, utilising recycling programs, using renewable resources, and employing environmental management systems for waste reduction.
Sustainable printing is important for several reasons:
The benefits of sustainable printing are numerous, including:
Overall, sustainable printing provides a pathway for businesses to not only reduce their negative impacts on the environment but also gain competitive advantages and open up new growth potential.
Choosing sustainable printing materials is increasingly at the front of people’s mindsets and an essential requirement for some businesses and projects when they chose which printer to go ahead with. It is a consideration we embrace at Ex Why Zed are passionate about it within our print journey. You see, it’s not just about putting ink on paper; it is about making choices that show we are doing our bit.
When you’re on the hunt for sustainable printing materials, the first thing you’ll notice is the plethora of options. It’s like walking into a candy store, but instead of sweets, you’ve got recycled paper, FSC-certified stocks, and even plant-based inks! Now, you might be thinking, “Blimey, where do I even start?” Don’t fret; we’ve got your back.
The joy of paper! Not just any paper, but the kind that makes you feel good about your paper choices, both creatively and environmentally. Let’s delve into the eco-friendly wonders of our FSC house papers: Image Indigo, Magno Gloss and Silk, Evolution Uncoated, Essential Offset and Revive Offset. ?
| Paper Type | Surface Whiteness | Range of Weights (gsm) | Certification | Additional Info |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| Image Indigo | Bright White | 90-350 | FSC Certified | Carbon Neutral, Chlorine Free |
| Magno Silk | Slight 5% Warmth | 115-450 | FSC & PEFC | Low Emissions, Water-Efficient |
| Magno Gloss | Slight 5% Warmth | 90-400 | FSC & PEFC | Low Emissions, Water-Efficient |
| Evolution Uncoated | 10-15% Warmth | 90-350 | FSC & 100% Recycled | 100% reclaimed FSC® certified fibre. |
| Essential Offset | High Whiteness | 80-300 | FSC Certified | Biodegradable, Chemical-Free |
| Revive Offset | Granular Surface | 80-350 | FSC Recycled | 100% PCW, Carbon Balanced |
That’s right, every single sheet that passes through our machines has the Forest Stewardship Council’s seal of approval as bare minimum for its environmental credentials. But what does that mean, you ask? Allow us to enlighten you.
Forget the standard, run-of-the-mill stuff; we’re talking recycled or sustainably sourced paper. These options not only reduce waste but also minimise deforestation. And guess what? They’re just as high-quality as their less eco-friendly counterparts. So, you’re not sacrificing quality for sustainability; you’re getting the best of both worlds!
Our ‘House’ Uncoated for digital printing is Image Indigo.
Choosing our smooth ‘house’ silk for your digital printing? You’ll be treated to Magno Silk on our Indigo press.
Learn More about Evolution Uncoated
In summary, Evolution Uncoated is a sustainably-produced uncoated paper tailored for HP Indigo with excellent print quality across a range of applications. Its environmental certifications make it a good choice for eco-friendly digital print jobs.
Our ‘House’ Uncoated for our Heidelberg Litho Printing.
Revive Offset is Denmaur’s premium uncoated paper for offset printing. This is our 100% Recycled Paper for Litho Printing.
Learn More about Revive Offset
In summary, Revive Offset is an environmentally sustainable uncoated paper option with excellent print quality, available in a wide range of weights and sizes. Its 100% Post Consumable Waste content (PCW) and carbon balanced production make it a great choice for eco-conscious print jobs.
So, there you have it! Papers that not only make your projects look fantastic but also give you that warm, fuzzy feeling of doing something good for the planet. Ready to print the change you wish to see in the world?
• Image Indigo: Perfect for those who want a crisp, white paper that’s as eco-friendly as it is beautiful. The range of weights makes it versatile for various print projects.
• Magno Silk: This one’s for the folks who want a touch of luxury without compromising on sustainability. Its medium opacity and silk finish make it ideal for high-end brochures and magazines.
• Magno Gloss: Our super shiny, glossy option. Ideal for brochures, leaflets, look books and dazzling children’s books.
• Evolution Uncoated: The 100% Recycled digital uncoated option for an off white appearance.
• Essential Offset: If you’re looking for a paper that’s as clean as your conscience, this is it. With high whiteness and a range of weights, it’s the go-to for eco-conscious businesses.
• Revive Offset: The 100% recycled choice for longer print runs on our litho machine. Slightly off-white and very susceptible to ink soaking so do expect slightly unpredictable results and for the colour reproduction to not match your screen.
Let us look further into the differences between sustainable and unsustainable papers. In the past, sustainable papers were typically 100% recycled and had a slightly off-white colour with a grainy texture. This was exemplified by a sheet called Cyclus Offset. Now, there are other papers like Revive Offset which are 100% recycled. When printing on these uncoated papers, the ink soaks into the paper instead of sitting on top, resulting in softer colours and less definition in dark shades. This may cause images, for example night photography shots, to appear overall charcoaled or black, losing the definition and quality. For this type of work, it is our recommendation to print on silk or gloss.
In the printed sheet below, the two images on the left are printed onto Image Indigo Uncoated and the two on the right are on Gloss. You can immediately see the difference in brightness, contrast and depth of image. The ink reacts to the finishes differently and gives a softer reproduction of the image on the uncoated. On the coated gloss sheet, the pixels are sharper and the image is more defined. The contrast is more bold on the gloss and this would also be apparent on silk papers.
You will notice that the four example images are monochrome. If this is an approach you are looking to print then we have an in-depth video guide titled The Battle of Printing Black and White Photography It is a crucial video to watch and you will find it helpful for this type of publication.
The next showcase image is a photographic fashion brochure printed with exactly the same artwork on to both recycled uncoated and FSC silk. This was litho printed and really highlights the way litho ink absorbs into the surface of uncoated paper producing quite startling results.
There are no right or wrong answers here. The decision is, do you prefer the tactile, softer aesthetic of uncoated or the sharpness and vibrancy of silk or gloss? The shades in the background have drifted towards brown on uncoated but maintain their crisp detail on the silk.
To avoid the erratic results of image reproduction on recycled paper, we can print onto FSC papers. FSC stands for Forestry Stewardship Council, an environmental body. There is a range of papers in silk, gloss and uncoated finishes.
• Quality Assurance: FSC certification is not just a label; it’s a promise of quality. You’re getting top-notch paper that meets rigorous environmental and social standards.
• Traceability: Each FSC-certified product comes with a ‘chain of custody’ that tracks its journey from the forest to your hands. It’s like your paper’s biography!
• Consumer Trust: When people see the FSC logo, they know they’re buying into sustainability. It’s a badge of honour in the eco-conscious community. Printing on FSC papers allows you to announce that your publication is printed on FSC papers so do include the line ‘Printed on FSC Papers’.
Silk, gloss, or uncoated papers are good alternatives to old-school 100% recycled sheets because they are brighter white and have a smooth coating that allows for crisp reproduction of artwork. The colours on gloss papers will be super shiny, while those on silk papers will have a slight sheen.
Additionally, FSC papers are arguably better for the environment because for every tree chopped down to make the paper, a new one gets planted. They are also cheaper. Both our digital press and LIFO machine can use FSC papers.
FSC-certified papers originate from forests that are managed with 10 key principles, ranging from environmental impact to community relations. These forests are audited by independent third parties to ensure they meet FSC’s stringent guidelines. So, you’re not just getting paper; you’re getting paper with a pedigree.
So, whether you’re printing a self-published book or concertina folded leaflet, we’ve got a paper that not only meets your creative needs but also aligns with your values.
In a nutshell, FSC-certified papers are the future of sustainable printing. They’re not just good for you; they’re good for the planet. So, the next time you print with Ex Why Zed, know that you’re making a choice that counts.
Inks are the next big thing. Traditional petroleum-based inks are so last century. At Ex Why Zed, we’re all about plant-based inks. They’re vibrant, durable, and—drumroll, please—far less harmful to the environment. It’s like choosing a veggie burger that tastes just like the real thing; you won’t even notice the difference, but the Earth certainly will.
Painting a Greener Picture
Vegetable inks are a game-changer. As we switch from petroleum-based to vegetable-based options on presses like our litho, we aren’t just making a cost-effective choice for larger runs; we’re investing in our planet’s future. These inks reduce harmful VOC emissions, making your print job a friend to both the reader and the environment.
We appreciate that sustainability and the environment are increasingly on everybody’s agenda, making these issues of key importance for companies, designers and agencies when choosing their ideal print supplier.
When printing on recycled papers, the approach is exactly the same as it is for virgin fibre paper. No additional preparations are needed, and it saves energy, water, wood, CO2, and greenhouse gases, diverting waste from landfills. When printing digitally, there’s less waste associated with pre-press preparations, avoiding films, plates, and photo-chemicals, achieving faster turnaround times. The HP Indigo Press has a built-in vision system and spectrophotometer, ensuring uniformity of the substrate and print on a job-by-job basis. This feature enables companies the flexibility of printing across multiple locations with consistency.
There is a synergy between recycled paper and digital printing, as both have a positive impact on the environment. Recycled paper is the most environmentally friendly form of printed communication, as it can be recycled four to five times. Manufacturing recycled paper uses less energy and water and produces lower carbon emissions compared to non-recycled paper. It also reduces the amount of waste sent to landfill. With advances in technology and processes, recycled paper now has now almost caught up with the print performance and whiteness of non-recycled paper. Do allow for the colours to look more muted on recycled and the drying times are longer. The warmth of the paper shade itself does also add a softness to images that you won’t get on right white papers, like our Image Indigo.
Advances in digital printing technology mean that HP Indigo can match the quality of offset print while reducing waste, transportation requirements, and the need for inventory storage. HP Indigo presses are designed with the environment in mind, from the earliest design stages to the full product lifecycle, supply chain, and end of life.
The HP Indigo Printing process is a scientific art form. A laser array composes your image as an invisible electrostatic field on the photo imaging plate.
This operation provides a roadmap for the electrically charged inks and has been scientifically engineered for razor-sharp accuracy, allowing each particle to be attracted to where it belongs and away from where it doesn’t. The precisely placed ink is then transferred in direct contact onto a heated blanket, which melts the pigment-carrying particles into a smooth film.
With every colour separation, this thermal offset process is repeated, laying down a perfect tapestry of electro-ink until your image is fully developed. The blanket then applies this single layer of film to your media in one piece, already dry and custom-tailored to match every contour on the surface of your substrate.
Brands that have integrated HP Indigo into their supply chain are not just benefiting from top-notch print quality. They’re diving head-first into just-in-time inventory management, reducing up to 26% of packaging waste and cutting down CO2 emissions by a staggering 65-80%! With every print job through HP Indigo, brands edge closer to their ESG goals, reducing waste and energy consumption.
HP Indigo isn’t just about printing; it’s about storytelling. Through their unique communication framework, the HP Personalisation Pinwheel, brands can create purpose-led campaigns that drive social impact. A shining example is the #HerShe campaign in Brazil, which turned Hershey’s iconic chocolate wrappers into a canvas for female artists, celebrating women’s stories and voices. The power of variable data within the Indigo printing process is a strong addition meaning each printed piece can be fine tuned with an individual name just by supplying us with a spreadsheet of your data.
A notable statistic is the 12,650 tonnes of CO₂e avoided through offsets for all HP Indigo presses.
HP Indigo’s Brand Strategic Adoption Journey:
– Step 1: Create efficiencies via short-run printing
– Step 2: Expand to accelerate brand sustainability goals
– Step 3: Amplify sustainability and social impact messaging via consumers
Carbon Emissions Reduction:
– Supply chain emission reduction
– 16% energy reduction at sites
Efficiencies via Short-Run Printing: Highlighting the initial phase where HP Indigo focuses on efficiency.
Accelerate Sustainability Goals: The next phase where the emphasis shifts to pushing sustainability objectives.
Amplify Impact Messaging: The final phase, underscoring the importance of amplifying sustainability and social impact messages to consumers.
Supply Chain Emission Reduction: Represented as a full commitment to reducing emissions in the supply chain.
These insights help emphasise the concrete steps HP Indigo is taking towards sustainability, further cementing Ex Why Zed’s decision to align with such a forward-thinking partner in the print industry.
Source: This content is based on the expanded details provided from the HP Indigo Sustainable Impact Overview.
Cost-effective and eco-friendly innovations: reducing printing’s carbon footprint. Enjoy an insightful Q&A with Kerstin Haas, Head of Business Development Packaging at Heidelberger Druckssmachinen and Harald Woerner, Product Management Sustainability at Heidelberger Druckssmachinen.
Q. Where do the emissions come from in the printing process?
A. Without doubt, most emissions come from paper and cardboard, which are responsible for up to 90% of carbon dioxide emissions.
Q. So that means saving paper and board weight, protects the environment, and saves costs.
A. That’s perfect, isn’t it? So, many of our innovations achieve these two things at the same time: cost-effectiveness and eco-friendliness.
Q. Let’s take a look at Heidelberg Prinect v21 Print Ready JDF workflow system, our colour and register control system. As soon as the required colour is achieved, it automatically starts the good sheet counter on our Speedster press. This saves time and paper. So automation improves cost efficiency and makes systems much more sustainable?
A. Yes, because automation saves resources. On the Speedmaster, our intelligent assistants do this as well. They collect setting and quality data and use software algorithms to analyse the effects. Thus, the press learns how to optimise itself. One good example is the Colour Assistant Pro, our self-learning colour pre-setting system. It checks the value from the colour control system and directly adjusts the colour pre-setting profiles. That creates ideal conditions for fast make-ready and minimal waste. And means that artificial intelligence leads to continuous improvement.
Q. Also, and especially for the environment and does that also apply to other assistant systems?
A. Yes, for example, the Washer Assistant. The system constantly monitors the degree of soiling in the printing unit and automatically chooses the right washer program for the blanket, impression cylinder, and inking unit. This saves time and chemicals, especially because our press operators mostly like to use the maximum program. But we are on the safe side even if the system chooses shorter programs.
Q. And it’s the same for the Powder Assistant?
A. Exactly. This system also chooses the optimum setting for each individual job. Usually, that uses less powder. The sheets don’t stick together and the machine stays clean. All these functions work together for maximum effect. Let’s have a look at the navigation on the wall screen XL with Intellistart. It compares the current machine settings with the settings for the next job and generates an optimised job change program.
Q. What are the benefits of this procedure?
A. Producing print jobs with similar properties in terms of substrate, coating, inks, etc. One after the other. So if we have ten jobs to be printed onto 300gsm Silk in a day, these get printed one after the other to significantly reduce the press set-up time involved with swapping paper stacks and changing substrates. This saves operating steps by up to 70%, reduces potential errors and the amount of resources being used. This is an extremely sustainable process.
Q. Saving resources is a key element and choosing the right consumables can have a big effect on the company’s environmental impact.
A. Exactly. Companies can choose environmentally friendly products like the ones in our Saphira Eco product line. These products meet many sustainability criteria. They are low in emissions, and wherever possible, they are based on renewable raw materials, and they are good for recycling the end product. Yet again, ecology and economy go hand in hand.
There are many ways to reduce the carbon footprint in our Heidelberg printing process and reduce the environmental impact.
Enjoy the full video walk through of the Heidelberg Sustainable Printing Q&A.
The Final Coat: Protection vs. Purity. Let’s move on to a conversation about cover lamination. We always recommend cover lamination if the cover of your book or booklet has ink coverage where the card is folded during the binding process. For wire-stitched booklets, the larger sheet is folded in half then staple bound (saddle stitched). For perfect bound books, the cover is scored and creased twice before being glued to the text block to create a soft back book with a square spine.
Ink coverage on the folded part of the card can cause the paper fibres to open up and create an unwanted white area. Being honest, it doesn’t look too professional and makes the book cover look aged well before its time. To avoid this, our books usually add matt or gloss lamination on the cover, making them look pristine.
However, some authors or publication teams may choose to forgo lamination to preserve the raw and fibrous feel of uncoated paper or to achieve a retro or kitsch look. This choice may result in cracking and scuffing of the cover. You can see here on the cover of Moof Magazine that there is evidence of the paper fibres where the black ink has cracked along the spine fold. You might be trying to create this aesthetic, but if not, then lamination is advisable.
The reason we are discussing cover lamination in our sustainable printing article is because it is made of plastic. You can go for a 100% recycled card as a cover and laminate it. However, the laminated part of the cover will then not be recyclable.
If your publication is wire stitched and bound with two staples then these would have to be removed before the paper can be recycled. Of course, you could re-use the staples in a new publication which does mean they are not just for one use.
Enjoy the Eco-Friendly Case Studies page of our Sustainable Printing cluster at Ex Why Zed. Here, we proudly showcase a collection of recent projects that brilliantly exemplify the use of environmentally conscious materials like FSC and Recycled papers. Our goal is to not just display our work but to spark creativity and provide tangible inspiration for your next publication. Each featured project is a testament to the possibilities in sustainable printing, complete with detailed print specifications to guide and inspire. From the wholesome photography and creative flair of Finland…. to the compelling narratives of “Sean McDonnell – Life in Lockdown 4,” these case studies are more than just projects; they’re a journey into the heart of eco-friendly printing. Discover the varied textures, sizes, and finishes, and let the ingenuity behind these works embolden your approach to printing in a way that respects our planet. At Ex Why Zed, we’re committed to leading by example, showcasing that sustainability and high-quality printing are not just compatible, but they are the future. Join us on this print journey, where every page turned is a step towards a greener world.
We continue our guide by exploring further green avenues. While FSC certification is the gold standard in sustainable forestry, there are a few other certifications and initiatives that are also making waves in the eco-conscious world.
Each of these alternatives offers its own unique benefits and challenges. The key is to choose the one that aligns best with your sustainability goals and operational needs. So, whether it’s FSC, PEFC, or any other certification, rest assured that you’re making a positive impact.
Why choose Ex Why Zed for sustainable printing? By aligning with industry pioneers, we ensure that our printing is not only of exceptional quality but also eco-friendly. As the go-to UK sustainable printer, we’re dedicated to eco-friendly digital and litho printing, making a tangible difference with every print job.
The future of printing is green, inclusive, and innovative. With sustainable practices and Ex Why Zed’s commitment to eco-friendly printing. If sustainability, quality, and innovation are what you seek, Ex Why Zed is the name you’ve been looking for.
In a nutshell, FSC-certified papers are the future of sustainable printing. They’re not just good for you; they’re good for the planet. So, the next time you print with Ex Why Zed, know that you’re making a choice that counts.
Q: What is Ex Why Zed’s commitment to sustainable printing?
A: At Ex Why Zed, we are dedicated to providing the most sustainable print solutions. Our commitment extends from using paper stock from responsible paper production practices to partnering with the World Land Trust and Woodland Trust. We ensure that new trees are planted and natural resources are conserved in every step of our printing process.
Q: How does Ex Why Zed ensure its printing process is environmentally friendly?
A: We focus on several key areas:
Q: Can Ex Why Zed handle large-scale printing jobs sustainably?
A: Absolutely! Whether it’s for large or small projects, our approach remains consistent. For larger jobs, we ensure that our sustainable practices, such as recycling processes for materials like coffee cups and the efficient use of inks and printing plates, are scaled appropriately. This ensures high quality with minimal environmental impact.
Q: What are the options for paper and finish in sustainable printing?
A: We offer a variety of paper types, each selected for its environmental credentials and quality. This includes the most environmentally friendly paper with a glossy finish for high-resolution images and high amounts of ink, or a more natural look with uneven areas characteristic of recycled paper. Whether you need single pages or a complete set, we ensure the safe area and outside edge of your page are perfectly aligned with your design.
Q: How does Ex Why Zed support clients in preparing their print files?
A: We provide guidance on preparing your pdf files and jpg files for printing. This includes advice on standard delivery formats, ensuring small fine text is legible, and how to optimise high-resolution images for printing, especially when dealing with synthetic material or specific requirements like the safe area for single pages.
Are you tired of designing your newspaper from scratch every time? Why not use a template to enhance your design and save time? In this blog, we will explore iconic newspaper designs from all over the world and learn how you can style your template using global trends. We will draw inspiration from The Telegraph, La Repubblica, and The Hindu to create a unique look for your newspaper. Additionally, we will analyse Monocle, Kinfolk, and The Gourmand’s styling to gain further insight into the art of newspaper design. To help you get started, we have also listed some resources to dive into page layout and provided a step-by-step guide on creating Master pages in Adobe InDesign. With these tips and tricks up your sleeve, you’ll be rolling out stunning newspapers in no time!
Step into the captivating world of newspaper design and explore iconic creations from across the globe. Immerse yourself in the unique and innovative designs that have captivated readers everywhere.
Gain inspiration from newspapers renowned for their exceptional design, and elevate your own creations to new heights. Discover the different layout styles and techniques used by these iconic newspapers, allowing you to infuse your own newspaper templates with fresh creativity and ingenuity.
By studying successful newspaper designs, you can enhance your skills and develop a deep understanding of what makes a design truly standout. Adapt and incorporate global design trends into your newspaper templates, giving them a contemporary edge that will captivate your readers and keep them coming back for more.
There’s no need to reinvent the wheel when it comes to designing your newspaper template. Instead, dive into the rich tapestry of iconic newspaper designs from around the world and infuse your own creations with the knowledge and inspiration you gain. By using free templates available online, you can save valuable time while still creating eye-catching designs that grab the attention of a lot of people.
Let your creativity flow as you explore the world’s most iconic newspaper designs and create stunning templates that leave a lasting impression.
Stay ahead of the design game by incorporating the latest global trends into your newspaper template. Experiment with modern colour schemes, fonts, and layouts inspired by international newspapers. Infuse your template with creative graphics that resonate with a wide audience.
Staple Bound and Ready to Distribute
Promote Your Brand to a New Audience
Ideal for University Student Hand Outs
When it comes to creating a captivating newspaper template, studying the design elements of renowned publications like The Telegraph, La Repubblica, and The Hindu can offer valuable inspiration. Analysing their effective use of typography, images, and colour schemes can help elevate your own design. These iconic newspapers are known for their visually appealing layouts and captivating headlines, so taking note of their techniques can greatly enhance your template.
In addition to the visual aspects, these newspapers have mastered the art of storytelling to engage their readers. Incorporating storytelling techniques into your newspaper template can make it more compelling and enjoyable for your audience. By borrowing design cues from the successful branding strategies of The Telegraph, La Repubblica, and The Hindu, you can create a template that resonates with a wide range of readers.
Remember, a well-designed newspaper template not only catches the eye but also delivers information effectively. By drawing inspiration from these renowned publications, you can create a design that combines visual appeal and storytelling to captivate your audience.
Take a deep dive into this fascinating Behance article featuring the redesign of La Repubblica. Award winning redesign, no less. You decide – what makes this a cohesive and stunning piece of work? What is the relationship between the headings, body text and imagery?
Discover the unique and artistic styling of publications like Monocle, Kinfolk, and The Gourmand. Learn how they create a distinct visual identity by striking a balance between minimalism and creativity. Incorporate elegant design elements inspired by these magazines to captivate your readers.
Looking for inspiration for your newspaper template design? Look no further! There are plenty of sources to explore and discover creative ideas. Start by exploring websites that dissect newspaper design, blogs, and design galleries that showcase unique and well-designed newspaper templates. Pay attention to the use of grids, columns, and whitespace in these templates, as they play a crucial role in creating a visually appealing layout.
We enjoyed looking through Behance and finding stacks of real-life newspaper redesign and creative artist impressions of how new newspapers could be styled.
Enjoy Young World by Marium Ayub which is a newspaper that inspires young minds and is almost hand-drawn in it’s free flowing typographic style and layout. The limited colour pallet is also attention grabbing.
Maria Soares takes a modern approach to Jornal Da Bairrada using large, clear typography, a two colour pallet and flexible grid layout.
What are winning elements from this design? The masthead is easy to spot and has just enough white space around it to stand out. There is a neat section across the top which guides the reader to other feature content. The cover image is very prominent and is punctuated with reversed out white text for the headline. The inside page works on a grid layout with the title reversed out on the maroon colour bar which adds unity between the inside pages and cover. Be careful about adding too much colour – the bar is almost too large and dominates the page. This can get repetitive if it is repeated on every double page spread.
Can Duran redesigns Sozcu Newspaper and KiTAP freeing the content from over crowded clutter and using attention grabbing orange blocks to accentuate key stories and the masthead. You can instantly breathe as the content takes centre stage and the clashing typefaces are reduced to a much clearer, more structured approach.
Comparing the old style of each on the left and the redesign on the right it is instantly obvious of the aesthetic improvements. You can follow this layout to create a strong front cover.
Don’t limit yourself to just newspapers either. Take inspiration from different industries like fashion, technology, and sports. These industries often have innovative and eye-catching designs that can be adapted to your newspaper template. Additionally, don’t forget to study successful online publications and borrow design elements that resonate with your vision.
When it comes to designing your template, consider using tools you are familiar with like Google Docs or Adobe InDesign for ease and efficiency. Printing your newspaper can be done professionally or even through free templates available online. So let your creativity flow and create a newspaper template that stands out!
Ready to take your page layout skills to the next level? Dive into these resources and immerse yourself in the art of designing eye-catching newspaper layouts. By exploring insights from experts, you’ll learn how to create hierarchy and structure through strategic content placement.
Organising your articles, images, captions, and headlines is crucial to capturing your readers’ attention and guiding them through your publication. Discover useful tips and tricks for effectively organising your content, ensuring a seamless flow from one section to another. Visual balance and consistency play a vital role in attracting and retaining your audience, so be sure to master these concepts.
We’re massive fans of the inspiration served up by searching for newspaper design on dribbble. Thousands of ideas light up your page. Take a breather and enjoy looking through them all for page layout, masthead and styling solutions.
Streamline your design process with Adobe InDesign by creating a master page for your newspaper template. With this feature, you can set up consistent elements that will be applied across multiple pages, saving you time and effort. By making changes to the master page, such as modifying headers or footers, those modifications will automatically be reflected on all related pages. This ensures a cohesive and professional look throughout your entire newspaper.
Ready to elevate your InDesign game? Dive into the world of Master Pages, the unsung heroes of consistent design layouts. Let’s embark on this journey together, and by the end, you’ll be wielding the power of Master Pages like a true print rockstar!
? Step 1: Launch Adobe InDesign Open up Adobe InDesign. Feel the creative energy? That’s the universe telling you you’re about to craft something epic.
? Step 2: Open Your Document
File > New > Document.OK.? Step 3: Meet the Pages Panel On the right side, you’ll spot the Pages panel. If it’s playing hide and seek, simply go to Window > Pages to bring it into the spotlight.
? Step 4: Behold the Master Page By default, InDesign blesses you with a Master Page labelled ‘A-Master’. Think of it as your canvas, ready to be adorned with your genius.
? Step 5: Design Your Master Page
? Step 6: Applying the Master
? Step 7: Crafting Additional Master Pages Need more than one Master Page? No worries!
New Master button (it looks like a little page with a plus sign).? Step 8: Override Master Page Items Sometimes, rules are meant to be broken.
Shift+Cmd (Mac) or Shift+Ctrl (Windows) and double-click the item you wish to override.? Step 9: Revel in Your Mastery Take a moment. Breathe in. You’ve just unlocked a new level in your InDesign journey. Go on, give yourself a pat on the back!
So, if you want to create a professional-looking newspaper template, Adobe InDesign’s master page feature is the way to go. It provides you with the tools and flexibility to streamline your design process, save time, and achieve a cohesive and polished look for your newspaper. Happy designing!
Want to save significant time and streamline your workflow when designing your newspaper? Look no further than the master page feature. By applying the master page to multiple pages in your newspaper, you can maximise efficiency and ensure consistency in design elements such as headers, footers, and page layouts.
The beauty of the master page lies in its ability to make global changes effortlessly. By editing the master page, you can instantly update all related pages, saving you valuable time and effort. This feature allows you to maintain a professional and polished look throughout your entire newspaper, providing a cohesive experience for your readers.
Whether you’re working on a university newspaper, a local publication, or even a personal project, incorporating the master page feature into your design process is a game-changer. Not only does it save you time, but it also provides a seamless way to implement changes and keep your newspaper looking fresh and up-to-date.
So why spend hours manually adjusting each page when you can easily roll out the master throughout your newspaper? With just a few clicks, you’ll be on your way to a beautifully designed and efficiently produced publication. Streamline your workflow today and see the difference the master page can make.
When it comes to designing your newspaper template, embracing the power of a grid layout is a game-changer. By aligning your content to a grid, you create a sense of order and structure that not only enhances the visual appeal but also improves readability. The grid serves as a guide for readers, directing their attention and establishing a clear visual hierarchy.
Experimenting with different grid systems allows you to find the most suitable layout for your newspaper. Each grid system offers its own set of benefits and can be tailored to fit your specific design needs. Whether you opt for a traditional modular grid or a more dynamic asymmetrical grid, the key is to leverage the flexibility and versatility of grid layouts to enhance your overall design.
Not only do grid layouts offer aesthetic appeal, but they also provide a practical advantage. With a grid in place, you can easily align and position elements on your page, ensuring a cohesive and professional look. This becomes particularly useful when you have multiple articles, images, and other visual elements to organise.
So, next time you’re working on your newspaper template, remember that a grid layout is your best friend. It brings order, structure, and visual appeal to your design while guiding readers’ attention and enhancing overall readability. With the flexibility to experiment and the ability to streamline your workflow, a grid layout is a powerful tool in your design arsenal. Embrace it and take your newspaper template to the next level.
In conclusion, a well-designed newspaper template can elevate your design to new heights. By drawing inspiration from iconic newspaper designs you can incorporate global trends and create a visually stunning layout. Take cues from winning publications to infuse creativity and style into your design. Sometimes simplicity is the best strategy – use a reduced colour, white space and clear typography to allow the reader to breathe and navigate around the content without feeling bombarded.
Don’t forget to create a master page in Adobe InDesign to streamline your workflow and save time. A grid layout is your best friend for organising content and maintaining consistency throughout your newspaper. So, dive into these resources, let your creativity flow, and create a captivating newspaper design that grabs attention and engages readers. Happy designing!
The world is changing, and so are our printing practices. As sustainability becomes an increasingly important issue for businesses, it’s time to start thinking about how we can print in a more eco-friendly way. Sustainable printing isn’t just about reducing our carbon footprint – it’s also about improving the quality of the products we create. That’s why we’re proud to introduce our sustainable newspaper printing services, using cutting-edge technology to create top-quality products that are kinder to the planet.
In this blog, we’ll explore what sustainable printing means and why it matters. We’ll delve into the nitty-gritty of how our HP Indigo Press and Heidelberg Litho Press use innovative technology to reduce waste and lessen environmental impact. We’ll discuss the role of carbon-balanced paper in creating truly sustainable newspapers, and how recycled paper can be part of a bright future for the industry. So sit back, relax, and join us on a journey towards a better world through a sustainable newspaper printer.
Sustainable newspaper printing plays a vital role in reducing the ecological footprint of the paper industry. By using recycled paper, we can effectively conserve natural resources and promote sustainability. Additionally, sustainable printing practices contribute to the conservation of biodiversity. Through carbon offset initiatives, we can minimise the carbon footprint of the newspaper printing process. Ultimately, sustainable newspaper printing supports our goal of creating a better world for future generations.
Choosing eco-friendly paper, such as recycled or responsibly sourced paper, is a fundamental aspect of sustainable printing. Water-based inks, which are less harmful to the environment than petroleum-based inks, play a crucial role in reducing pollution. Opting for energy-efficient printing presses that utilise renewable energy sources further contributes to sustainability. Digital printing offers a sustainable alternative to traditional printing methods, while proper waste management and recycling minimise the environmental impact. By understanding these basics, we can embrace the most sustainable print solutions and make a positive impact on the world.
A sustainable printing process prioritises environmentally friendly materials and practices, minimising waste and energy consumption. It also involves using recycled paper and non-toxic inks. Certifications like FSC (Forest Stewardship Council) or PEFC indicate a commitment to sustainable practices.
– ? The modern paper industry is focusing heavily on sustainability and environmentally-friendly practices.
– ? Modern paper companies engage in sustainable forest management, ensuring more new trees are planted than are harvested.
– ? Paper is renewable and many paper companies undergo strict certifications to prove their sustainable practices.
– ⛽ The industry is making strides in energy independence and fuel efficiency.
– ? Sustainable forest management helps in carbon sequestration, thereby combating the effects of climate change.
– ? For every ton of wood produced, more CO2 is removed from the atmosphere than is produced.
– ? Compared to other sectors like electronics and telecommunications, the paper industry has a relatively minor environmental impact.
– ? The paper industry is geared towards a future of sustainability, renewability, and environmental consciousness.
Printing sustainably is a key priority for us. That’s why we use our HP Indigo Press, which utilises water-based inks and reduces waste through print-on-demand technology. By adopting sustainable printing practices, we not only decrease carbon emissions and support environmental conservation efforts but also prioritise using recycled paper and eco-friendly packaging materials. Choosing to work with us means enhancing your brand reputation and aligning with your company’s eco-friendly credentials. Together, we can create a healthier planet for future generations.
When you think of printing, perhaps you conjure up images of ink-splashed artisans labouring amidst large, noisy machines. But here’s the scoop – at Ex Why Zed, our printing is not just about vibrant hues and crisp pages. It’s about a commitment to our planet. Let’s embark on a journey to discover the eco-friendly magic behind our newspaper printing.
HP Indigo, an institution in the realm of digital printing, has been colouring our world since 1977. This isn’t your grandmother’s printing press. With its futuristic Liquid Electrophotography (LEP) tech, it fuses colour into every fibre, resulting in vibrant prints that pop out and say hello! With a clientele spanning over 120 countries, their portfolio boasts a range from labels to luscious layouts.
From design to delivery, HP Indigo wears its green heart on its sleeve.
HP Indigo’s presses make use of liquid electrophotography (LEP) technology, which allows for precise ink placement and minimises ink waste. This technology ensures high-quality prints with vibrant colours and sharp details. Furthermore, HP Indigo presses offer quick turnaround times, reducing production time and energy consumption. With LEP technology, on-demand printing is possible, eliminating overproduction and excess inventory. Additionally, HP Indigo’s LEP technology supports the use of eco-friendly toners and inks, promoting sustainability.
Our Heidelberg XL 75 Litho press is at the forefront of sustainable newspaper printing. With eco-friendly methods that minimise waste and emissions, we strive to reduce our ecological footprint. By using FSC-certified paper from responsibly managed forests, we prioritise sustainability in every step of the printing process. Our vegetable-based inks are biodegradable and safer for the environment. Choosing our company means supporting environmentally friendly practices and contributing to a better, greener world.
If you thought our commitment to green printing ended with digital, think again! For those mammoth projects that exceed 500 copies, we roll out the big guns: the Heidelberg Speedmaster XL 75. Let’s uncover the shades of green this press brings to the printing table.
Born in 2020, the Heidelberg Speedmaster XL 75 is not your average press. This high-performance titan, tailored for commercial and label printing, marries speed with precision, churning out up to 16,500 sheets every hour. With options galore, from UV drying to varying colour formats, it’s the Swiss Army knife of the printing world!
Heidelberg isn’t just about top-notch printing; it’s about moulding that process with an eco-conscious heart.
✅ Energy sippers, with an EPM power save mode.
✅ Champions of waste reduction, thanks to features like the Preset Plus feeder.
✅ Longevity lovers, thanks to modular construction.
✅ And, of course, advocates for recyclable printing.
With a 2020 report showcasing impressive metrics, like 34,150 tonnes of saved CO2e and 68% of total waste recycled, Heidelberg is not just talking the talk but walking the green walk.
Recycled paper has emerged as a sustainable option for newspaper printing. It reduces the need to cut down trees and saves energy in production. Although it may have lower quality compared to virgin paper, the future of sustainable newspaper printing lies in a combination of eco-friendly practices, including using recycled paper.
At our printing company, we take sustainability seriously. That’s why all of our papers are FSC certified. This certification guarantees that the paper comes from responsibly managed forests, preserving the world’s precious land and trees. Not only does sustainable printing reduce waste and environmental impact, but it also allows us to choose eco-friendly inks and papers that enhance the quality of the final product.
When you partner with us, you’re aligning your brand with environmentally conscious businesses and their most sustainable print solutions. Our FSC certification is recognised and trusted by consumers, improving brand reputation and attracting eco-conscious customers. So, join us in making a positive impact on our planet while delivering exceptional print products.
Your newspapers will be printed on Edixion Offset, Revive Offset and Galerie range of papers. These papers are made from responsibly sourced wood fibre and undergo eco-friendly production processes. Not only do they offer high-quality printing results, but they also have minimal environmental impact. By choosing these sustainable paper options, we are not only improving our newspaper’s overall sustainability profile but also appealing to environmentally-conscious readers. Together, we can contribute to a better world by making more eco-friendly choices in our business practices. Edixion Offset is our ‘house’ uncoated and Galerie Art are our smooth coated paper with a silk or gloss finish.
We prioritise sustainable printing practices to reduce our environmental impact. That’s why we proudly use Revive Uncoated paper, which is made from 100% post-consumer waste pulp. The Revive range also comes to you as a Carbon Balanced paper product.. By choosing this eco-friendly paper, we minimise the need for virgin paper and promote the recycling process. Not only does it reduce carbon emissions and waste, but it also helps build a positive reputation for your business or publication. Join us in our commitment to sustainability and make a difference in the world.
Newsprint sheets are too thin for our digital and litho presses. They produce a cheap and cheerful finish which doesn’t do justice to your artwork – images will show through from one side to the other. Your newspapers with Ex Why Zed will be printed on to a glorious feeling 100gsm paper. This paper, in a silk, gloss or uncoated finish is more premium to flick through and causes less damage on our machines than trying to print on to tomorrow’s dinner plate.
Sustainable newspaper printing plays a crucial role in creating a better world. By adopting sustainable printing methods, we can reduce waste and minimise environmental impact. Using sustainable materials and processes not only benefits the environment but also enhances the reputation of newspapers among eco-conscious readers. Sustainable newspaper printing is a significant step towards a greener future.
In conclusion, sustainable newspaper printing is not just a buzzword; it is a necessity for a better world. By adopting eco-friendly printing processes and using recycled and FSC certified papers, we can make a significant impact on reducing carbon emissions and preserving our natural resources. Our HP Indigo Press and Heidelberg Litho Press utilise cutting-edge technology that minimises waste and maximises efficiency. With these sustainable printing options, we can produce high-quality newspapers while reducing our environmental footprint. Together, we can create a greener future and contribute to a world where sustainability is at the forefront of every industry. Join us in making a difference and choose sustainable newspaper printing for a better world.
Printing a newspaper is an art! It’s a platform to showcase your brand, your voice, and your vision. With Ex Why Zed, take your newspaper printing game to the next level! In this blog, we will guide you through all the print specs options, sizing up your vision, tailoring your print run, the art of paper selection, and styling your newspaper to perfection. We’ll also dive into the nitty-gritty details like binding options and customising your newspaper for maximum reach and engagement. Whether it’s creating a design masterpiece or crafting a quirky narrative, we’ve got you covered. So sit back and relax as we take you on a journey that will help you create a print-perfect newspaper!
Craft a newspaper masterpiece by collaborating with Ex Why Zed. Get expert guidance on print specs like paper type, sizes, and formats. Benefit from cutting-edge digital and litho printing for high-quality results. Experience a seamless printing process with attention to detail. Your vision, brought to life!
When it comes to styling your newspaper, understanding the different print specs options is essential. Start by familiarising yourself with the various paper types available for newspaper printing. Consider the optimal GSM (grams per square meter) that suits your desired newspaper style. Explore different ink options to achieve the desired print quality. Don’t forget to discuss design specifications with your printing company, such as margins and trim sizes. And of course, benefit from expert advice on choosing the right paper and print specs for your newspaper.
Choosing the right size for your newspaper is crucial. It impacts readability and aesthetic appeal. Explore standard sizes like tabloid and broadsheet, or go for a unique custom size. Discuss options with your printing company to find the perfect fit for your vision.
When creating your newspaper, consider the number of pages required to effectively convey your narrative. Explore storytelling techniques that align with your chosen newspaper size. Discuss pagination options with your printing company for a smooth reading experience and strive for a balance between content and white space to enhance reader engagement. Tailor the dimensions of your narrative to captivate and inform your target audience.
When it comes to styling your newspaper, it’s important to consider the impact of standard sizes like A5 to A3. These sizes come with their advantages and drawbacks, which can greatly affect layout and design choices. Portability and readability are also significant factors to consider when deciding on a standard size. Analysing the impact these different sizes have on the overall look and feel of your newspaper is crucial. Ultimately, it’s essential to evaluate whether a standard size aligns with your newspaper’s goals and target audience.
Explore the endless creative possibilities of newspaper making, breaking away from traditional dimensions. Customise your newspaper’s size to stand out and capture attention with unconventional sizes. Make a statement that demands attention with a unique and eye-catching custom-sized newspaper. Push the boundaries and let your creativity shine!
Determining the ideal number of newspapers to print requires consideration of reader demand and distribution channels. Strike a balance between meeting demand and minimising waste by making informed decisions based on market research and readership analysis. Maximise cost-effectiveness with the optimal print quantity.
For quantities of 1-499 we will print your newspaper on our top of the range HP Indigo Digital Press. This is the most cost-effective route to market for small to medium print runs. If you’re eyeing up a larger print run of 500 copies or more, your custom newspaper will be litho printed for the maximum possible print quality. We also use vegetable inks on our litho press so do feel free to include a note stating that on your publication – it is a great selling point!
Whether you’re looking for just one copy or a thousand, our printing services have got you covered. We specialise in catering to both small-scale and large-scale newspaper production, with no order being too small or too big. From individual prints to bulk orders, we accommodate all your unique printing needs. Count on us to deliver exceptional quality, whether you need a single copy or a thousand.
Embracing eco-conscious practices is crucial. Minimise paper waste by precisely calculating the quantity you need to print. Opt for sustainable materials and techniques to reduce environmental impact. Choose precision in your printing methods to make a positive difference and demonstrate your commitment to the environment.
Master the craft of choosing the perfect paper for your newspaper. Align it with your desired style and target readership. Consider weight, texture, and durability when selecting. Create a visually appealing newspaper with the right paper type. Elevate the reading experience with carefully chosen paper that complements content.
Give your newspaper its own unique personality by selecting a paper that reflects its tone and style. Enhance the reader’s experience by matching the paper’s persona with your publication’s theme. Let your newspaper’s paper speak volumes about its character and identity. Create a lasting impression with a paper that embodies your newspaper’s essence.
Discover the magic of different paper finishes to enhance your newspaper’s visual appeal. Experiment with glossy, matte, or satin finishes for the perfect aesthetic. Make strategic choices to create a captivating and engaging publication. Unlock the potential of your own newspaper’s design using the right paper finish.
Contribute to a sustainable future by choosing FSC certified and recycled paper options. Prioritise environmental responsibility by selecting papers with eco-friendly certifications. Reduce your carbon footprint and support recycling initiatives through paper choices. Make a positive impact on the planet by embracing sustainable paper options. Join the movement towards a greener publishing industry with FSC certified and recycled papers.
When creating your newspaper, the visual decisions you make can greatly impact its overall appeal. Explore different font options to give your newspaper a winning style. Utilise white space strategically to enhance readability and design aesthetics. Experiment with graphics to add visual interest. Consider the newspaper size and layout to create an appealing design. Pay attention to overall design specifications for a polished final product.
When it comes to newspaper printing, understanding the concept of bleeding images can make a big difference. Bleeding images, where the image extends beyond the edge of the page, can create a visually striking effect, making your newspaper more engaging and eye-catching. However, non-bleeding images have their own charm, giving your newspaper a classic and timeless look. Ultimately, the decision on image presentation depends on your newspaper’s theme and target audience. Discussing trimming options with your printing company can help you achieve the desired image presentation for your own newspaper.
Choose a colour scheme that complements your newspaper’s content and target audience. Consider the psychological impact of different colours on readers. Experiment with elegant monochrome designs or vibrant hues to capture attention and create visual appeal. Work with a professional designer for a harmonious colour palette throughout your newspaper.
Your masthead is more than just a title, it’s a powerful tool for creating brand recognition. Experiment with different font styles and sizes to make a statement. Enhance your masthead with relevant graphics or symbols that align with the tone and theme of your newspaper. Maximise its impact by discussing placement and size options with your printing company.
When it comes to newspaper design, typography is more than just a stylistic choice—it’s a pivotal element that impacts readability, branding, and the overall aesthetic of your publication. In our Newspaper Type Readability Study, we found that the right typeface can significantly enhance the reader’s experience, guiding them effortlessly through the content.
For optimal legibility, serif fonts like Times New Roman and Georgia are often recommended for body text, usually in sizes between 10 and 14 points. Headers can afford to be more experimental but should remain within the 24-30 point range for readability.
Your choice of typeface can also serve as a powerful branding tool. Fonts like Helvetica or Futura can give your newspaper a modern, clean look, aligning with a tech-savvy or youthful audience. This is where Typographic Newspaper Design Trends come into play, helping you stay ahead of the curve.
Pushing the boundaries of typography can make your newspaper stand out. Consider using colour in your headlines or pull quotes to draw attention. Strategic use of colour could increase reader engagement.
To break the monotony and encourage interactivity, consider using angular text. Placing text at an angle can create dynamic spreads and guide the reader’s eye across the page. However, use this technique sparingly to avoid overwhelming the reader.
By carefully considering these elements, you can ensure that your newspaper is not just informative but also visually and aesthetically pleasing. Typography, when done right, can transform your newspaper from a mere information vessel to a work of art.
Choosing the right binding method is essential for newspaper printing. Stapling is a cost-effective and traditional option, while nested binding provides a sleek and professional look. Endorse folding ensures convenience and easy navigation for readers. The binding choice should complement your newspaper’s overall style.
When it comes to binding options for your newspaper, you have two main choices: stapled or nested. Stapled binding creates a classic and authentic newspaper feel, perfect for those looking to evoke nostalgia. On the other hand, nested binding offers a more modern and sophisticated look, ideal for a sleek and professional appearance. Both options have their merits, so consider the target audience and content type when making your decision.
Endorse folding offers a reader-friendly format that is both convenient and stylish. With easy handling and portability, it’s perfect for newsletters or promotional inserts. The compact design adds a touch of flair to your newspaper, while maximising readability. Ensure your content layout complements endorse folding for print perfection.
Discover the power of customising your newspaper to captivate specific audiences. Personalise content and design elements to resonate with readers and boost engagement. Utilise variable data printing for targeted messages. Consult your printing company to explore customisation options and optimise future editions based on reach and audience response.
To create a stunning, eye-catching newspaper that captivates your readers, you need to pay attention to every detail. From selecting the right paper type and size to making visual decisions and choosing the perfect binding method, each element contributes to the overall appeal of your masterpiece. With Ex Why Zed by your side, you can explore all the print spec options and tailor your newspaper to perfection. Whether you’re looking for standard sizes or want to push the boundaries with custom dimensions, we’ve got you covered. Our eco-conscious printing practices ensure precision and sustainability. So, let your creativity flow and customise your newspaper for maximum reach and engagement. Craft a newspaper that leaves a lasting impression with Ex Why Zed.
Welcome to the exciting world of newspaper clubs, where ink meets imagination and every page turn is a journey into the extraordinary! Ever thought about capturing the essence of your university club, team, or society in print? Well, you’re in the right place. This blog is your one-stop guide to newspaper printing, from brainstorming content to the thrilling moment you print a newspaper from PDF.
Imagine the exhilaration of unboxing freshly printed Ex Why Zed newspaper club printing for your group or society, each page a testament to your creativity and passion. Picture the Sports & Athletics Club members flipping through action-packed recaps, or the Art & Design Collective marvelling at a newspaper that’s practically a work of art. From the Eco-Warriors to the Tech & Coding aficionados, there’s a newspaper for every niche. And let’s not forget the magic of inter-club collaborations—ever heard of “Paw-Traits,” the delightful fusion of art lovers and animal enthusiasts? The possibilities are endless!
But how do you bring this vision to life? Enter Ex Why Zed, the printing partner that turns your PDFs into page-turning masterpieces. With next-day UK delivery, your dream newspaper is just a click away. Whether you’re a seasoned journalist or a newbie with a notepad, this blog will guide you through every step of the newspaper printing process.
So, are you ready to embark on this incredible journey? Dive in, and let’s make headlines together!
Staple Bound and Ready to Distribute
Promote Your Brand to a New Audience
Ideal for University Student Hand Outs
Visit our Newspaper Printing Prices page for the full, number packed, Maths brain testing spreadsheet.
Step into the adrenaline-charged atmosphere of a sports club on the brink of something monumental. This section captures the electric moment when athletes trade their jerseys for journalism, unboxing their freshly printed newspapers. Feel the excitement as they flip through pages that immortalise their triumphs, teamwork, and tenacity. It’s not just a newspaper; it’s a trophy they can hold in their hands.
It all began during one of the club’s monthly committee meetings. Sarah, the club president, was brainstorming ways to celebrate the team’s recent winning streak and to keep the momentum going. “What if we start our own newspaper club printing?” she suggested. The room buzzed with excitement. The idea was met with unanimous approval, and thus, the journey began.
The committee members were tasked with researching print companies that could bring their vision to life. After scouring the internet and comparing quotes, they stumbled upon Ex Why Zed—a company known for its exceptional print quality and customer service. A quick call to the company confirmed that they were the perfect fit.
With a print partner in place, the club dove into the creative process. They decided to run the project like a newsroom, assigning roles like editor-in-chief, photographers, and layout designers. They even invited a guest lecturer from the Graphic Design and Branding Level 3 Diploma course to give them tips on design aesthetics and layout.
The team wanted a visual feast with winning newspaper design and styling, capturing the essence of their club’s spirit. They opted for a modern yet timeless design, with bold headlines and dynamic layouts. Photos from recent games were carefully selected, capturing the raw emotion and excitement of each match. The scores of their winning campaign were displayed in an eye-catching infographic, and player interviews were laid out in a magazine-style spread. The Guardian, a renowned newspaper from London, UK, has recently finished its redesign. This serves as a nice example of how multiple colours can be used without destroying the balance between visual appeal and legibility.
After weeks of hard work, the newspaper was ready for its final review. Each page was meticulously checked for errors, and the PDF was prepared according to Ex Why Zed’s specifications. With bated breath, they send the artwork over. An email confirmation from Ex Why Zed arrived almost instantly, assuring them that their project was in good hands.
Days felt like weeks as the club members eagerly awaited the arrival of their inaugural newspaper club printing masterpiece. Finally, the day came. A courier van pulled up to the club’s meeting spot, and stacked boxes were unloaded.
The atmosphere was electric as each member grabbed a box and tore off the sellotape. The moment had arrived. As they pulled out copies of their freshly printed, expertly designed newspaper, faces lit up like a scoreboard. They flipped through the pages, each photo and article more exciting than the last. When they reached the page featuring their favourite photo and the scores of their recent winning campaign, smiles turned into cheers.
And so, in that exhilarating moment, the Sports & Athletics Club realised they had not just created a newspaper; they had created a legacy—a tangible piece of their journey that would inspire current and future members for years to come.
Ever wondered which clubs could benefit from the tactile joy of a printed newspaper? Look no further. This section delves into a diverse array of clubs, societies, and teams that are ripe for the newspaper-making adventure. From the culinary artists to the eco-warriors, discover how a newspaper can amplify the voice and vision of any group.
Here are ten club ideas that could benefit from printing a newspaper to promote themselves or their events:
Each of these clubs could use a newspaper as a creative and informative way to engage their members and the wider community. It’s a classic yet effective medium for sharing news and sparking interest! ?
Content is king, and this section is your royal guide to filling your newspaper with engaging articles, eye-catching visuals, compelling narratives, and custom editorial content. Whether you’re a tech guru, a history buff, or a wellness advocate, we’ll explore the myriad of topics and features that can make your newspaper a must-read for your members and beyond.
Let’s dive into the kind of content that could make your newspaper club printing a must-read!
Each of these clubs could fill their newspapers with engaging, informative, and inspiring content that would not only entertain but also educate their members. ?
With our free UK delivery, any of these universities or niche areas could quickly and efficiently bring their newspaper ideas to life! ?️
Two heads are better than one, and this section celebrates the creative genius that emerges when different clubs join forces. Imagine a newspaper that marries the drama of the stage with the thrill of the sports field, or one that combines culinary delights with literary eloquence. Get ready to be inspired by some of the most innovative and unexpected collaborations that take newspaper printing to the next level.
Inter-club collaboration can create some truly unique and engaging content. Clubs could collaborate on special editions, broadening the newspaper’s reach and content diversity. Here are ten pairs of university clubs that could join forces to create a special edition newspaper:
Newspapers are typically printed using offset printing technology, where ink is transferred from a plate to a rubber blanket and then onto paper. This method allows for high-quality, large-scale printing, making it the go-to choice for most professional newspapers.
Newsprint is too thin for our Indigo and Litho presses so take advantage or our premium papers to produce a newspaper that is not only a great price but also feels classy and more resilient. We will print your work onto 100gsm FSC Uncoated, 100% Recycled Uncoated, FSC Silk or Gloss.
Dive into our comprehensive masterclass covering every angle of newspaper design and filling your eyes with all the inspiration you’ll need to get started on artwork and page layout.
You can create a newspaper using various software programs designed for layout and publishing, such as Adobe InDesign, Microsoft Publisher, or even online platforms like Canva. These tools offer templates and design elements that make the process easier, especially for beginners.
At Ex Why Zed you can choose any newspaper size up to and including 420x297mm, Digital Tabloid 380x289mm, Canadian Tabloid, the super cool 245x172mm or good old A4 and A5.
Newspapers generally follow a specific format that includes a front page, headlines, bylines, lead paragraphs, and body text. They often feature columns, photographs, and infographics to enhance the content. The layout is usually organised into sections like news, sports, entertainment, and opinion.
Daily newspapers typically include a variety of sections such as local and international news, sports, entertainment, business, and opinion pieces. They may also feature special segments like puzzles, comics, and classified ads to cater to a broad audience.
Writing a newspaper for beginners starts with understanding your audience and the purpose of your publication. Begin by outlining the sections you want to include and brainstorming article ideas. Use the “5 Ws” (Who, What, When, Where, Why) as a guide for your articles, and focus on clear, concise language. Don’t forget to include visuals like photos or infographics to complement your text. Additionally, it is important to follow a style guide to ensure consistency in your writing and formatting.
Each of these FAQs offers a snapshot into the fascinating process of newspaper making, equipping you with the knowledge you need to embark on your own print journey.
From the exhilarating moment of unboxing your club’s freshly printed newspaper to the endless possibilities of content and collaboration, we’ve covered the A to Z—or should we say, the Ex Why Zed—of newspaper making. Whether you’re a sports enthusiast looking to immortalise your team’s victories, an eco-warrior aiming to spread the green gospel, or even part of an unlikely duo like “Paw-Traits,” there’s a newspaper waiting to be created that’s as unique as your club.
So, what’s the headline of your club’s story going to be? Don’t let it be a “missed print” opportunity! Reach out to Ex Why Zed and make your newspaper dreams a front-page reality. Extra! Extra! Read all about it—well, actually, write all about it and let Ex Why Zed do the printing!
A: You can print a variety of newspapers with our service, including all custom sizes up to 420x297mm. Choose from a silk, gloss or uncoated finish and staple bound or just nested, where the pages run free and wild!
A: Yes, we have an extensive paper which dissects the winning templates employed by iconic newspapers, magazines and designers around the world. It takes a long look at what are good solutions for cover design, colour schemes and page layout.
A: Absolutely! You can upload your own design or use our templates to create a unique newspaper that reflects your style and content.
A: You’ll need to upload the files using WeTransfer (it’s super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
A: Yes, you can print just one copy of your newspaper. We offer a flexible printing service that allows you to order the exact quantity you need.
A: We use premium papers that are sourced from sustainably and organically managed forests. Our papers are high-quality and FSC certified or fully recyclable, ensuring that your newspapers look amazing while being environmentally friendly.
Read more on our sustainable newspaper printing options.
A: Absolutely! Our printing service is perfect for photography newspapers, art gallery newspapers, and any other creative project you have in mind. We provide the expertise and tools to help you make your newspaper look professional and unique.
A: The turnaround time for printing and shipping your newspaper depends on the specifications of your order. Typically, we aim to have your newspapers printed and shipped within a few days. Best to allow 5-7 working days and we do get a little more busy in September – December as Santa starts revving up his creativity.
A: We’re here to help! If you have any questions or need assistance with your newspaper printing, our friendly customer service team is ready to assist you. We are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
Do you have a passion for creating and designing your own newspaper? Look no further, as Ex Why Zed is here to help you bring your vision to life. In this blog, we will guide you through the process of creating a newspaper that truly reflects your creativity. We will share some tips on how to engage your creative thinking and repurpose existing artwork, design, and photography. Our newspaper printing journey with Ex Why Zed is a smooth and quick process. We provide unmatched customer support to ensure the highest quality of work. With our file set-up knowledge base, placing an order has never been easier. And when your printed project arrives, we guarantee nothing short of magic when you unbox it. Plus, there are many benefits to using Ex Why Zed such as choosing your own size and printing any quantity from 1 to 44,444. Join us on this exciting adventure and start transforming your ideas into print with Ex Why Zed today!
Experiment with different fonts, layouts, and illustrations to create a visually appealing newspaper. Incorporate social media elements to engage readers online and create a captivating masthead that grabs attention. Embrace the global canvas of newspapers and bring your stories to life with graphics.
Imagine sipping a cappuccino in a quaint café in Paris, flipping through the delicate pages of Le Monde. Or perhaps you’re in a bustling Tokyo subway, catching a glimpse of the equally bustling page layout of Asahi Shimbun. Newspapers from around the world aren’t just news carriers; they’re storytellers, culture mirrors, and design masterpieces. Each offers a unique perspective, a distinct style, a different narrative rhythm. They inspire, they provoke, they captivate.
But why remain a mere spectator when you can be the creator? At Ex Why Zed, we’ve demystified the newspaper-making process, making it as easy as pie. And not just any pie, but your favourite one, tailored to your taste buds! Dive deep into our resources, drink from the fountain of global inspirations, and start sketching your newspaper dreams. And as you wonder about the ‘how’, fret not. Our comprehensive print journey is here to guide you every step of the way.
What makes The Guardian different from The Times of India? Why does El País resonate differently than The New York Times? It’s all in the ingredients. A winning newspaper seamlessly blends content, design, typography, and imagery. It understands its audience, respects its culture, and yet isn’t afraid to push boundaries. It’s a delicate dance of tradition and innovation.
But beyond the logistics, beyond the design, and beyond the content, lies the pure, unadulterated joy of creation. Feeling the weight of the paper, seeing your words come to life, watching your visuals paint stories – it’s magical. At Ex Why Zed, we encourage you to immerse yourself in this process. Revel in it. Enjoy the symphony of ideas, the ballet of designs, and the opera of final print.
So, as you stand on the precipice of newspaper creation, take a deep breath. Look around at the world’s newspapers, draw inspiration, and remember – with Ex Why Zed by your side, you’re not just making a newspaper; you’re crafting a legacy. Ready to leave your print mark on the world?✨
Unleash your creativity with these 5 tips for newspaper making inspiration: Embrace brainstorming for innovative ideas, try mind mapping or free writing techniques, collaborate for fresh perspectives, take breaks to incubate ideas, and embrace experimentation in your process. Let your creativity soar!
To create engaging newspaper content, start by identifying themes that interest your audience. Stay up-to-date with current trends and events for inspiration. Conduct surveys or interviews for unique story ideas. Explore different angles and perspectives to provide a fresh take. Remember to keep your audience in mind and deliver resonating content.
Don’t let your existing artwork, design elements, or photography go to waste. Repurpose them for your school newspaper and give your articles a unique visual appeal. Experiment with different techniques like cropping, resizing, and colour adjustment. Combine images or graphics to create stunning collages. Get creative and have fun!
Ready to embark on your print journey? With Ex Why Zed, you can create your own newspaper using their user-friendly online template. They offer desktop publishing services for printing and publishing, along with a wide range of fonts and illustrations to inspire your creativity. Plus, their customer support is there to guide you throughout the printing process. Start your print journey today and unleash your creativity!
Unleash your creativity with Ex Why Zed! Explore their extensive collection of fonts and illustrations for inspiring newspaper designs. Get ideas from their blog and social media platforms, and kickstart your creative process with a downloadable newspaper template. Let your imagination run wild and discover the endless possibilities of newspaper making.
Crunch the numbers by calculating the cost of printing your newspaper project with Ex Why Zed’s transparent pricing. Consider quantity, size, and paper quality to stay within your budget. Plan wisely using our cost calculator tool. Make informed decisions about your project.
Need assistance with your newspaper making? Our dedicated customer support team at Ex Why Zed is here for you every step of the way. From expert guidance to personalised support, we’ll ensure a smooth printing process. Reach out to us anytime for unmatched customer support!
Access Ex Why Zed’s extensive knowledge base for file set-up and learn through step-by-step tutorials. Gain insights into technical aspects and ensure your artwork meets printing requirements. Optimise your design with our file set-up guidelines.
Ready to go ahead and place an order for printing your newspaper? Ex Why Zed makes it seamless with their intuitive online platform. Customise print options, review your design, and enjoy a hassle-free ordering experience. Place your order confidently today!
Staple Bound and Ready to Distribute
Promote Your Brand to a New Audience
Ideal for University Student Hand Outs
Experience the thrill of unboxing your printed masterpiece from Ex Why Zed. Show off your professional school newspaper to colleagues, friends, and family. Celebrate with high-quality printing and inspire others to embark on their own print journey. Reflect on your creation and share your achievement online.
Experience the magical joy of unboxing your professionally printed newspaper from Ex Why Zed. Hold it in your hands and admire the vibrant colours and crisp details. Share the excitement with others and cherish the memories created through your printed newspaper with Ex Why Zed’s magical printing services.
Trust Ex Why Zed for professional, high-quality printing that brings your artwork to life. Take the next step in your creative journey by transforming your digital design into a tangible, professionally printed newspaper. Partner with Ex Why Zed and see your artistic vision come to life.
You’ll need to upload the files using WeTransfer.com (it’s super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free on the internet). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to.
We will download your PDF, then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
Discover the advantages of using Ex Why Zed for your newspaper making needs. Enjoy the flexibility to choose your own newspaper size, print any quantity from single copies to thousands, contribute to sustainable printing practices, and benefit from free delivery services. Experience the convenience of our user-friendly online newspaper template.
Customisation is key with Ex Why Zed. No creative restrictions here, choose any size from 210x148mm to 420x297mm including A5, B5, Tabloid and A3. Small, compact formats or large, attention-grabbing sizes – we’ve got it all. Tailor your newspaper’s size to suit your content and purpose. Get creative and experiment with different dimensions for a unique touch.
No matter the scale of your project, Ex Why Zed has you covered. Enjoy the convenience of on-demand printing with no minimum quantity requirements. Save costs by printing only the exact number of newspapers you need. Achieve your desired reach by printing any quantity, no matter how big or small.
Contribute to the environment with Ex Why Zed’s sustainable printing methods. Minimise your carbon footprint by choosing recycled paper options and non-toxic vegetable-based inks. Showcase your commitment to sustainability with us.
Get the added convenience of free delivery from Ex Why Zed. We’ll safely ship your newspapers, saving you time and money. No hassle, just prompt and secure delivery. Enjoy our complimentary service!
In conclusion, creating your own newspaper with Ex Why Zed is a fun and creative way to showcase your artwork, design, and photography. With our unmatched customer support, we’re here to help you every step of the way. From getting inspired and crunching the numbers to gearing up and taking the leap, our knowledgeable team will guide you through the entire process. And when it comes to celebrating your success, the magic moment of unboxing your printed project is truly special. Plus, with benefits like choosing your own size, printing any quantity you need, sustainable printing practices, and free delivery, Ex Why Zed stands out as the go-to newspaper printer. So why wait? Transform your artwork into print with Ex Why Zed today!
Printing from PDF can be a daunting task, but with the right knowledge and tools, it can be a breeze. In this blog, we’ll cover everything you need to know – from the basics of what a PDF file is and why you should print from it, to advanced tips for success. Plus, we’ll introduce you to Ex Why Zed – your go-to printer for all your needs. With their wide range of services and commitment to quality, you can trust them to get the job done right. And don’t worry about breaking the bank either; we’ll cover the cost of printing from PDF as well as how you can preflight your own files before sending them off. So sit back, relax and get ready to print like a pro!
Printing PDF files ensures accurate document reproduction. Preserve formatting across devices. Save As a PDF from desktop publishing programs. Conveniently print PDFs from desktop, tablet or mobile. Use Adobe Acrobat Reader, Acrobat Professional or Mac Preview for viewing and printing.
A PDF file, short for Portable Document Format, is a widely used document format that preserves the original formatting and layout. It can contain text, images, and interactive elements, making it ideal for sharing PDF documents across different platforms. Various software applications can open and view PDF files.
Printing from PDF offers numerous benefits. It ensures consistent document appearance, allows for easy distribution and sharing, and enables offline reading and reference. With PDF printing, you have the flexibility to choose different paper sizes and orientations. Plus, you can select specific pages or a range to print.
Adobe Acrobat Pro, as a component of Adobe Creative Cloud, offers a comprehensive suite of tools for working with PDFs, enhancing collaboration, editing, and integration with other creative applications.
Looking for professional printing services? Ex Why Zed offers a wide range of options to meet your needs. Benefit from their expertise in producing high-quality prints and get friendly, patient assistance for your projects. With quick turnaround times and reliable solutions, choose Ex Why Zed for all your printing needs.
12 Reasons To Choose Ex Why Zed
• Refreshingly responsive, friendly and patient customer service.
• 400+ superb reviews on Trustpilot.
• The highest quality Indigo digital and litho printing
• Free delivery anywhere in the UK. We regularly ship worldwide too.
• Free paper sample packs.
• No minimum order quantity.
• A growing YouTube channel packed with helpful video guides showcasing what can be achieved in print
• Browse through 100s of case studies for ideas and inspiration.
• Comprehensive FAQs page to answer all your questions
• Card accepted, plus BACS, online bank transfer and even a cheque if you’re feeling retro!
• Step by step print journey to guide you through the process.
• Pssst…we’ll even show how to prepare your artwork for print. You’ll become a genius with our illustrated guides.
At Ex Why Zed, we offer a diverse range of print services to cater to all your printing needs. From Books and Booklets, including Zine Printing, Self Published Projects, and Photobooks, to Promotional Business Printing and Notebooks, we have you covered. Trust us for professional-quality book and booklet printing, lookbooks, and catalogs that will elevate your brand.
At our print shop, we believe in transforming your ideas into stunning prints. Our dedicated team strives for excellence in both the printing process and the final product. With customer satisfaction as our top priority, we go above and beyond to meet your needs. Trust us for reliable and top-notch printing services.
For in-depth guides to saving a PDF from the most popular programs, dive into our detailed guide here and learn how to make your file from Adobe Indesign, Affinity Publisher, Microsoft Word amongst others.
Take advantage of our complimentary PDF pre-flight service to ensure error-free printing. Our experts review your PDF file, catching potential issues before printing. Save time and money with our thorough pre-flight checks and enjoy a smooth printing process.
For high-quality prints, utilise the “Save as PDF X1a:2001” setting. Achieve optimal print results by exporting documents to PDF format. Enhance your printing experience with these advanced tips.
Save your PDF files hassle-free with the “PDF X1a:2001” preset from the top menu bar, ensuring compatibility with professional printing systems. This preset guarantees colour consistency and accurate reproductions by converting colours to CMYK. Say goodbye to printing errors and hello to high-quality prints.
To export a document to PDF format, use software like Adobe Indesign or Microsoft Word. Select “Save As” and choose PDF as the file format. Embed all fonts and images for proper printing. Adjust settings for page size, orientation, and resolution if needed. Exporting to PDF preserves formatting and layout.
The PDF should be too large to email your printed Ex Why Zed. The images should make it more than 10mb. So, you’ll need to upload the files using the WeTransfer.com web page (it’s super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
Unlock professional results with our top of the range technology. Impress with high-resolution and vibrant prints. Our expert printers ensure accurate colour reproduction and sharp text. Create a lasting impression with professionally printed documents, brochures, and more. Trust us for professional-grade printing.
Experience affordable solutions without compromising on quality. Our competitive pricing ensures cost-effective options for both small and large print runs. Enjoy transparent pricing with no hidden fees or surprises. Get the best value for your money with our affordable fair pricing.
Take charge of printing by pre-flighting PDFs using Adobe Acrobat Pro’s Print Production tools. Check image quality, embedded fonts, 3mm bleed, layout, and content proximity to edges. Save time and resources for optimal results before we press the print button.
Grab your copy of Adobe Acrobat Pro.
Print a variety of documents, such as annual reports, brochures, and single hardback book printing directly from your PDF files. Transform your PDF into a printed booklet for easy distribution. Create professional marketing materials like leaflets, folded leaflets, and business cards. Bring your ideas to life by reproducing digital artwork or photography with high-quality prints from your PDF. The options are limitless when it comes to printing from a PDF file.
In conclusion, printing from PDF can be a hassle-free process if you follow the right tips and choose the right printing service. Understanding the basics of PDF printing and knowing why it is a preferred format can go a long way in ensuring successful results. At Ex Why Zed, we offer a range of print services with a commitment to quality and customer satisfaction. Our free PDF pre-flight option allows you to check your file before going ahead, ensuring that everything is in order. With advanced tips like saving as PDF X1a:2001 and exporting to PDF correctly, you can achieve professional printing results. So, if you’re ready to print your PDFs like a pro, choose Ex Why Zed as your printer of choice. Contact us for pricing details and Any questions, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
You have reached at the stage where you have identified a book designer or a few possible graphic designers on Fiverr or PeoplePerHour for your upcoming project. You would now like to reach out and see if they have availability, if their pricing structure matches your budget and if they have experience of similar projects.
Here is an initial email you can copy and paste in as an initial design brief for photography book artwork for printing at Ex Why Zed. Use the structure and adapt the details for your own book title and expectations.
Project Overview:
Hello [Designer’s Name],
I trust this message finds you well. I am a photographer who has spent years capturing moments, landscapes, and emotions through my lens. After curating thousands of images, I’ve selected a set that I believe tells a compelling visual story. I’m now looking to transition from the digital realm to the tactile experience of a celebratory and promotional photography book. I’m seeking a designer with a keen eye for detail and a minimalist aesthetic to help bring this vision to life.
Book Details:
Design Requirements:
Reference Material:
I will provide:
Communication & Feedback:
Open communication is vital for this project. I’d appreciate regular updates, especially when making decisions about image placement, layout, and design elements. While I have a clear vision for the photobook, I value your expertise and am open to suggestions that enhance the final product.
Timeline & Budget:
I aim to have the design finalized within [specific time frame, e.g., “5 weeks”]. Kindly let me know if this is feasible for you. Additionally, please provide a detailed quote, including any potential costs for revisions or design modifications.
Thank you for considering this collaboration. Your online portfolio showcases a sensitivity to visual storytelling that I believe aligns perfectly with my project. I’m excited about the possibility of working together to create a photobook that not only showcases my work but also stands as a testament to the power of visual narratives.
Warm regards,
[Your Name]
Well, fingers crossed they come back to you in a few hours or days with an enthusiastic response that helps you complete the next step on your print journey and one of the designers you approached can be chosen as the winning candidate.
A: A design brief for photography book artwork is a document that outlines the goals, requirements, and expectations for the design of a book cover or artwork related to photography.
A: A design brief is important because it helps communicate the vision and goals for the design to both the photographer and the book cover designer. It ensures that everyone involved is on the same page and working towards a common goal.
A: When writing a photography brief, you should start by outlining the project’s goals and target audience. You can then provide details about the type of photography you’re looking for, the desired mood or style, and any specific requirements or guidelines. Reading the content above is a great place to start.
A: A design brief for photography book artwork should include information about the target audience, the desired style or mood of the design, any specific requirements or guidelines, and examples of book covers or artwork that you like.
A: Yes, including examples of book covers and illustrations or sketches of page layouts that you like can be helpful for the book cover designer to understand your preferences and style preferences. Photobooks can be hardback or paperback / softback. Softback encompasses wire stitching and perfect binding.
A: No, you don’t need to be a professional designer to write a design brief for a freelancer. However, having a basic understanding of design concepts, imagery, terminology and a vision for your photobook can be helpful in effectively communicating your message to the designer.
A: Yes, using a template or brief template can be a great way to get started and ensure that you include all the necessary information in your design brief. Copy and paste our one above and change the information to suit your self publishing project.
A: Some tips on how to write a design brief for photography book artwork include being clear and concise, providing specific details and examples, and being open to collaboration and feedback from the book cover designer.
A: No, the book cover design can be in colour or black and white depending on your preferences and the overall style of the book.
A: Yes, there are many talented book cover designers out there specialising in photography book artwork. You can search online platforms or ask for recommendations to find the right designer for your project. Enjoy reading our articles on finding a designer on Fiverr, identifying a great designer on PeoplePerHour and the Best Book Design Solutions.
You’ve now shortlisted a book designer or several potential graphic designers on Fiverr and PeoplePerHour for your forthcoming project. It’s time to check their availability, see if their pricing aligns with your budget, and verify their experience with similar ventures. Below is a template email to get you started. Feel free to tailor it to your book’s specifics and your expectations.
Project Overview:
Hello [Designer/Illustrator’s Name],
I hope you’re doing well. I am reaching out with an exciting project that I believe aligns perfectly with your expertise and creative flair. I’ve penned down a children’s book story that I’m truly passionate about, and I’m in search of a talented individual like you to breathe life into it with captivating illustrations and a compelling design. The goal is to have a print-ready book that aligns with the guidelines set by Ex Why Zed.
Book Details:
Design & Illustration Requirements:
Reference Material:
I will provide:
Communication & Feedback:
Open and timely communication is essential. I’d love to have regular check-ins, perhaps at the end of each illustration or design phase. While I have a vision for the book, I deeply value your expertise and creative input, and I’m open to collaborative discussions.
Timeline & Budget:
I’m hoping to finalise the illustrations and design within [specific time frame, e.g., “6-8 weeks”]. Please let me know if this timeline works for you. Additionally, I’d appreciate a detailed quote, including any potential extra costs for revisions or additional illustrations.
Wrapping Up:
This book is a dream project for me, and I’m confident that with your expertise, we can create something truly magical. I’m open to your creative input and look forward to seeing how you envision the world of “Milo’s Magical Moonlight Adventure.” Please let me know if there are any additional details you need or if you’d like to discuss any initial ideas.
Eagerly awaiting your response!
Warm regards,
[Your Name]Hopefully, within a few hours or days, you’ll receive a positive reply that propels your project forward. With a bit of luck, one of the designers you’ve reached out to will emerge as the ideal choice.
Embarking on the journey of self-publishing can be both exhilarating and daunting. One of the most crucial steps in this process is finding the right designer to bring your vision to life. With platforms like PeoplePerHour (PPH), a world of talent is at your fingertips. But how do you navigate this vast sea of options? Fear not! This guide will walk you through the steps of finding, approaching, briefing, and managing a book design or illustration project with a designer on PPH.
We found over 250 book designers when searching – plenty for every type of style and budget. Do also take a look at our guide to finding a designer on Fiverr and our article on Top Book Design Solutions.
X
We can provide them full guidance for how we need to artwork set-up for printing at Ex Why Zed.
PPH is a treasure trove of talented designers from all over the world, each offering unique styles, experiences, and price points. We found 227 book design options here. Start by:
Reaching out to a potential designer can feel a bit like setting up a job interview. Given that they might be located anywhere in the world, this initial conversation is crucial to gauge if they’re the right fit for your project. While you might start your discussions on the platform’s messaging service, consider progressing to a more direct form of communication like a phone call, Google Meet, or Zoom as the project advances. This can help in building rapport and understanding finer project details.
Here are 10 essential questions to ask during this “interview” phase:
Remember, the goal of these questions isn’t just to get answers but to gauge the designer’s professionalism, responsiveness, and fit for your project. Their responses will give you insights into their work ethic, design philosophy, and how they handle challenges – all crucial factors in ensuring a successful collaboration.
A well-thought-out brief is the foundation of a successful collaboration. Ensure you include:
We have crafted some solid design briefs which you can copy and paste into a message on PPH as an initial approach to a handful of designers you are keen to open discussions with.
Once you’ve selected a designer and they’re on board, it’s essential to manage the project effectively.
Remember, this is a collaborative journey. Celebrate milestones, appreciate the designer’s efforts, and always approach challenges as a team.
PeoplePerHour offers a plethora of choices, but with the right approach, you can find the perfect designer to bring your book to life. Embrace the process, stay positive, and before you know it, you’ll have a beautifully designed book ready for the world to see. Happy publishing!
Digital printing is the fast and cost efficient way to get a small to medium run of your book or booklet into print. To get the best results, it’s essential to optimise your artwork and take a little bit of time to ensure it is spot on first time round. Whether you’re a seasoned designer or just starting out, understanding the intricacies of digital printing can make a significant difference in the quality of your final product.
At Ex Why Zed, we print our small to medium print runs (up to 700 copies) on our HP Indigo press – the leading digital machine.
We try to make the process as easy as possible. If anything on this page goes completely over your head then do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
In this article, we offer valuable insights into making designing artwork for print as smooth as possible on our digital presses.
At Ex Why Zed we print from PDF so ultimately that is what you need to send. 99% of computer programmes have an Export to PDF or Save As Pdf feature now so it is super easy.
We will pre-flight your artwork when it arrives and we will let you know if something doesn’t look right but the ket things we check for are:
• Do the files have 3mm bleed on?
• Is the image quality good enough?
• Is your pdf the right size for the book you want to print and with the correct number of pages?
• Have you got any obvious content which is too close to the edge or even beyond the trim line and will be cut off?
• For wire stitched booklets we need one file in reading order. For perfect bound books we need a file for the cover spreads and second file for the inside pages. For hardback books we need either 2 or 4 files depending on whether your end-papers are printed. There are links to file set-up guides for each of these binding types below.
The number 1 reason for sending Ex Why Zed print ready PDFs from the outset is to save time and so your work can immediately go through pre-press and be printed and delivered asap.
Colour management plays a crucial role in the final result of printed artwork. Proper colour calibration ensures that the colours seen on the screen are accurately reproduced in print. Without it, there may be inconsistencies and variations in colour, leading to a subpar final product.
Choose this when you are saving images in Photoshop or when you are exporting from your layout Program. (If tis is not an option then do just go ahead and choose the Maximum setting or ‘High Quality Print’.
The benefits using the FOGRA39 profile when saving images and PDFs for printing:
1. Standardised Colour Reproduction: The FOGRA39 profile is an ICC profile made using FOGRA39 characterisation data. This profile helps in defining the colours of a piece to be printed according to the corresponding printing standards. Using this profile ensures that the colours in the digital file closely match the colours that will appear in the final printed piece.
2. Ink Limitation: FOGRA27 allows a 350% total ink, while FOGRA39 has a 330% limit. This total ink limit can be crucial in ensuring that the printed material doesn’t get oversaturated with ink, which can lead to smudging or other printing issues.
3. Consistency in Workflows: Choosing the FOGRA39 profile as the PDF output intent within design software like InDesign ensures that the colour management is consistent. This can be especially important when multiple people or design agencies are in the design for print process.
4. Better RGB to CMYK Conversion: Some sources suggest that using profiles like FOGRA39 can help in better conversion from RGB to CMYK, ensuring that colours remain consistent and true to the original design when printed.
It’s worth noting that the exact benefits can vary based on the specific printing process, equipment, and materials used. Always consulting with the printing service provider and understanding their recommendations can ensure the best results.
You’ll need to upload the files using WeTransfer.com (it’s super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
All the information you need to set up your perfect bound book artwork is on this page. At Ex Why Zed, we are here to guide you through every step of the way. So, grab your drink of choice, take a breathe, relax and settle in for a 5-minute read.
Ultimately, all we need to print your books is 2 High Quality PDFs. This isn’t daunting, all layout programs in 2023 generally have an Export to PDF or Save As PDF option leaving you to focus on making the design look good.
If you have ticked all five boxes here, then your artwork will be ready to go to print. Simple as that. ✅✅✅✅✅
Your Illustrated Guide Awaits. Our step-by-step perfect binding set-up guide is your go-to resource, answering nearly all the questions you might have. It is like your personal print guru!
Take a moment to dive off to our guide on Printing Winning Perfect Bound Publications and Understanding Perfect Bound Zines. Enjoy those snippets of help, then come back here to continue your set up process.
Here are a couple of helpful videos to watch before or during your design process. A quick 5 minute watch that will give you a useful insight into design considerations for perfect bound books.
Let us jump into some tips and tricks that will ensure when you design a Perfect Bound book, you have all the information needed to style it like a Rockstar.
The inside pages are glued to the cover with a 7mm hinge. This spans from the inside front cover to the first text page. Then later in the book another hinge is glued from the last text page to the inside back cover. The hinge completely hides a 14mm area across that spread so it is very VERY hard to have an image or graphic that goes across the two pages. It takes time and precision to ensure the two halves line up correctly.
Keep any important content, faces, or loved ones OUT of the centre gutter on your double-page spreads. There is a 4-6mm area in the middle which is very hard to see unless the reader risks pressing the pages flat and breaking the spine.
It is best practice NOT to have text which crosses the double-page spread either. With the 4-6mm lost, it can mean that letter or whole word can disappear making them confusing and illegible.
If it is crucial that the whole spread is visible then it might be sensible to choose wire stitching (staple binding) instead.
When it comes to graphic design, white space isn’t just an empty void; it’s the unsung hero of the design world. A seemingly simple concept but a breath of fresh air. Imagine diving into a book crammed with text, no breaks, no pauses. Overwhelming, right? White space is like the oxygen for your designs. It allows your content to breathe, making it more digestible and pleasant for the eyes.
Learn from the best!
If you’re a print novice or a little unsure about where to start with your book design, then why not take a look at the award winning layouts and world class solutions from the team at Pentagram.
Ideally it will look like this on the first attempt ?? The PDF on the left has 3mm bleed and crop marks. In the close up on the right of the same PDF, you can see the image extends beyond the crop marks. This is how we need it.
If it doesn’t look like this then to correct the problem, you need to amend one of two things (it is always one or the other of these):
• Have you dragged the background image or colour box out 3mm beyond the black trim line on your Indesign artwork file and into the bleed area? Try that, then export again. Click the image box with the black arrow tool then drag the corner handles out. You might then to reposition the image within the box using the white arrow tool.
• OR you have done the above but then when you’re exporting you need to click the Marks and Bleeds menu, then type ‘3mm’ into the four bleed boxes. This will add the bleed to the pdf. The export settings to choose are shown in the ‘Export Adobe PDF’ here.
All of our website’s guides on file set-up are for Adobe InDesign which you can get on a one-week free trial. However, as long as you can export your finished work to a high res pdf, do feel free to use your favourite program. Other options are Affinity Publisher, Quark Express, Illustrator, and even Word or Publisher. The same principles and guides still apply when preparing your layout. If you cannot set up your artwork, do ask, we have a wealth of print knowledge and if it is a simple fix we will do our best to help.
If you have never printed anything before and this all sounds like a foreign language, don’t worry, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat. If it is out of office hours then all of the answers are all in the Resource section on our website too.
If you have prepared the PDF and ticked all the boxes in our checklist above then it sounds like you are ready for production. This is the exciting bit.
You’ll need to upload the files using WeTransfer.com (it really couldn’t be easier, you don’t need an account and it is free).
Add hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk in the ‘Email to’ box.
In the message box, please provide:
• your selected print specifications.
• the quantity of copies you need.
• your preferred delivery address.
We always review artwork with a free preflight check, pointing out any technical tweaks that might help. Before diving into production, we’ll pop over an email with any suggestions ?
Settle down in your comfy chair for a few minutes, here are some helpful winners from our YouTube channel to highlight specific elements of the Perfect Binding process.
We’re here for you. Reach out via email, phone, or live chat. We’re just a click or a call away.
At Ex Why Zed, we are here to guide you through every step of the way. So, grab your drink of choice and settle in for a quick 5-minute read. Trust us, it’s as easy as pie! ?
Got Questions? We’re All Ears!
If you are just wondering something, we’re here for you. Reach out via email, phone, or live chat. We’re just a click or a call away.
Here is what we need to print your work:
If you have ticked all five boxes here, then your artwork will be ready to go to print. Simple as that. ✅✅✅✅✅
Ideally it will look like this on the first attempt. The PDF page on the left has 3mm bleed and crop marks. In the close-up of the same PDF (right), you can see the image extends beyond the crop marks. This is how we need it.
If it doesn’t look like this then to correct the problem, you need to amend one of two things (and it is ALWAYS one or the other of these):
• Have you dragged the background image or colour box out 3mm beyond the black trim line on your Indesign artwork file and into the bleed area? Try that, then export again. Click the image box with the black arrow tool then drag the corner handles out. You might then to reposition the image within the box using the white arrow tool.
• OR you have done the above but then when you’re exporting you need to click the Marks and Bleeds menu, then type ‘3mm’ into the four bleed boxes. This will add the bleed to the pdf. The export settings to choose are shown in the ‘Export Adobe PDF’ here.
Your Illustrated Guide Awaits. Our step-by-step guides are your go-to resource, answering nearly all the questions you might have. They’re like your personal print gurus!
All of our website’s guides on file set-up are for Adobe InDesign which you can get on a one-week free trial. However, as long as you can export your finished work to a high res pdf, do feel free to use your favourite program. Other options are Affinity Publisher, Quark Express, Illustrator, and even Word or Publisher. The same principles and guides still apply when preparing your layout. If you cannot set up your artwork, do ask, we have a wealth of print knowledge and if it is a simple fix we will do our best to help.
If you have never printed anything before and this all sounds like a foreign language, don’t worry, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat. If it is out of office hours then all of the answers are all in the Resource section on our website too.
If you have prepared the PDF and ticked all the boxes in our checklist above then it sounds like you are ready for production. This is the exciting bit.
You’ll need to upload the files using WeTransfer.com (it really couldn’t be easier, you don’t need an account and it is free). Other alternatives to send us the artwork are Google Drive, Smash, MailBigFile or Dropbox.
Add hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk in the ‘Email to’ box.
In the Message box, remind us of
• your chosen print spec
• the number of copies you would like to print
• the best address for us to deliver to.
We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
If the PDFs are small and under 10mb then do just email them to us.
Here are a few helpful winners from our YouTube channel to highlight parts of the Wire Stitching process.
Welcome to Ex Why Zed, your go-to destination for high-quality hardcover printing. If you’re looking to create a lasting impression with your book, then hardcover printing is the way to go. Not only do hardcovers provide durability and longevity, but they also add a touch of elegance and professionalism to your work.
– Overview of the hardcover book printing process
– Types of materials used in production
– Understanding the printing methods used for hardcover books
– Importance of prepress and proofing in printing
– Key elements of a visually appealing design
– Unleashing your creativity in creating a unique aesthetic
– Tips for selecting fonts, colours, and visuals
– Different finishing options
– Step-by-step video tutorials on binding
– Expert advice on achieving a professional finish
– Introduction to HP Indigo’s advanced digital printing technology
– Advantages of using HP Indigo for hardcover book printing
– Case studies showcasing the quality of HP Indigo printed hardcover books
– Factors influencing the cost of printing
– Tips for budgeting and saving costs in your printing project
– Average turnaround times for projects
– How to expedite the printing process
– Planning your project timeline effectively
– Checklist for preparing your files
– Submitting your order and reviewing the specifications
– FAQs about the process and order fulfilment
– Benefits of partnering with a professional company
– Choosing the right printing company for your project
– A step-by-step guide to collaborating with a printing company for the best results
Hardcover book printing is a meticulous process that involves several steps to ensure a high-quality, durable finished product. Understanding this process can help you appreciate the craftsmanship and attention to detail that goes into creating a hardcover book.
The first step in the printing process is selecting the right materials. Hardcover books are known for their durability, and this starts with choosing a sturdy cover material such as cloth or leather from Winter & Company. Check out their range. This is good for a coloured smooth option:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/natural
And for more texture, check out:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/buckram/
The Winter and Company materials cannot be printed onto so any content, like a logo or title, will need to be foiled. To be transparent from the off, the material will be around £180-220 and the foiling adds a further £280. So while it will make for a visually great hardback book, it is an expensive addition on small print runs.
Of course, we can also add a printed cover to your book. This saves the cost of buying the book binding material and means you can supply bespoke artwork for the cover and make your book truly unique. The printed cover is then laminated for added protection and a polished finish. The book her uses white print on a black background to replicate a similar aesthetic to white foiling.
Next, the interior pages are printed. This can be done using traditional offset printing or digital printing methods, depending on the quantity and complexity of the design. Digital printing offers more flexibility and customisation options, while offset printing is ideal for large print runs.
Once the pages are printed, they are collated and trimmed to size. For digitally printed orders (generally under 500 copies), the inside pages are glued along the left-hand edge then bound in. For longer print runs with a larger budget, we can section sew the pages to create a strong binding that will withstand frequent use. This stitching also allows the book to lay flat when opened, making it easier to read and enjoy.
After the inside pages are bound, the cover is attached. The cover is carefully aligned and glued to the end-papers and text block, ensuring a secure and professional finish.
The final step in the printing process is quality control. Each book is inspected for any defects or imperfections to ensure that only the highest quality reaches you. This attention to detail is what sets apart hardcover books from other types of publications.
By understanding the process of hardcover book printing, you can better appreciate the craftsmanship and dedication that goes into creating these beautiful books. Whether you’re creating a custom hardcover book for personal use or for your business, Ex Why Zed offers high-quality hardcover book printing services that will exceed your expectations.
When it comes to designing your artwork, the possibilities are endless. The sturdy and luxurious nature of hardback books allows for more creative design options compared to paperbacks. Whether you are creating a fiction novel, a coffee table book, or a commemorative photo album, the design of your hardcover book plays a crucial role in captivating readers and creating a memorable reading experience.
So, how do you find inspiration for your design? Here are a few tips to get you started:
Remember, the design of your hardcover book should not only be visually appealing but also complement the content and evoke the desired emotions in readers. So, let your creativity flow and design a hardcover book that truly captivates and delights its readers.
Ah, the art of graphic design for hardback book covers – where creativity meets functionality, and where every pixel and print has a purpose. Let’s delve into this captivating world, shall we?
White space is the unsung hero of design. It’s not just “empty” space; it’s a powerful design element. It gives the eyes a break, making the layout easier to navigate. It can also draw attention to specific content, making it pop. In essence, white space is to design what silence is to music—absolutely essential.
A monotonous layout can be a reader’s worst enemy. Mixing it up with columns, pull quotes, and sidebars can keep the reader engaged. Consider adding full-page images or infographics to break up long sections of text.
While variety is important, maintaining a consistent style throughout the book is crucial. This creates a cohesive look and enhances the reader’s experience.
So, whether you’re a seasoned designer or a newbie, remember that every choice you make—from font size to white space—plays a pivotal role in crafting a hardback book that’s not just read, but experienced. Now, who’s ready to create their next design masterpiece? ?✨
When it comes to creating a high-quality hardcover book, the finishing and binding process is key. It’s what gives your book that professional and polished look that readers love. At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of this step, which is why we offer a variety of video resources to help you navigate through the finishing and binding process.
Our video guides cover everything from choosing the right materials for your book cover to tips and tricks for achieving a flawless finish. Whether you’re a seasoned author or a first-time self-publisher, these videos will give you the knowledge and inspiration you need to create a stunning hardcover book.
To get a glimpse of the hardcover binding process and enjoy a snippet into the Print Journey of your hard book from PDF to finished work.
Grab the Popcorn and Enjoy!
Another video resource focuses on the different types of binding options available for hardback books. From sewn binding to perfect binding, this video will help you understand the pros and cons of each method, so you can make an informed decision for your book. It’s a valuable resource for anyone looking to create a book that will stand the test of time.
At Ex Why Zed, we believe that knowledge is power. That’s why we provide these video resources to our customers, so they can make informed decisions about their hardcover book printing. We want to empower you to create a book that you’re proud of, and that your readers will love.
When it comes to your custom hardcover book, you want to ensure that it is of the highest quality. That’s where Ex Why Zed comes in. We are proud to offer HP Indigo digital printing technology for our hardback book printing services.
HP Indigo digital printing is renowned for its exceptional print quality, colour accuracy, and versatility. It allows us to bring your creative vision to life with crisp, vibrant images and rich, true-to-life colours. Whether you’re a self-published author, an artist, or a photographer, our HP Indigo digital printing ensures that your idea will make a lasting impression.
One of the key advantages of HP Indigo digital printing for hardcover books is its ability to handle short print runs cost-effectively. Unlike traditional offset printing, which requires large print volumes to be cost-effective, HP Indigo digital printing allows us to print as few as one copy of your hardback book. This means that even if you just need a limited number of copies for a special event or a small audience, we can accommodate your needs without compromising on quality.
In addition to its exceptional print quality and cost-effectiveness, HP Indigo digital printing also offers a quick turnaround time. This means that you can have your custom hardcover books printed and delivered to you in a timely manner.
So, why settle for anything less than the best when it comes to printing your hardcover book? Choose Ex Why Zed and our HP Indigo digital printing technology to ensure that your custom hardback book is of the highest quality, with vibrant colours and crisp images that will captivate your readers.
When it comes to choosing the right printing option for your book, cost plays a crucial role. Hardcover book printing offers a premium and professional finish, but what about the price?
At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of affordability without compromising on quality. Our custom printing services are competitively priced to suit your budget. Whether you’re an author self-publishing your novel or a company looking to create a stunning coffee table book, we have options to fit your needs.
When determining the cost of hardback book printing, there are several factors to consider. These include the size and dimensions of your book, the number of pages, the type of paper and cover materials, and any additional finishes such as embossing or foil stamping. Our team of experts can guide you through the process and provide a detailed quote tailored to your specific requirements.
While hardcover book printing may have a higher upfront cost compared to paperback, it offers numerous benefits that make it a worthwhile investment. Hardcover books not only exude a sense of prestige and durability, but they also have a longer lifespan compared to their paperback counterparts, making them perfect for keepsakes or collector’s items.
At Ex Why Zed, we believe that everyone deserves access to high-quality printing services without breaking the bank. Our cost-effective solutions and attention to detail ensure that your hardcover book project is in safe hands. Contact us today to discuss your printing needs and let our team bring your vision to life.
When it comes to printing a hardcover book, one important factor to consider is the turnaround time. The turnaround time refers to the amount of time it takes from when you submit your final design to when the finished books are delivered to your doorstep.
At Ex Why Zed, we understand the excitement and anticipation that comes with seeing your hard work come to life in a beautifully printed book. That’s why we strive to provide quick and efficient turnaround times without compromising on quality.
There are a few factors that can affect the turnaround time:
When working with Ex Why Zed, we will provide you with an estimated turnaround time based on the specifications of your project. Our team is dedicated to keeping you informed throughout the process and will do everything we can to meet your deadlines.
So whether you’re publishing your own novel, creating a portfolio, or designing a photo book, you can trust Ex Why Zed to deliver your hardcover books in a timely fashion without sacrificing quality. Contact us today to get started!
So, you’ve come up with an amazing idea for a hardcover book, and you’re ready to bring it to life. You’ve put in the hard work of writing and designing, and now it’s time to find a printing company that can turn your vision into a reality. Look no further than Ex Why Zed.
At Ex Why Zed, we specialise in custom hardback book printing. With our state-of-the-art printing technology and experienced team, we can ensure that your idea is printed to the highest quality standards. Whether you’re printing a novel, notebook, a photography journal, or a children’s book, we have the expertise and resources to make it happen.
But our services don’t stop at printing. We also offer a range of finishing options to give your publication that extra touch of professionalism. From foil stamping to embossing, we can help you create a project that stands out on the shelf.
And the best part? Our turnaround times are fast, so you won’t have to wait long to hold your finished book in your hands. Plus, our competitive pricing ensures that you can get the high-quality printing you deserve without breaking the bank.
So, what are you waiting for? Don’t settle for anything less than the best when it comes to printing your hardcover book. Choose Ex Why Zed and let us bring your vision to life. Get ready to impress your readers and make a lasting impression with a beautifully printed hardcover book.
Contact us today to get started on your printing journey. We can’t wait to work with you!
So, you’ve decided to create a beautiful hardcover book and now you’re ready to print. But where do you start? Working with a professional printing company can make the process a breeze and ensure that your book turns out exactly as you envisioned it. Here are some important things to consider when working with a printing company for your hardback publication printing needs.
From the initial consultation to the final product, clear and open communication with your printing company is crucial. Make sure you convey your vision, preferences, and any specific requirements you have for your hardcover book. A reliable printing company will listen to your needs and provide recommendations based on their expertise.
When it comes to hardcover book printing, quality is paramount. Look for a printing company that uses high-quality materials, state-of-the-art printing technology, and precision binding techniques. This will ensure that your book not only looks stunning but also lasts for years to come.
The beauty of hardback book printing is that you have the freedom to customise every aspect of your publication. Discuss with your printing company the options available for cover design, paper selection, printing techniques, and finishing touches. This will allow you to create a truly unique and personalised book.
Before you proceed with the printing process, make sure you have a clear understanding of the timelines and turnaround times. Discuss the production schedule with your printing company to ensure that your book is printed and delivered within your desired timeframe.
Printing a hardcover publication is a collaborative process. Be open to feedback and suggestions from the printing company. Their expertise can help you refine your book and make it even better. Remember, they are professionals who have worked on numerous hardback books before.
Lastly, discuss the pricing and your budget with the printing company upfront. Ensure that you have a clear understanding of the costs involved, including any additional fees for customisation or rush orders. This will help you avoid any surprises down the line and plan your budget accordingly.
By working closely with a professional printing company, you can bring your vision to life and create a stunning book that will leave a lasting impression. So, don’t settle for anything less when it comes to your hardcover book printing needs. Choose a reliable printing company like Ex Why Zed and enjoy a stress-free printing experience.
At Ex Why Zed, we need a minimum of 28 inside pages to make the text block thick enough to bind. So that is 28 pages of content, plus the front and back cover, you also have the option of printed end-papers which are a further 3 sides inside both the front and back covers.
Front Cover (choose from 170gsm Silk with Matt or Gloss Lamination or one of the cover materials from Winter&Co)
End paper left – glued to the inside front cover (170gsm uncoated)
End paper right (170gsm uncoated)
Reverse end paper left (170gsm uncoated)
First right hand ‘inside’ page – page 1 of your text page PDF. Choose from Silk, Gloss or Uncoated, 115gsm > 170gsm thickness.
Double page spread formed by pages 2 and 3 in your inside page PDF. 4 and 5 make a spread, 6 and 7, 8 and 9 etc.
At the end of the book, the running order is:
Double page spread formed by the penultimate last two pages in your inside page PDF.
Last left hand ‘inside’ page – the last page of your text page PDF. Choose from Silk, Gloss or Uncoated, 115gsm > 170gsm thickness.
Front end paper right (170gsm uncoated)
End paper left (170gsm uncoated)
End paper right – glued to the inside back cover (170gsm uncoated)
Back Cover (choose from 170gsm Silk with Matt or Gloss Lamination or one of the cover materials from Winter&Co)
No, it is not possible to print a hardcover book on a regular printer. Hardcover books require specialized equipment and materials for the binding process, such as binding boards and cloth or leather covers. It is best to seek professional printing services for high-quality hardcover book printing. Give Ex Why Zed a call and we’ll do the hard work for you. Any questions, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
Yes, you can print just one book when you are self-publishing at Ex Why Zed. Self-publishing gives you the flexibility to print as few or as many copies as you need, to control costs and test the market before committing to a larger print run.
Are you ready to bring your creative vision to life with a beautifully printed high quality hardcover book? Look no further! At Ex Why Zed, we specialise in short run hardcover book printing to help authors, artists, and creators like you share their stories and ideas with the world. With our quality service and fast turnaround times, you can trust us to bring your project to life in no time.
What You Will Learn:
When it comes to printing, there are many options available. But if you’re looking for a high-quality, durable option with a fast turnaround time, then short run hardcover book printing is the way to go. In this article, we will take a deep dive into this printing process and all that it entails. Hardcover is so much more impressive than a paperback book with either saddle stitching or perfect binding.
Short run hardcover book printing is ideal for authors, self-publishers, and small businesses who require a smaller quantity of hardback books without compromising on quality. With this printing method, you can produce as few as 25 copies, making it perfect for limited editions, special projects, or test prints.
One of the key advantages of short run hardcover book printing is the ability to customise your project to your exact specifications, including custom size. From cover design to paper type and finishing options, you have full creative control over the final product. This allows you to create a publication that not only looks beautiful but also reflects your unique style and vision.
At Ex Why Zed, we specialise in book printing and have the experience and expertise to bring your vision to life. Our team of skilled professionals will work closely with you throughout the entire printing process, ensuring that every detail is executed to perfection.
Before sending your book to print, it’s important to consider a few key factors. First, think about who your target audience is. This will help you determine the size, layout, and overall design elements. Additionally, consider the timeframe for your project and communicate your deadlines clearly with our team.
Once you’re ready to send your work to print, make sure you have checked all the necessary details, including reviewing a proof on screen. From proofreading the content to reviewing the design and layout, taking the time to double-check everything will ensure a smooth printing process and a final product that exceeds your expectations.
First Class Service and Outstanding Print Quality
From the outset, ExWhyZed provided fantastic support and customer service. As a first time self-publishing author, printing was a bit of a mystery. Their long and detailed explanatory video was a hugely helpful start, which enabled me to understand the process.
I can’t rate their service highly enough. Everybody who has seen the finished product is hugely impressed by the quality.
“Matt Rumbelow, first time author”
In the academic realm, students, especially those at the university level, often seek ways to make their final major projects stand out.
A small run hardcover book printing offers the perfect solution. By transforming their research, thesis, or creative works into a professionally bound hardcover format, students not only enhance the presentation of their content but also create a lasting keepsake of their academic journey. This tangible representation of their efforts can be a source of pride, and a testament to their dedication and expertise in their chosen field.
On the other hand, emerging authors can utilise small run hardcover book printing as a powerful promotional tool. Rather than investing in bulk production, an author can produce a single, high-quality copy to showcase on platforms like Kickstarter, attracting potential backers and readers. The tactile experience of a hardcover book can provide a tangible connection between the author and the audience, serving as a teaser for what’s to come. Similarly, businesses looking to make an impression during a significant pitch can benefit immensely. Presenting information, proposals, or company profiles in a hardcover format not only speaks volumes about the professionalism and seriousness of the business but also leaves a lasting impression on potential clients or partners. In all these scenarios, small run hardback book printing proves to be an invaluable asset, merging quality with purpose.
With years of experience and a commitment to delivering high-quality printing services, we are the perfect partner for your publishing needs.
So, why should you choose Ex Why Zed as your short run printer? Let’s take a look:
Ex Why Zed prides itself on providing top-notch customer service. Their team of experts will guide you through the entire printing process, ensuring that your vision becomes a reality. From choosing the right materials to selecting the perfect printing technique, they are there to assist you every step of the way.
Short run printing projects often require quick turnaround times, and Ex Why Zed understands this. Their streamlined production process allows them to deliver your printing in record time. You can have peace of mind knowing that your project will be printed and shipped to you promptly.
Ex Why Zed pays meticulous attention to every detail, providing outstanding service. They understand that even the smallest aspects of your book, such as the choice of paper or the colour of the foil stamping, can make a big difference. We always recommend lamination on hardcover books and you have a choice of gloss, matt or soft-touch. Rest assured that your books will be crafted with precision and care.
Ex Why Zed utilises the latest digital printing technology and state-of-the-art litho equipment. This ensures that your books will be produced with the highest level of quality and consistency. They stay up to date with industry advancements to provide you with the best end product possible.
Our commitment to quality service, fast turnaround times, attention to detail, and cutting-edge equipment sets them apart from the competition. Get in touch with them today and experience the excellence they bring to every printing project.
Welcome to the fascinating universe of hardback book design, where every element—from the smallest glyph to the largest image—plays a starring role. Ready for a deep dive?
White space is the pause that gives your design its rhythm. It separates elements, making each one distinct and easier to focus on.
Break the monotony with a mix of columns, highlighted quotes, and sidebars. Add in some full-page spreads to break up text-heavy sections and keep the reader hooked.
When it comes to printing your short run hardcover book, there are several important factors to consider before sending it off to the printer. These considerations can help ensure that your project turns out exactly how you envision it and meets your standards of quality. Here are some key factors to keep in mind:
Prior to going ahead, it is crucial to have a well-designed and visually appealing layout for your hardcover book. Consider how the text, images, and graphics will be arranged on each page. Make sure the fonts, colours, and overall design align with the theme and tone of your book.
Choosing the right paper stock and binding method is crucial for a successful hardcover book. Select a paper stock that complements your content and enhances the overall reading experience. Gloss can be eye-catching but too shiny for some. Silk is a professional choice. Uncoated retains a more natural feel that really complements some genres. Additionally, consider the durability and longevity of the binding to ensure that your project withstands frequent use.
It is vital to ensure images and graphics are of high resolution. Low-quality images can appear pixelated or blurry when printed, diminishing the overall professionalism and impact of your book. Aim for 300dpi and the work will be crisp and in-focus. We do prflight artwork when it arrive and will let you know if ay images are a little bit low res and could do with improving or replacing for better quality ones.
Before sending your book to print, it is essential to thoroughly proofread and edit the content. Check for any spelling or grammatical errors, inconsistencies, or formatting issues. Hiring a professional editor can help ensure that your book is error-free and polished. The website Grammarly is an awesome FREE plug-in which flags up grammatical errors and spelling mistakes.
If you plan on selling your hardcover book, obtaining an ISBN and barcode tends to crucial. This unique identification number ensures that your book is easily recognised and tracked in the publishing industry.
For the ISBN you should go directly to https://www.nielsenisbnstore.com/ who are the UK suppliers. On their site, you secure the ISBN, then download the barcode which can be added to your artwork.
When it comes to creating a hardcover book in the UK, finding inspiration and resources can be a crucial step in the process. Whether you’re an aspiring author or a self-publisher, having access to helpful tools and ideas can make a significant difference in the success of your project.
One excellent resource for finding inspiration is Ex Why Zed. With their extensive experience in short run hardcover photography book printing, they have worked with a wide range of authors and publishers, helping them bring their creative visions to life. Their portfolio showcases a variety of beautifully crafted hardcover books, showcasing different styles, themes, and design elements. For those looking for design inspiration, Ex Why Zed’s website features a gallery of stunning hardcover books they have printed. These examples can provide ideas for cover designs, layout options, typography choices, and more. Moreover, their blog offers informative articles on book printing tips, trends, and industry insights.
Our Definitive Video Guide on Hardcover Book Printing is jam packed with expert tips and tricks on styling, paper choices and cover finishes.
Remember, a hardcover book is not just about the content inside but also about the overall aesthetic appeal. You want your book to stand out on the shelf and captivate readers. So, whether you’re seeking inspiration for your cover design or seeking resources for the printing process, Ex Why Zed is an excellent place to start. Their expertise and commitment to high-quality printing ensure that your hardcover book will be a work of art that you can be proud of.
There are some advanced techniques that can take your book to the next level. These techniques not only enhance the visual appeal of your book but also add a touch of creativity and uniqueness. Here are some advanced techniques that you can consider:
Add a touch of elegance and sophistication to your cover with foil stamping. This technique involves using metallic or coloured foil applied to the cover or spine of the book. The result is a stunning and eye-catching design that instantly grabs attention. Check out the range from Foilco for hundreds of foiling colours and finishes.
Spot UV coating is a technique that involves applying a glossy, clear coating to specific areas of the cover. This creates a contrast between the coated and uncoated areas, giving your book a visually striking appearance. It can be used to highlight certain elements of your book, such as titles, images, or logos.
So, you’ve decided to embark on the exciting journey of short run hardcover book printing. Congratulations! Now, you may be wondering about the costs involved and how long it will take to bring your masterpiece to life. Let’s dive into the details.
The costs can vary depending on several factors such as the size, number of pages, the type of paper, and any additional finishes or special features you desire. At Ex Why Zed, we believe in providing transparent pricing and offer you good value. Our friendly team will work with you to understand your requirements and provide you with a detailed quote tailored to your project.
In terms of timelines, we understand that time is of the essence for many authors and publishers. That’s why we pride ourselves on our fast turnaround times without compromising on quality. Typically, for short run hardcover book printing, will take 6-7 working days to complete the printing process, including pre-press, printing, binding, and finishing. We leverage our state-of-the-art printing technology and streamlined processes to deliver your books to you as quickly as possible.
When planning your short run printing project, it’s important to consider factors such as the size of your target audience, your marketing strategy, and your distribution plans. These factors can influence the quantity of books you choose to print, which in turn can impact the cost per unit. Our team of experts can guide you through this decision-making process, ensuring you make informed choices that align with your goals.
Remember, short run printing offers you the flexibility to print smaller quantities, allowing you to test the market, make necessary revisions, and minimize the risk of excess inventory. It’s a cost-effective solution that combines quality with affordability.
At Ex Why Zed, we are passionate about bringing your creative vision to life. Our team of experienced professionals is dedicated to providing you with exceptional service, top-notch quality, and fast turnaround times. So, whether you’re a self-published author or a small publishing house, we’ve got you covered.
Now that you have a good understanding of the costs and timelines involved in short run hardcover book printing, why wait? Get in touch with us today, and let’s turn your dream into a beautifully printed reality!
When it comes to printing a colour booklet, achieving the best results requires attention to various factors. These factors include understanding colour space, choosing the right paper type, utilising design software effectively, and managing colour accurately. By considering these key elements, you can ensure that your booklet is printed with vibrant and true-to-life colours, crisp images, and optimal print quality. In this article, we will delve into each aspect and provide you with practical tips and guidelines to help you get the best printing results for your colour booklet. Whether you are designing business cards, brochures, or any other type of booklet, this comprehensive guide will assist you in creating visually stunning print products that leave a lasting impression. So let’s dive in and explore how to achieve exceptional print outcomes for your next colour booklet project.
The most important factors to consider when printing a colour booklet are the paper quality, color accuracy, resolution of images, and proper file formatting. Choosing the right printer and discussing specifications like paper type and ink options can also greatly impact the final result.
Objective: To achieve the best printing results for your colour booklet by optimizing printer settings and adjusting print quality.
To ensure your colour booklet printing is the highest possible quality, it is essential to understand and digest our file set-up guides. By doing so, you can optimise the colour accuracy, clarity, and overall visual appeal of your booklet.
To start, make sure your design project is set up in the appropriate colour space. This means using RGB color mode for digital images and CMYK for print jobs. Additionally, the type of paper you choose can also impact the final result. Consider factors such as the paper type (e.g., matte or glossy), weight, and finish to complement your design and meet your desired outcome.
When it comes to adjusting print quality, always choose the highest setting or ‘max quality’ when you export to PDF. This will ensure that all the images are in focus and at the best quality they can be when the work is printed.
Colour space is a critical aspect of achieving the best printing results for your colour booklet. Understanding and utilizing the appropriate colour space is essential in ensuring accurate and vibrant colours in your printed materials. When designing for print, it is important to use the CMYK colour mode. CMYK stands for cyan, magenta, yellow, and key (black), which are the primary colours used in subtractive mixing for print. By utilizing CMYK, you can accurately represent the colours that will be produced by the ink on paper. On the other hand, if you’re designing for digital platforms, such as websites or social media, it is advisable to use the RGB colourmode. RGB stands for red, green, and blue and is used for screen displays. Understanding and applying the appropriate colour space depending on your intended output will help you achieve the best printing results for your colour booklet.
We recommend saving all images in the FOGRA 39 CMYK profile.
In print design, understanding the CMYK colour mode is essential for achieving accurate and high-quality reproduction in your booklet. Unlike RGB, which is a screen colour mode, CMYK is specifically designed for printing purposes.
CMYK stands for cyan, magenta, yellow, and key (black), representing the four primary colours used in the subtractive mixing process. When these inks are applied to paper via a printing press, they combine to create a wide range of colours.
The subtractive mixing in CMYK works by absorbing or “subtracting” certain wavelengths of light. Cyan ink absorbs red light, magenta ink absorbs green light, and yellow ink absorbs blue light. The more ink is applied, the darker the colour will appear. By adding these colours together or using different intensities, designers can achieve various shades and tones.
However, it’s important to note that CMYK has limitations when it comes to reproducing vibrant RGB colours seen on screens. While CMYK can create a wide range of colours, it has a smaller gamut compared to RGB. This means that some bright and vivid RGB colors may appear duller or less vibrant when printed in CMYK.
To overcome this limitation, it is advisable to use CMYK bright colours in your design. These are specific colours that are optimised for printing in CMYK and appear vibrant when converted from RGB. By using these colours, you can maintain the visual impact and vibrancy of your design when it’s printed.
In summary, understanding the CMYK mode and its subtractive mixing process is crucial for achieving accurate and high-quality print results in your booklet. By using CMYK bright colours and taking into account the limitations of reproducing RGB colours in print, you can ensure your designs stand out and captivate your audience.
RGB Colour Mode is a fundamental concept in digital design but is irrelevant in the print world – all commercial presses print using CMYK ink. In RGB, which stands for red, green, and blue, different intensities of these primary colours are mixed to produce a wide range of hues, shades, and tones. This mode is particularly significant when dealing with digital images and design projects.
Understanding RGB Color Mode is crucial when creating your colour booklet as it ensures that the colours you choose are accurately represented both on screen and on paper. It is important to note that RGB is a screen colour mode and may display differently when converted to CMYK for printing purposes. Therefore, ensure you consult with your printer and utilize proper colour management options to achieve the desired print results.
If you cannot go through each RGB image and convert it to CMYK ii Photoshop, Lightroom or another image manipulation program then we can do it here with one click but just remember, that gives you less control and the results on paper WILL be different than how the images look on screen.
Yes, we can print Pantone and Spot Colours too on our litho press. This machine is cost-effective for printing 700 copies or more. Pantone was historically the best way of a graphic designer telling the specific printer exactly which shade of colour they would like to print. The pigment and ink would then be mixed up from the colour wheel to make that exact shade. It was a time consuming and costly workflow that thankfully has been nearly phased out and maybe 1 or 2 jobs a year now come to us with Pantone colours included. Phew!
Colour casts can have a significant impact on the final printing results of a colour booklet. A colour cast occurs when there is an unwanted tint or hue in an image, typically caused by factors such as lighting conditions or improper colour settings.
If you are looking to print a book featuring images that appear black & white or monochrome on screen but are actually in full colour then this is a crucial video for you to watch, absorb and act on. It can be extremely hard to effectively print black-and-white images in digital print. Thankfully, this isn’t our first rodeo so in the video below we take a deep dive into how to get around this and why it is so difficult. This is an issue that you will encounter at every printer but at Ex Why Zed we are keen to point it out and help before going ahead.
When a colour cast is present in an image, it can distort the true representation of colours, resulting in inaccurate and less vibrant prints. For example, if there is a blue colour cast, the overall appearance of the printed booklet may have a bluish tint, making other colours appear dull or washed out.
The lighting conditions during the image capture process play a crucial role in the occurrence of colour casts. Different light sources have different colour temperatures, which can affect the appearance of colours in the final print. Additionally, if the colour management settings are not properly adjusted in the design software, it can also lead to undesirable colour shifts and casts.
To achieve the best printing results for a colour booklet, it is essential to carefully manage and eliminate colour casts. This can be done by adjusting the white balance, using proper lighting techniques, and calibrating the colour settings in the design software. By ensuring accurate colour reproduction, the booklet will have vibrant and true-to-life colours, enhancing its overall appearance and quality.
Design software and projects are key elements in achieving the best printing results for your colour booklet. For an in-depth guide on the best design software to use for creating a booklet, check our comprehensive guide.
When working with design software such as Adobe Illustrator or Adobe Photoshop, it is important to ensure that the colour management options are properly set. This includes choosing the appropriate colour space, such as RGB or CMYK, depending on whether your booklet will be printed digitally or using traditional printing methods. Additionally, using the correct file formats, such as PDF or RGB files, will ensure that the colours are accurately represented when printed.
When starting a design project for your colour booklet, it is essential to consider the final print size and type of paper. Different paper types, such as matte or glossy, can affect the appearance of colours and textures. Understanding how different paper types interact with ink can help you make informed decisions about the overall look and feel of your booklet.
Another important factor to consider is the print quality setting. Adjusting the print quality setting to the maximum DPI (dots per inch) can result in crisper and more vibrant prints. However, it is crucial to find the right balance between file size and print quality, as larger file sizes may take longer to print and may not be supported by all printers.
By paying attention to these design software and project considerations, you can ensure that your colour booklet achieves the best printing results, with vibrant and accurate colours that captivate your readers.
When working on your design project for a colour booklet, using Adobe InDesign can provide you with the tools and features you need to create professional-looking designs. To ensure the best printing results, it’s important to properly set up your document in Adobe InDesign.
Start by checking the colour mode of your document. This can be done by accessing the “Colour Panel” or by going to “Window”, then “Colour”, and selecting “Colour” again. By default, Adobe InDesign works in the RGB colour mode, which is ideal for digital images. However, for print jobs, it’s recommended to switch to the CMYK colour mode, which is suited for ink-on-paper printing. This will ensure that the colours in your design appear accurately when printed.
To optimise your print job, it’s always a good idea to submit your design as a PDF with bleed. Bleed is the extra area of your design that extends beyond the trim edge. Adding bleed prevents any unwanted white edges around your artwork when it is trimmed to size. Adobe InDesign allows you to set up bleed when creating a new document or by modifying the document settings under the “File” menu.
For further assistance and guidance on printing your colour booklet, consider signing up for The Print Shop’s mailing list. By joining, you’ll receive valuable information and tips on how to achieve the best print results for various projects.
By utilising Adobe InDesign and following these steps, you can ensure that your design project for a colour booklet is prepared correctly for printing and that the final results meet your expectations.
This is InDesign’s powerful compatriot but should be used for image generation and editing rather than page layout. Make your images in Photoshop perfect, then bring them into InDesign.
Affinity Publisher is a powerful design software that offers a range of features and capabilities for creating stunning booklets. With its user-friendly interface and extensive toolset, it is an excellent choice for both beginners and professional designers.
To start a booklet project in Affinity Publisher, simply open the software and create a new document. You can choose from a variety of preset paper sizes or customise your own. Affinity Publisher also allows you to set the number of pages and the orientation of your booklet.
Once the document is set up, you can start designing your booklet using the key tools and functions in Affinity Publisher. The software offers a wide range of design and layout options, such as grids, guides, and master pages, to help you create a visually appealing and well-organised booklet. You can also add images, text, shapes, and other elements to enhance your page layout and design.
Affinity Publisher provides advanced typography features, including precise control over leading, kerning, and tracking. It also supports the import of various file formats, making it easy to incorporate graphics and turn your illustrations into a printed booklet.
With its intuitive interface, Affinity Publisher allows you to efficiently manage and arrange your booklet’s pages, ensuring a seamless reading experience. The software also offers export options, allowing you to save your booklet in various formats, including PDF, for printing or digital distribution.
In conclusion, Affinity Publisher is a versatile design software that provides the necessary tools and functions to create beautiful and professional booklets. Whether you are a graphic designer or a business owner, Affinity Publisher can help you bring your booklet project to life.
Canva is a user-friendly online design tool that is perfect for designing your booklet. With its wide range of templates, graphics, and fonts, you can easily create a professional-looking booklet without any design experience.
To get started, simply sign up for a free Canva account and log in. Once you’re logged in, you can choose from hundreds of pre-designed templates for booklets. These templates are fully customisable, allowing you to change colours, fonts, and layout to match your vision.
One of the great features of Canva is its extensive library of graphics and images. You can search for specific graphics or browse through different categories to find the perfect illustrations for your booklet. Canva also allows you to upload your own images and easily drag and drop them into your design.
In addition to templates and graphics, Canva offers a wide selection of fonts to choose from. You can easily change the font style, size, and colour to create a visually appealing and readable booklet.
Once you’ve finished designing your booklet, you can export it in various file formats such as PDF, JPG, or PNG. This makes it easy to print your booklet or share it digitally with others.
Overall, Canva is a fantastic design tool that provides all the features and capabilities you need to create a stunning booklet. Its user-friendly interface, templates, graphics, and customisation options make it a popular choice among both beginners and experienced designers.
Ultimately, we just need a high resolution PDF to be able to print your work. Every computer program these days will likely have the function to Export to PDF or Save As Pdf. Do go ahead and use the software you are most comfortable with, send it over to us and we’ll give it a good check through then advise on any change or technical issues that need changing.
Are you an aspiring author looking to create a masterpiece in the form of a hardback book? Look no further than Ex Why Zed! Our one-stop solution for hardback book printing is here to provide you with quality prints that keep readers coming back for more. With features that make Ex Why Zed stand out, our process is simple and efficient, taking your manuscript from raw text to a printed work of art. We offer a range of design inspirations and options, ensuring your book stands out from the crowd. And if you’re interested in self-publishing, we’ve got you covered too! Discover the role of self-publishing in today’s literary landscape and why Ex Why Zed is the perfect choice for authors who want to take control of their work. Plus, learn about what makes hardback books such a preferred choice for readers and how we ensure quality in every print. So what are you waiting for? Let’s transform your manuscript into a masterpiece today!
Discover the convenience of hardback book printing with Ex Why Zed. Our one-stop solution allows you to get your book professionally printed with ease and efficiency. No more dealing with multiple vendors or complex processes. Ex Why Zed offers a seamless solution for all your hardback book printing needs. We pride ourselves on delivering quality and durability, ensuring that your book stands the test of time. Elevate your book with a luxurious hardcover edition, adding that extra touch of elegance and professionalism. Whether you’re a self-published author or a publishing house, Ex Why Zed is here to make your printing journey smooth and successful. So why wait? Experience the convenience and excellence of hardback book printing with Ex Why Zed today.
Ex Why Zed truly stands out when it comes to printing hardback books. With their high-quality printing services, they ensure that your book looks and feels exceptional. Customisation options are also available, allowing you to choose the perfect paper type and cover design for your book. What sets Ex Why Zed apart is their expertise in the printing and publishing industry. They understand the standards and requirements, ensuring that your book meets professional standards. And when it comes to the printing and binding process, Ex Why Zed’s professionalism shines through. They handle everything with precision and care, delivering a final product that exceeds expectations. Additionally, their exceptional customer service adds an extra layer of satisfaction. With Ex Why Zed, getting your hardback book printed is not only easy but also an enjoyable experience.
Which stage are you at on your journey from acorn to finished book?
the Ex Why Zed Print Journey, a roadmap to transforming your creative inklings into tangible masterpieces. Let’s break it down for the on-the-go creatives out there:
In a nutshell, we’re not just printing your project; we’re co-piloting your creative journey. So why not make Ex Why Zed your next creative pit stop? ?✨✉️
For a full overview of the process jump over to our complete Print Journey and work through the stages getting ideas, inspiration and help along the way.
Experience the seamless process of turning your manuscript into a beautifully printed hardback book with Ex Why Zed. Trust us to handle every step of the book printing process, ensuring a hassle-free experience for you. Our efficient printing process guarantees that your book will be transformed into a masterpiece with just a few clicks. We understand the importance of simplicity and efficiency, which is why we have streamlined our process from start to finish. With Ex Why Zed, you can enjoy the convenience of getting your new book printed and bound professionally without any queries or complications. Let us take care of everything while you sit back and witness your manuscript come to life.
Breaking down the steps to getting your hardback book printed is a smooth and seamless process with Ex Why Zed. Start by submitting your PDF (that is all we need to print your work), and our team will provide you with a personalised quote tailored to your book’s requirements. Or if you haven’t reached the design stage, send us an email or jump on our Project Builder to choose your options. Collaborate with our expert team to finalise the specifications of your book, including paper type and cover design options. Once everything is set, we’ll prepare your manuscript for printing and proofreading, ensuring that every detail is perfect.
When your manuscript is approved, it’s time for us to work our magic. Using our state-of-the-art printing technology, we’ll print and bind your hardback book to the highest quality standards. Finally, it’s time to receive your finished hardback books and start sharing your masterpiece with the world. Whether you’re an aspiring author or a self-published writer, Ex Why Zed makes the process easy, efficient, and enjoyable. So, don’t wait any longer – let us bring your new book to life and make it available for readers across the UK and beyond.
Explore a world of design possibilities to make your book visually appealing and captivating for readers. With Ex Why Zed, you have the opportunity to send us entirely your own book cover design, choosing from a range of options that will truly make your book stand out on the shelves. From different design styles to colour schemes and typography, there is something for every author’s unique vision.
Need inspiration? Look no further than Ex Why Zed’s portfolio of stunning hardback book projects. Whether you’re publishing a new book or reimagining an existing one, Ex Why Zed has the expertise to create a cover that will catch the eye of readers. Don’t settle for a generic cover, let Ex Why Zed help you create a uniquely designed masterpiece.
When it comes to designing your book, don’t be afraid to get creative and explore different design styles. At Ex Why Zed, we understand that finding the perfect fit for your book is crucial. That’s why we encourage you to experiment with various design styles to make your book visually appealing and captivating to readers.
If you’re looking for a sleek and modern look, incorporating minimalist design elements can do the trick. Simplicity can often speak volumes and create a sophisticated aesthetic that resonates with your audience. On the other hand, if you want to evoke a sense of nostalgia, embracing vintage-inspired design can transport your readers to a different era and create a timeless feel.
Think of white space as the canvas upon which your design elements dance. It offers visual relief, making your layout more digestible and directing focus where it’s needed.
For a more contemporary touch, opting for a modern design style can appeal to today’s audience. Explore bold color palettes, innovative typography, and cutting-edge layouts to make your book stand out. The possibilities are endless when it comes to design, and at Ex Why Zed, we’re here to help you bring your vision to life.
So, don’t be afraid to push the boundaries and discover the design style that perfectly complements your book. With Ex Why Zed, you’ll have access to a team of experts who will guide you through the process and ensure that your book looks as captivating as its content. Let your creativity soar and embark on a design journey that will make your book truly unique.
When it comes to choosing the perfect color scheme and typography for your book, it’s important to align them with the tone and genre. Experiment with different combinations and font styles, finding the right balance between creativity and legibility. Let Ex Why Zed guide you in creating a visually pleasing design.
Avoid layout lethargy by incorporating varied elements like text boxes, quotes, and side notes. Intersperse these with full-page visuals to keep your reader’s eyes dancing across the pages.
Learn the art of self-publishing with Ex Why Zed. Take advantage of our services to bring your book to life. Trust us to handle printing and distribution, giving you the freedom and control over your publishing journey. Experience empowerment through self-publishing.
In today’s literary landscape, self-publishing has revolutionized the way authors bring their stories to life. With Ex Why Zed, you have the power to empower yourself as an author and join a growing community of self-published authors. Embrace the opportunities and creative freedom that self-publishing offers, navigating the evolving publishing landscape with Ex Why Zed as your partner. In a world where online platforms like Amazon have made it easier than ever to publish and distribute books, self-publishing gives you the control to share your work with the world. Have queries about self-publishing or need help with your new book? Look no further than Ex Why Zed, the UK’s one-stop destination for self-publishing success. Join us and discover how we can support you on your self-publishing journey.
Experience the benefits of Ex Why Zed’s expertise in the printing and publishing industry. Receive personalized guidance and support throughout your self-publishing journey. Trust us to deliver high-quality printed books for your self-published works. Expand your reach with our extensive distribution network and services. Discover the professionalism and satisfaction of self-publishing with Ex Why Zed.
A hardback book adds a touch of elegance to your collection, with its sturdy construction ensuring it withstands frequent use. Perceived as higher quality and prestigious, hardback books make excellent gifts. Many readers prefer the feel of a hardcover book in their hands.
Hardback books have an undeniable aesthetic appeal that sets them apart. The glossy finish of these books gives them a polished and professional look, perfect for showcasing your work. Additionally, the dust jacket on a hardcover book can feature stunning artwork or photographs, instantly capturing the reader’s attention. Moreover, the spine of a hardback book looks attractive and stands out on a bookshelf, making it a great addition to any collection. One of the reasons why hardcover books are so visually appealing is the use of foil stamping or embossing, which adds visual interest and makes them stand out even more. Furthermore, the larger format of a hardcover book allows for more detailed and intricate designs that can truly enhance the reading experience. So, if you’re looking for a book that not only tells a captivating story but also looks beautiful on your shelf, consider getting a hardback book printed in just a few clicks with Ex Why Zed.
When it comes to the durability and longevity of books, hardback books are undoubtedly a top contender. The hard cover of a hardback book provides extra protection against wear and tear, ensuring that your book remains in excellent condition for years to come. Unlike paperback books, hardcover books have stitched binding, making them more durable and less prone to falling apart.
Another factor that contributes to the long-lasting nature of hardback books is the thicker paper used in their production. This thicker paper resists yellowing and tearing, allowing the book to maintain its aesthetic appeal over time. Additionally, hardback books retain their shape and condition better than their paperback counterparts, making them ideal for those looking to build a lasting collection.
Apart from their physical attributes, hardback books hold sentimental value as well. As cherished heirlooms, they can be passed down through generations, creating a connection between family members and preserving memories. So, if you’re looking for a book that can stand the test of time both in terms of durability and emotional significance, a hardback book is the way to go.
Ex Why Zed guarantees top-notch quality in every print by utilising cutting-edge printing technology for precise results. Our team of experts meticulously inspects each print to eliminate any flaws. Additionally, we use high-quality materials and follow strict quality control measures to maintain consistent standards. Rest assured, your hardback book will be printed with utmost care.
At Ex Why Zed, we have a deep-rooted commitment to delivering nothing less than impeccable printing results for every customer. We understand the importance of exceptional print quality and strive to exceed customer expectations in every way possible. Our dedication to quality extends to every single aspect of the printing process, from the selection of materials to the final inspection of the finished product.
When it comes to producing hardback books, we take great pride in meeting and surpassing the highest standards. We know that a new book holds great value to its author and readers alike, which is why we go above and beyond to ensure that each print is of the utmost quality. Whether you’re publishing a novel, a memoir, or any other genre, our team at Ex Why Zed is committed to delivering the best results.
Customer satisfaction is at the core of everything we do, and we stand by the quality of every print we produce. With Ex Why Zed, you can trust that your hardback book will be a masterpiece that exceeds your expectations. So, why settle for anything less? Choose Ex Why Zed and experience the assurance of our commitment to quality.
Transform your manuscript into a beautifully printed hardback book with Ex Why Zed. Our team of experts will guide you through the printing process, ensuring a professional-looking hardcover book that is truly unique. Trust us to bring your vision to life and create a masterpiece.
Ready to place an order?
Brilliant, you’ll need to upload the files using WeTransfer.com (it’s super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
Ex Why Zed understands the unique needs of authors across diverse genres. Our printing services are customised t suit your creativity and to accommodate various writing styles, be it fiction, non-fiction, poetry, or art books. We offer flexible printing styling options that match the requirements of your genre. With our team’s extensive experience, we can handle books of different styles and genres.
In conclusion, Ex Why Zed is your go-to solution for hassle-free hardback book printing. With standout features and a simple process, we ensure that your manuscript becomes a masterpiece. Our design options and inspirations guarantee that your book stands out in the crowd. If you’re looking to self-publish, Ex Why Zed provides the perfect platform, backed by our expertise and commitment to quality. Hardback books offer aesthetic appeal, durability, and longevity, making them a preferred choice for authors. At Ex Why Zed, we take pride in delivering top-notch prints that bring your vision to life. So, are you ready to transform your manuscript into a masterpiece? Visit our website and embark on your publishing journey today!
First up, let’s elaborate on what booklets are…Booklets are multi-page documents that are bound together, similar to a small book. They can range from a few pages to hundreds of pages, depending on the requirements. Booklets are a flexible style of printed publication often used for promotional brochure printing, product catalogs, zines or guides that provide information about a particular product or service. They are a popular form of marketing as they allow businesses to showcase their offerings in a visually appealing and organised manner.
Booklets can be printed in various formats to suit different needs such as saddle-stitched (stapled), or for 36 pages or more, perfect bound (a glued spine). They are customisable in terms of size, paper thickness, and finish, allowing businesses to create a high-quality print marketing material that reflects their brand image. Booklets are an effective way to make an emotional connection with potential customers and establish credibility for the business.
Booklet style printing offers numerous benefits for businesses seeking to enhance their marketing efforts. One of the key advantages lies in the visual appeal and tactile nature of booklets. Unlike their digital counterparts, booklets can capture attention and convey messages in a more engaging way. The physical presence of a booklet allows potential customers to interact with the content, creating a more memorable and impactful experience.
Moreover, booklets can be integrated into a comprehensive marketing strategy to boost visibility and reinforce brand messages. They can be used alongside online marketing efforts to create a powerful marketing tool. By combining digital marketing with booklet printing, businesses can reach a wider audience and create an emotional connection with prospective customers.
Booklets also play a vital role in bridging the gap between the online and offline worlds. They serve as tangible reminders of a business’s products or services, acting as a constant advertisement that can be easily referred to. In a world filled with digital noise, a printed booklet stands out and adds credibility to a business.
By utilising stylish booklet printing, businesses can create visually appealing and tactile promotional materials that enhance their marketing campaigns. The ability to engage customers with high-quality print and promote the brand in a physical format sets businesses apart from their competitors. In conclusion, booklet printing is an essential component of an integrated marketing strategy, helping businesses to boost their visibility and effectively convey their messages to a wide and diverse audience.
Booklets come in various formats and designs to suit different business needs. One popular type is the 8-page saddle-stitched booklet, which is created by folding and stapling multiple sheets of paper together. This format is commonly used for product catalogs, fashion look books, and promotional brochures. Another option is the perfect bound booklet, which offers a more professional and premium finish. Perfect bound booklets are ideal for coffee table books, product guides, and larger booklets with multiple pages. Understanding the different types of booklets allows businesses to choose the most suitable format for their content and target audience. By leveraging the right booklet format, businesses can effectively showcase their products and services, engage customers, and enhance their brand presence.
8-page booklets, also known as multi-page documents, are a powerful marketing tool for businesses. These booklets provide ample space for conveying marketing messages, making them a versatile and effective choice for promoting products, services, or events.
One of the key features of 8-page booklets is their versatility. They come in a range of sizes, allowing businesses to choose the format that best suits their needs. Whether it’s a compact pocket-sized booklet or a larger, coffee table book-style format, businesses can create a booklet that perfectly represents their brand.
These booklets offer businesses the opportunity to showcase their products or services in an organized and visually appealing manner. With multiple pages to work with, businesses can include product descriptions, high-quality images, and even customer testimonials, creating a compelling and engaging piece of promotional material.
Furthermore, 8-page booklets provide ample printing space, allowing businesses to communicate their marketing messages effectively. From showcasing a product catalog to creating a step-by-step guide, these booklets offer businesses the creative freedom to design engaging and informative content.
In conclusion, 8-page booklets are a versatile and powerful marketing tool for businesses. With their range of sizes and ample printing space, these booklets are ideal for conveying marketing messages and connecting with potential customers. Whether it’s creating a product catalog, a promotional brochure, or a personalised booklet from scratch, businesses can effectively use 8-page booklets to promote their products and services.
Multi-page document booklets are a popular choice for businesses looking to create comprehensive and informative promotional materials. These booklets typically consist of multiple pages, allowing for the inclusion of extensive content and visuals.
One type of multi-page document booklet is the product catalog. These booklets serve as a showcase for a company’s products, providing potential customers with detailed information about each item, such as specifications, features, and pricing. Product catalogs are especially useful for businesses in industries such as fashion, home decor, and electronics, where visual representation plays a significant role in the purchasing decision.
Another type of multi-page document booklet is the promotional brochure. These booklets are designed to promote a specific product, service, or event. By combining eye-catching graphics, persuasive copy, and relevant information, promotional brochures help businesses effectively communicate their message and generate interest from potential customers. They are commonly used in trade shows, conferences, and direct mail campaigns.
Fashion look books are booklets with staples or perfect bound brochures that showcase the latest fashion trends and styles. These visually captivating booklets serve as a powerful marketing tool for fashion businesses, allowing them to effectively communicate their brand and products to potential customers.
In the fast-paced world of fashion, keeping up with the latest trends is crucial for businesses to stay competitive. Fashion look books provide a platform for businesses to showcase their new collections, highlighting the unique styles, designs, and colours that set them apart from the rest. By visually presenting their products in a cohesive and aesthetically pleasing manner, fashion businesses can capture the attention of potential customers and create a desire to explore further.
Fashion look books not only display the latest fashion trends but also allow businesses to communicate their brand identity. Through carefully curated images and layouts, businesses can convey their brand’s values, aesthetics, and unique selling points. This visual storytelling enables potential customers to gain a deeper understanding of the brand and makes it easier for them to make a connection and establish trust.
With their visually appealing format, fashion look books have the ability to leave a lasting impression on potential customers. The high-quality printing, attention to detail, and engaging visuals make these booklets not just informative catalogs but also desirable fashion accessories. By providing customers with a tactile and visually stimulating experience, fashion businesses can enhance their brand image and drive customer engagement.
In the competitive world of fashion, fashion look books are an essential marketing tool that allows businesses to visually communicate the latest trends, showcase their brand identity, and create a lasting emotional connection with potential customers.
Product catalogues and promotional brochures are essential marketing tools for businesses of all sizes. These booklets serve as a comprehensive showcase for products and services, providing vital information and visually appealing representations.
Product catalogues act as a detailed inventory of a company’s offerings, allowing customers to quickly browse through various options and make informed purchasing decisions. With clear descriptions, specifications, and high-quality images, these booklets provide a visually stimulating experience that helps customers understand the value and benefits of each product.
Promotional brochures, on the other hand, are designed to create excitement and generate interest in a particular product or service. These booklets typically highlight key features, special offers, and testimonials, giving potential customers a compelling reason to choose the advertised product or service.
One of the main benefits of using product catalogues and promotional brochures is their tangible nature. In an increasingly digital world, having a physical booklet allows businesses to make a lasting impression on customers. It also provides an opportunity to showcase the quality and attention to detail that goes into the brand’s offerings.
Additionally, these booklets can be easily distributed and shared, making them an effective form of offline advertising. Whether handed out at events, included in mailers, or displayed in-store, product catalogues and promotional brochures have the power to reach a wide audience and generate leads.
In conclusion, product catalogues and promotional brochures are valuable tools for businesses to showcase their products and services. By providing vital information and visually appealing representations, these booklets help businesses stand out and create a strong brand presence.
When it comes to printing booklets, choosing the right paper material is crucial for creating a professional and visually appealing finished product. The type of paper you choose can impact the overall look and feel of your booklet, as well as its durability and longevity. There are several factors to consider when selecting the right paper material, including paper thickness, finish, and sustainability. The paper thickness determines the sturdiness of your booklet, with thicker paper providing a more substantial and professional feel. The finish of the paper can range from glossy to matte, and each option imparts a different aesthetic and tactile experience. Additionally, considering the sustainability of your paper material is important for environmentally conscious businesses. Opting for recycled papers or sustainably sourced options can showcase your commitment to eco-friendly practices. By carefully selecting the right paper material, you can effectively enhance the overall quality and impact of your booklet.
Uncoated paper is a popular choice for book printing due to its natural texture and ability to absorb ink effectively, which enhances readability. There are different types of uncoated papers that are commonly used in book printing.
One type of uncoated paper is offset uncoated. It is known for its smooth surface and is often used for novels or textbooks. Offset uncoated paper offers excellent ink absorption, resulting in sharp and clear printed text.
Using uncoated papers in book printing provides several benefits. The natural texture of uncoated paper gives a tactile feel when flipping through the pages, creating a more engaging reading experience. Additionally, uncoated papers are more eco-friendly as they are often made from recycled materials.
In conclusion, uncoated paper types like offset uncoated, vellum uncoated, and linen uncoated offer unique features and advantages for book printing. Their natural texture and ability to absorb ink make them a popular choice among publishers and designers. Whether it’s a novel, an art book, or a high-end fashion look book, uncoated papers can enhance the overall reading experience while providing a sustainable option for book production.
Recycled Papers: Enhancing Sustainability Efforts in Booklet Printing
In today’s environmentally conscious world, businesses are increasingly seeking sustainable options in all aspects of their operations, including marketing materials like booklets. One such sustainable option is the use of recycled papers for booklet printing. Incorporating recycled papers into your printing materials not only aligns with your sustainability efforts but also enhances your business’s environmental reputation.
Using recycled papers for booklet printing brings numerous benefits. Firstly, it contributes to waste reduction by giving a new life to discarded paper products. By utilising recycled papers, businesses actively participate in the circular economy and reduce the need for new paper production, thereby conserving valuable natural resources.
Additionally, recycled papers offer the same print quality as their non-recycled counterparts. With advancements in printing technology, the availability of high-quality recycled papers has increased, allowing businesses to achieve professional-looking booklets while minimising their environmental impact.
By embracing recycled papers, your business demonstrates a commitment to sustainable practices. This can resonate with potential customers who value eco-friendly choices and can positively impact your brand’s perception. Furthermore, incorporating recycled papers into your booklet printing can spark conversations and create an emotional connection with environmentally conscious consumers.
In conclusion, choosing recycled papers for booklet printing is an effective way for businesses to enhance their sustainability efforts, reduce waste, conserve natural resources, and bolster their environmental reputation. By making this eco-friendly choice, your business can not only promote a greener planet but also attract and engage environmentally conscious customers.
The thickness of sheet papers plays a crucial role in booklet printing as it directly affects the overall quality of the finished booklet. Not only does it impact the durability of the booklet, but it also influences its appearance and the ability to turn pages smoothly.
When it comes to durability, thicker sheet papers are more resistant to wear and tear. They are less likely to get easily damaged, ensuring that your booklets can withstand handling and transportation without losing their integrity. Thicker papers also give a more premium and substantial feel to the booklet, adding to its perceived value.
In terms of appearance, thicker sheet papers tend to have a more substantial, professional look. They provide a sturdy foundation for vibrant full-colour printing, making your images and text stand out with crispness and clarity. Thicker papers also have a higher opacity, reducing the chance of show-through and enhancing the overall visual appeal.
Smooth page-turning is essential for a seamless reading experience, and thicker papers facilitate this. Their weight and stiffness make it easier to flip through pages without any creasing or folding. This is especially important for larger booklets or those with a significant number of pages.
When choosing the thickness of sheet papers for your booklet printing, it is important to consider the type of booklet and its intended use. For smaller booklets or those with fewer pages, a medium thickness paper in the range of 120-150 gsm can work well. For larger booklets or those with more pages, you can opt for thicker papers in the range of 120-170gsm for added durability. Choose 200gsm for a light weight cover, 250 or 300gsm for a standard card weight or 350gsm for super chunky.
In conclusion, the thickness of sheet papers in booklet printing plays a significant role in determining the overall quality of the finished product. From durability and appearance to smooth page-turning, choosing the right thickness is crucial for creating booklets that make a lasting impression.
When it comes to booklet style printing, choosing the appropriate print settings is essential to ensure high-quality results. The right print settings can determine the clarity, colours, and overall appearance of your booklets. One key aspect to consider is the paper thickness. Thicker sheet papers offer durability and a more professional look. They provide a sturdy foundation for vibrant full-colour printing and smooth page-turning. For smaller booklets, a medium thickness paper can work well, while larger booklets benefit from thicker papers for added durability. In addition to paper thickness, other print settings such as print quality, paper type, and binding method should also be carefully selected to achieve the desired outcome. By choosing the right print settings, you can create visually appealing and durable booklets that effectively showcase your business and its offerings.
High-quality print settings are essential when printing booklets for your business. To achieve the best results, there are a few key considerations to keep in mind.
When it comes to colour profiles and resolution settings, it is important to choose the right options for optimal print quality. Depending on the type of booklet you are printing, you may need to select the correct colour profile (such as CMYK for print) and adjust the resolution settings to ensure sharp and vibrant colours.
By carefully considering these high-quality print settings, you can ensure that your booklets are printed with precision and professionalism, making them a powerful marketing tool for your business.
Here are your go-to guides for file set up.
We know your time is precious but when you come to prepare your artwork definitely take 5 minutes to read through our step by step file set up pages. The illustrated guides make the process super easy and will answer 99% of the questions you may have.
• We don’t need a separate cover for wire stitched booklets so you should supply us with one PDF file in reading order from the front cover through to the back cover. It is often easier to design the booklet as spreads but then when you export to pdf just choose ‘Export as Pages’, rather than Spreads.
• We do need 3mm bleed on the edges of your pages. When you come to prepare your artwork for print and before you send it to us, watch this video which shows how to add bleed and why we need it. We won’t go to print without the bleed so adding it from the start saves time.
• Ideally, your file will be saved as PDFx1a:2001 when exported. If this is not available, do just choose the best quality output possible. You can select this from the top drop-down menu when you export to PDF.
If you have never printed anything before and this all sounds like a foreign language, don’t worry, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat. Our customer service team is friendly, patient and will answer all your questions in super fast time. If it is out of office hours then all of the answers are all in the Resource section on our website too.
Our preferred colour profile is FOGRA39 and all images should be saved as CMYK. We can convert them to CMYK with one click if that saves you some time and head-scratching but it also means you have less control over the colour repro when printed. Colour profiles and resolution settings play a critical role in booklet style printing, ensuring accurate and consistent colour representation throughout the entire booklet. By selecting the appropriate colour profile, such as CMYK for print, businesses can ensure that the colours in their booklet match their intended design. This is especially important for maintaining a cohesive brand identity and reinforcing brand recognition.
Consistent colour representation is vital for businesses that rely heavily on visual elements in their marketing materials. By using the correct colour profile, the colours on the printed booklet will closely resemble those on the screen or in the digital counterpart. This creates a sense of professionalism and trust among potential customers.
In addition to colour profiles, using high-resolution images is equally essential. Images with a resolution of 300dpi or more ensure sharp and clear visuals in the final product. This is particularly crucial for showcasing detailed product images, engaging graphics, or captivating photographs. High-resolution images enhance the overall quality of your custom booklet, paperback newsletters or perfect bound brochures, making them visually appealing and leaving a lasting impression on readers.
In conclusion, carefully selecting the appropriate colour profile and using high-resolution images are key factors in achieving accurate and consistent colour representation in booklet style printing. This attention to detail enhances the overall quality of the booklet, making it an effective and powerful marketing tool for businesses.
A: Booklet style printing is a printing method that allows you to create a booklet by folding and binding multiple pages together in a specific order. We class the front cover as four pages because they are generally all printed onto thicker card (the cover, back cover, inside cover and inside back cover). Then you can choose thinner paper weights for the inside depending on the page count. Gloss, Silk and Uncoated are choices for the finish.
A: Booklet printing can benefit your business in multiple ways. It serves as a promotional tool to showcase your products or services, helps market your business to potential customers, and can be used as a handy handbook or programme for specific events or programs.
A: A booklet can be a powerful marketing tool for your brand. You can design your booklet to include information about your products or services, your brand story, and any promotions or offers you have. Distributing these booklets to your target audience can help increase brand awareness and attract potential customers.
A: While both booklets and brochures are used for marketing purposes, there are a few differences between them. A booklet usually has multiple pages and a more comprehensive layout. On the other hand, a brochure can be just a folded sheet or promotional leaflet. Both can quite easily be a bound booklet too with multiple pages.
A: A quick and cost-effective way to find a designer is by taking a look on PeoplePerHour, LinkedIn, Fiver or Instagram. There are a lot of talented people out there.
Do also enjoy reading our Best Design Software Packages blog post which takes a deep dive into the various programs available. All are easy to pick up and learn, some are free too!
A: Printed booklets have a wide range of uses for businesses. They can be used to showcase your products or services, provide information about an event or programme, create product catalogues, serve as employee handbooks, or be used as promotional materials for a specific campaign or offer.
A: The printing time for booklets can vary depending on factors such as the quantity, complexity of design, and printing service’s workload. Typically, we will aim to deliver in 3/4 working days but allow 5-8 days for longer, litho printed runs (700 copies or more). Send over your PDF, we will check it though then book the job in for print, easy!
A: Simply, there is no right and wrong answer here. Well, there is a wrong answer – don’t choose Comic Sans 🙂
When choosing a font for your booklet, it’s important to consider legibility and readability. Stick to professional-looking fonts that are easy to read, especially when printing small text. Fonts such as Helvetica, Arial, Times New Roman, or Calibri are commonly used in booklet designs. The Adobe Creative Suite comes packed with hundreds of choices and a clever tool where you can type in your text then scroll through the fonts to choose which looks best.
A: Yes, booklets can be a cost-effective marketing tool for businesses whether they have a gloss, silk or uncoated finish. They offer a lot of space to convey your message and can be printed in bulk at a reasonable price. Additionally, they have a longer shelf life compared to other marketing materials like flyers or posters.
A: If you’re looking for booklet printing services, you can contact us. We offer professional printing services and can guide you through the process of creating high-quality booklets that align with your business needs and brand.
Get in touch with our team at Ex Why Zed. We are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
The advantage of printing at Ex Why Zed is the complete freedom given to choose a Custom booklet size without restriction on a number of set sizes or formats. Find the best solution for your content, not what your printer dictates to you. At Ex Why Zed we can print stapled booklets from A6 to A3 portrait. If you can looking for a square size then there is a wide range from 105×105 right up to an impressive 297x297mm. For landscape custom booklets, A5 landscape to A4 landscape are the parameters.
Pick any custom size within these dimensions.
To illustrate the massive range we offer, here is a A6 booklet alongside a massive 380x289mm portrait example. Lots of scope, lots of surface area to potentially fill with your best artwork.
A good process is to consider whether your work would look best on a portrait, landscape or square format then choose the size next.
In addition to size options, we also offer a variety of page options, paper stocks, cover options, laminations, and quantity options for both perfect bound and saddle-stitched booklets. This allows you to customize your booklet or brochure to your exact specifications and create a professional finish that perfectly aligns with your marketing strategy.
So, whether you need custom size booklets, perfect bound booklets, saddle-stitched booklets, or any other specifications, trust Ex Why Zed to deliver the perfect option for your custom booklet printing project. With our powerful tools, dedication to customer service, and faster turnaround times, you can expect the best results every time.
Are you searching for the perfect booklet to showcase your brand, products, or services? Look no further! At our custom booklet printing services, we offer a wide range of options to create the ideal booklet for your needs. Whether you are looking for a compact square size or a larger landscape format, we have the dimensions to suit your preferences. And it doesn’t stop there – we also provide a variety of page options, paper stocks, cover options, laminations, and quantity options for both perfect bound and saddle-stitched booklets. With our customizable features, you can create a stunning and professional finish that aligns perfectly with your marketing strategy. So, whatever type of booklet you are looking for, we have the tools and expertise to bring your vision to life.
Booklets are made using a meticulous production process that involves the latest technology and skilled craftsmanship. At our production facility in South Yorkshire, we utilise state-of-the-art equipment to ensure high-quality results for our customers.
There are different types of booklets available, each with its own unique features. Stapled booklets are a popular choice and are created by folding multiple sheets of paper in half and using staples to secure them together. Bound booklets, on the other hand, are created by cutting and folding a larger sheet of paper and then binding the pages together. This method provides a sleek and professional finish.
Loop stitched brochures offer a more creative and eye-catching option. They are made by placing wire loops through the spine of the booklet, allowing for easy flipping and a dynamic presentation. For a more sophisticated look, hardcover books are an excellent choice. They are made by binding a cover to the booklet using a strong adhesive and rounded corners.
Booklets are a versatile format that can be used for a variety of purposes. They are ideal for product catalogs, event programs, and even comic books or recipe books. Their compact size allows for easy distribution, making them a powerful tool for marketing and promotional purposes.
With our cutting-edge technology and skilled team, we are able to produce booklets of various sizes and paper types to meet the unique needs of our customers. Whether you require a small booklet or a larger one, we have the capabilities to deliver high-quality custom booklets with a professional finish.
Trust our expertise in booklet production to bring your vision to life. Contact us today to get started on your custom booklet printing project.
When it comes to custom booklet printing, there are various binding options available, each with its own unique features and advantages. Understanding the different binding options can help you choose the best one that suits your specific needs. Stapled booklets, which are created by folding and securing multiple sheets of paper with staples, offer a simple and cost-effective option. Bound booklets, on the other hand, provide a sleek and professional finish by cutting, folding, and binding larger sheets of paper together. Loop stitched brochures offer a more creative and eye-catching option, with wire loops through the spine for easy flipping. For a more sophisticated look, hardcover books are an excellent choice with a strong adhesive and rounded corners. Each binding option has its own charm and functionality, allowing you to create custom booklets that make a lasting impression on your target audience.
Saddle Stitched Booklets: The Perfect Solution for Fast Turnaround Custom Printing Projects
Saddle Stitched booklets, also known as stapled or wire-stitched booklets, are the ideal choice for short-run projects that require quick turnaround times. This versatile binding method is widely used for printing annual reports, magazines, brochures, and other booklets.
Saddle Stitched booklets offer a range of size options, making them a popular choice for custom projects. Whether you need a small booklet for a promotional tool or a larger one for a product catalog, saddle stitching can accommodate your specific requirements.
The saddle stitching process involves binding pages together using staples along the spine. This secure binding method ensures that the pages remain intact and easily readable. It also allows for easy flipping and maneuvering of the booklet, making it a user-friendly option for readers.
There are several benefits to choosing saddle stitched booklets. Firstly, you have the freedom to mix and match cover and inside pages, creating a booklet that perfectly reflects your brand and message. Additionally, saddle stitching offers faster turnaround times for delivery, which is especially advantageous when you have an upcoming event or deadline to meet.
When it comes to custom booklet printing projects, saddle stitched booklets provide a sleek and professional finish that will impress your target audience. With their affordable pricing, quick production turnaround times and powerful marketing impact, they should be an integral part of your marketing strategy.
In conclusion, saddle stitched booklets offer the perfect solution for your custom printing needs. Their fast turnaround times, custom size options, and professional finish make them the go-to choice for printing annual reports, magazines, brochures, and other booklets. Trust in the expertise of a reliable booklet printing service to bring your vision to life and create a powerful promotional tool that will leave a lasting impression on your potential customers.
Perfect Bound Booklets, also known as glue-bound booklets, are an excellent option when you need a durable and professional-looking booklet that can accommodate higher page counts.
The perfect binding process involves applying a strong adhesive to the spine of the booklet, securely bonding the pages together. This creates a sleek, seamless look that gives your booklet a polished and professional finish.
One of the main advantages of perfect bound booklets is their durability. The glue used in the binding process ensures that the pages stay intact even with frequent use, making them perfect for showcasing designs in a portfolio or for businesses looking to feature their products or writing.
Unlike saddle-stitched booklets, perfect bound booklets can accommodate higher page counts, ranging from 36 pages to over 200 pages. This makes them a great choice when you need to include a substantial amount of content in your booklet. We will be honest, they won’t layflat. The pages always have a tendency to bounce closed again. Like everything at Ex Why Zed though, we will be honest and make this clear before you go ahead.
Whether you are a creative professional showcasing your work or a business looking to make a statement, perfect bound booklets provide a sleek and professional showcase for your designs or products. With their ability to accommodate higher page counts and their durable binding, perfect bound booklets are a perfect option for any project or purpose.
Booklets are incredibly versatile and can serve a wide range of purposes in both personal and professional settings. From showcasing products to providing event information, there are countless types of booklets that can be created through custom booklet printing. Some common types include product catalogs, which allow companies to present their range of offerings with descriptions and images. Event programs provide attendees with schedules and details about weddings, conferences, concerts, and more. Instruction manuals accompany products to provide setup and usage instructions. Company portfolios showcase achievements, case studies, and services to potential clients. Magazines cover various topics, from fashion to news to hobbies. Educational workbooks are used in schools for exercises and assignments. Travel guides offer information about tourist attractions, maps, and travel tips. Recipe books collect recipes with pictures and instructions. Theatre programs give audiences information about plays or performances. Religious texts, hymnals, and prayer books are often printed in booklet format. Annual reports summarise a company’s financial and operational performance. Membership directories list member details and contact information. Short story or poetry collections are compact forms of publishing. Booklets can also be used for promotional material, training manuals, children’s activity books, research journals, newsletters, real estate listings, and zines. With the ability to tailor size, page count, and design, custom booklet printing offers a versatile and effective format for a variety of purposes.
Ready to order? Placing an order for custom booklets is a simple and straightforward process that can be completed in just three easy steps.
Brilliant, you’ll need to upload the files using WeTransfer (it’s super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
Approve your proof and finalise the order
After your artwork is received and reviewed, our team will prepare a digital proof for you to review. This proof will showcase how your booklet will look once printed. Take the time to carefully review all the details, including layout, fonts, colours, and images. If you are satisfied with the proof, simply respond to the email or click the Approve button if we send you over an auto proof. Once approved, we will proceed with production, and your custom booklets will be on their way to you.
Placing an order for custom booklets has never been easier. Follow these three steps, and soon you will have professionally printed booklets in your hands, ready to make a lasting impression. All we need to go ahead is a PDF file which you can export from most computer programs in 2023.
Booklets serve as an effective marketing media for companies due to their versatility and ability to deliver information in a visually appealing and organised manner. Companies use booklets to showcase their products or services, provide detailed information about their offerings, and highlight their brand identity. Booklets are often used for product catalogs, event programs, and business brochures, allowing companies to reach their target audience with a comprehensive and engaging marketing tool. Moreover, booklets can be customised to match the company’s branding and design preferences, making them a powerful tool to reinforce a company’s image and message. From sleek finishes to laminated covers, booklets offer a professional and high-quality presentation that customers can hold in their hands. With the option to choose different paper sizes, types of paper, and binding styles, companies have the flexibility to create custom booklets that meet their specific needs. Overall, booklets provide a tangible and visually appealing marketing strategy that effectively communicates a company’s message and captures the attention of potential customers.
Brochure printing is an essential marketing tool that can significantly impact brand awareness and help businesses capture the attention of potential clients. Not only is it a cost-effective solution compared to other print media, but its versatility allows for the promotion of various products and services.
Brochures serve as powerful tools in showcasing a company’s offerings, providing information, and creating a lasting impression. They are easily distributable at events, trade shows, or within the community, reaching a wide target audience. This tangible form of marketing can be taken home or shared with others, ensuring a longer-lasting impact.
To make the most of brochure printing, attention to detail is crucial. Design elements, content, images, paper quality, and ink used should all align with the brand and message being conveyed. A sleek finish, rounded corners, or laminated covers can bring a professional touch and enhance the brochure’s appeal.
When considering custom booklet printing projects, pay attention to size options and paperweights that suit the purpose, whether it’s a small flyer or a larger booklet. With modern printing techniques and a customer service team, businesses can ensure a faster turnaround and perfect packaging. Additionally, saddle stitching ensures the full width of the page is visible ad allows plenty of space to showcase products or services effectively.
In conclusion, brochure printing plays a crucial role in any marketing strategy. It not only offers a cost-effective and versatile way to promote products and services but also provides a tangible and professional finish to leave a lasting impression on potential customers. By paying attention to design, content, and overall quality, businesses can effectively leverage brochure printing as a promotional tool.
We understand that timely delivery is vital for your custom booklet printing projects. Our delivery process is efficient and streamlined, ensuring that your booklets and brochures reach you on time and in perfect condition.
Our standard turnaround time for delivery is 3/4 days, starting from the final approval of your artwork. This allows us to print, bind, and package your booklets or brochures with care. If you require your order sooner, we also offer an expedited delivery option. With our next day delivery courier service, you can have your printed materials in your hands faster, allowing you to meet tight deadlines. Longer print runs over 700 copies or more, which we generally litho print do take a little longer – best to allow 6-8 working days depending on the print spec.
While we prioritise speed, we also strive to keep the cost of delivery affordable for our customers. Our partnership with a reliable next day delivery courier allows us to offer low-cost delivery options per order. This ensures that you can get your booklets and brochures delivered promptly without breaking the bank.
When it comes to custom booklet printing, there are often questions and concerns that arise. At [Company Name], we understand the importance of providing clear and helpful information to our customers. In this section, we address some frequently asked questions regarding custom size booklets and brochures. Whether you’re wondering about paper sizes, artwork specifications, or delivery options, we’ve got you covered. Read on to find answers to your queries and feel confident in choosing [Company Name] for your custom size booklet and brochure printing needs.
When it comes to booklet printing, the cost can vary depending on several factors. Understanding these cost factors can help you plan and budget effectively for your custom booklet printing projects. Here are some key considerations that influence the cost of printing booklets:
1. Quantities: The higher the quantity of booklets you need, the lower the unit cost per booklet tends to be. Consider printing a larger volume to get the best value for your money.
2. Materials: The type of paper you choose can impact the cost. Thicker or higher-quality paper tends to be more expensive than lighter weight options. Consider the purpose of your booklets and choose a paper weight that fits your needs without going overboard.
3. Sizes: The size of your booklet can affect pricing, especially if it deviates from common sizes. Opting for standard sizes can be a cost-effective choice.
4. Accessories: Additional features such as lamination, rounded corners, or special finishes may enhance the look and feel of your booklets but are extra cost factors to consider. Evaluate whether these accessories are necessary for your project or if you can do without them to save costs.
To save on booklet printing costs, keep these tips in mind: consider printing in black and white instead of color, choose lighter weight paper, decide if lamination is necessary, and opt for longer production times. By weighing these factors and making informed decisions, you can get cost-effective yet high-quality booklets for your projects.
When creating a brochure, it’s essential to make it stand out among the sea of promotional materials. One of the key factors in achieving this is by creating engaging and informative content. Start by using descriptive titles that capture the essence of each section. This allows readers to quickly understand what information they can expect from the brochure.
Remember to avoid technical jargon that may confuse your target audience. Instead, use clear and concise language that everyone can understand. Your goal is to communicate your message effectively.
Incorporate a strong call to action that urges readers to take the desired next step, whether it be visiting your website, making a purchase, or contacting your business. This encourages engagement and helps guide readers in their decision-making process.
Visuals are another crucial element that can make your brochure visually appealing and memorable. Include high-quality images and graphics that reflect your brand and enhance the overall design.
Before finalizing your brochure for printing, offer a proof to ensure everything looks just right. This allows you to make any necessary revisions and avoid costly mistakes.
By following these tips and incorporating engaging content, descriptive titles, a clear call to action, visuals, and offering a proof, your brochure will stand out and effectively convey your message to your target audience.
When it comes to booklets and brochures, you may have come across the abbreviation ‘pp’ and wondered what it means. In this context, ‘pp’ stands for ‘printed pages.’ It represents the number of sides of paper that will be printed in the booklet.
To understand this further, let’s delve into the relationship between ‘pp’ and the physical pieces of paper in the booklet. Typically, the number of printed pages is usually half of the total number of physical pieces of paper in the booklet.
For instance, if you have a booklet with 16 physical pieces of paper, it would have 32 printed pages, as each physical piece of paper contains two sides for printing. This is important to keep in mind when creating your booklet artwork or considering the length and content of your booklet.
So, whenever you see ‘pp’ mentioned in the context of booklet printing, remember that it is referring to the number of printed pages in the booklet and represents half of the total number of physical pieces of paper.
Now that you understand the meaning of ‘pp,’ you can confidently navigate the technical aspects of booklet printing and ensure that your designs and content align with your printing requirements.
Booklet pages go up in fours due to the folding and binding process. This is an important aspect to consider when planning your custom booklet printing projects. The reason behind this lies in the way booklets are constructed.
When creating a booklet, the page counts for printing are in multiples of four. This is because booklets are made by folding and binding sheets of paper together. Through this process, each sheet of paper creates four physical pages in the finished booklet.
The front page, two middle pages, and back page are all created through folding. When the booklet is printed, each physical page contains two sides for printing, resulting in a total of four printed pages per sheet.
Understanding this concept is crucial when designing your booklet. It helps you ensure that your content aligns with the page counts and layout, and that important information is strategically placed. So, when planning your booklet, remember that the page counts for printing are in multiples of four, thanks to the folding and binding process that creates the front page, middle pages, and back page.
By keeping this in mind, you can have a smooth printing process and achieve the desired outcome for your custom booklet.
When it comes to custom booklet printing, ensuring high-quality images is essential to create visually appealing and professional-looking booklets. To achieve the best results, it is recommended to use images with a resolution of at least 300 dpi (dots per inch) or above.
A higher resolution means more pixels are packed into each inch of the image, resulting in sharper and more detailed prints. This is especially important for images with fine details or small text that may become blurry or pixelated if the resolution is too low.
Another crucial consideration is the color mode. For accurate color representation in your booklet, it is recommended to use the CMYK color mode (cyan, magenta, yellow, and black). CMYK is the standard color model used in professional printing, ensuring that the colors in your images appear as intended on the final printed materials.
By using high image quality with a resolution of at least 300 dpi and the CMYK color mode, you can ensure that your images come out vibrant, sharp, and true to life in your custom booklets. This attention to image quality will greatly enhance the overall look and impact of your booklet, leaving a lasting impression on your target audience.
Absolutely! If you are looking for alternative standard sizes and formats, our company offers a wide range of options to meet your needs. Our standard sizes include A5, A4, Half Letter, Letter, DL, 148mm square, and 210mm square. These standard sizes provide a variety of dimensions that can accommodate different content and layout requirements.
Our printing services come with a plethora of finishing options to enhance the visual appeal and durability of your booklets. From saddle stitching to perfect binding, we offer different binding styles to suit your preferences. Additionally, you can choose from various paper stocks, lamination choices, and even spot varnish for that extra touch of elegance.
A: A staple-bound booklet is a type of booklet where the pages are folded in half and then stapled along the folded edge to hold them together.
A: A saddle-stitched booklet, zine or catalogue is a type of booklet where the pages are folded in half and then stapled along the fold line, similar to a staple-bound booklet.
A: Booklet binding refers to the process of securing the pages of a booklet together. It can be done through methods like stapling, stitching, or using wire or wiro binding.
A: They are the same thing, it is just slightly different print terminology.
A: We offer various binding types for booklets, including staple-bound, saddle-stitched, perfect bound or even nested and not bound. You can choose the binding type based on your preferences and requirements. We offer hardback binding too but this is more substantial than a simple booklet.
Welcome to the world of hardcover book printing with linen covers! If you’re looking to create a professional, durable, and visually stunning book, linen covers are an excellent choice. In this guide, we’ll explore the ins and outs of hardcover book printing, providing you with the knowledge and inspiration you need to bring your vision to life. From choosing the right materials to avoiding common mistakes, we’ve got you covered. So let’s dive in and discover the art of linen hardcover book printing together!
In the world of book printing, hardcover books have gained popularity for their timeless and elegant appearance. If you’re considering printing your work with a linen cover, you’ve come to the right place. In this article, we will take a deep dive into book design and provide you with all the information you need to make informed decisions.
Linen hardcovers involve using a high-quality fabric for the book’s cover. This fabric gives the book a unique texture and durability. Not only does it protect the pages inside, but it also adds a touch of sophistication to your artwork book.
At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of creating visually appealing work, including children’s books, notebooks and self published projects. Our experienced team will guide you through the entire process.
When it comes to the highest quality hardcover books, Ex Why Zed is a leader in the industry. Our video inspiration and case studies showcase the outstanding craftsmanship and attention to detail that we bring to each project, ensuring high quality results. Whether you’re printing a novel, a photobook, or a special edition, our printing services will exceed your expectations.
Choosing the right cover material is crucial for the success of your book. That’s why we partner with Winter & Company, a renowned supplier of premium bookbinding materials. Their extensive collection of materials, including specialist book binding cloth and endpapers, ensures that we can provide you with a wide range of options to suit your preferences and creative vision.
When it comes to pricing and shipping, we understand that every project is unique. That’s why we offer flexible pricing options to accommodate your budget and requirements. Our transparent pricing policy ensures that you have a clear understanding of the costs involved, with no hidden surprises. Whether you’re looking to create a wedding album or any other type of photo book, we’ve got you covered.
At Ex Why Zed, we not only provide stunning printing but also offer comprehensive customer service options. Our team of experts is always available to answer your questions, offer guidance, and provide solutions to any challenges you may encounter along the way, including the latest version of our printing technology.
Any questions, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
Before embarking on your print journey, it’s important to be aware of common mistakes to avoid. From improper cover design to choosing the wrong fabric, we have seen it all. Our article on common mistakes will equip you with the knowledge to ensure a flawless printing process.
In conclusion, linen hardcover book printing is a fantastic option for authors and publishers looking to create visually stunning and durable books. With Ex Why Zed’s expertise and commitment to excellence, you can trust that your publication will leave a lasting impression on readers.
At Ex Why Zed, we take great pride in the quality of our printing services. We have had the pleasure of working with numerous clients, helping them bring their vision to life and create stunning coffee-table publications.
We will be honest, all of the options below have set up costs of at least £480 which is the cost of the material plus the cost of the foiling. The printing and binding is in addition to this, so for small print runs, you could consider a printed cover instead or switch to a soft back, paperback.
Here are a few case studies that showcase our expertise:
Buried in the English Earth by Chris T-T
216x135mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto Winters Black Buckram binding cloth
Wrapped over greyboard case
Silver foiling to cover and spine
+
Dust Jacket with 100mm fold out flaps from front and back cover.
Full colour single-sided
onto 170gsm Silk
Matt Lamination to outer
A superb book and the silver foil onto Black Buckram works well. It does also have a dust jacket too (only for print runs of 700 copies+) but we’re not fans of these because it obscures the great linen cover beneath.
Lydia Reeves Art Photography Book
260x210mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto WBN501 Cotton White with gold foiling
The Cotton White is a smooth, luxury feel cover material that is great to stroke and the gold foiling adheres well on the surface, debossing every so slightly.
Michal Augustini – 1st Three No Flash
258x210mm Casebound Books
Cover onto 135gsm G F Smith Colorplan Ebony
with Black Gloss Foil Wrapped over greyboard case
This combination of black foil and black Colorplan just oozes class. The title is subtle but visible and comes alive when tilted towards the light.
Kirsty Whiten Shooketh Artist Catalogue
258x210mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto Wibalin Natural Kingfisher plus foiling (Matt Cream Clipper 485) down the spine.
This is Wibalin Natural is a smooth sheet from Winter & Company so the foil applies effectively. There are slight imperfections, but this is something that does occur with foil and coarse material – it gives it character and is certainly more impressive than just sending out PDFs.
253x210mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto Wicotex Dunkengelb.
Wrapped over greyboard case
Red foiling to outer.
Still one of the most impressive hardback books we have printed at Ex Why Zed. The red foil onto the mustard yellow material cover is an absolute winner. We are now moving into more textured cover materials and the edges of the letterforms do start to display little idiosyncracies and imperfections – rather than being crystal sharp.
In the A you can see slight picking and some of the background colour coming through where the red foil hasn’t managed a completely opaque finish.
Francesco Marchetti – The Art of Spectating
297x250mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto Wicotex Brillianta 4003 Light Grey.
Foilco 6125 foiling to outer.
The Brillianta Sheet is coarse and has a tactile surface. This does make foiling harder than if you were to use Wibalin Natural. Expect some inconsistencies and do ask us before you go ahead what would be the best foil to use – some are a load more robust with a backing that works far better on this textured material.
Here we have three options for a white or off-white material with foiling:
My Recipe Journal
A5 Casebound Books
Cover onto Wibalin Fine Linen with gold foiling
My Day Journals
A5 Case Bound Books
Cover onto Cotton White Wibalin Natural
Gold foiling to outer
My Vulva and I Art Book
260x210mm Case Bound Books
Cover onto WBN501 Cotton White with gold foiling
The full range of cover binding materials from Winter & Company can be seen here.
At Ex Why Zed, we work closely with Winter & Company to ensure you have access to the highest quality cloth covers for your linen hardcover books.
Winter Company is a renowned supplier of high-quality cover materials, including linen, that can elevate the look and feel of your project. With their range of options, you can find the perfect cover material to match your vision.
We buy all of our materials from Winter & Co so do take a look through their book cloth range for hundreds of options on texture, finish and colour:
This is good for a coloured smooth option:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/natural
And for more texture, check out:
https://www.winter-company.com/en/products-a-z/wibalin/buckram/
These cannot be printed onto so any content, like a logo or title, will need to be foiled. To be transparent from the off, the material will be around £180-220 and the foiling adds a further £280. So while it will make for a visually great hardback book, it is an expensive addition on small print runs.
(If you are working to a budget and need to keep the price down, consider printing your children’s books, wedding guest book or journal as a paperback. You can have your own printed cover from your custom illustrations or photography then we’ll add a matt, gloss of soft touch lamination to stop the graphics getting scuffed in the binding process).
When selecting your cover material, consider factors such as colour, texture, and durability. Winter Company offers a variety of linen options, ranging from bold and vibrant colours to subtle and sophisticated shades. The texture of linen adds a touch of elegance and sophistication to your book, making it visually appealing and tactilely satisfying.
Additionally, linen is a durable material that can withstand the test of time, ensuring that your book remains in excellent condition even after multiple readings or years on the shelf. This durability is essential for any book that aims to be cherished and passed down through generations.
There are an equal number of options when it comes to the foil colour. We source our foils from Foilco, enjoy browsing their website do take a look around at their gold, silver, copper and extensive colour range.
So, whether you’re printing a novel, a photography book, or a special edition collector’s item, Winter Company’s linen cover materials will give your book that extra touch of class and sophistication.
When it comes to hardcover book projects, one of the most important decisions you’ll make is choosing the right cover materials. The cover sets the tone for your book and creates a lasting impression on your readers. So, how do you make the right choice?
So how do you choose the perfect cover material for your book? Here are a few factors to consider:
Winter & Company offers an array of vibrant and subdued colours to suit your book’s aesthetic. Whether you prefer bold and eye-catching hues or a more understated palette, you’ll find the perfect shade.
The texture of the linen fabric can greatly impact the overall look and feel of your book. From rough and rustic to smooth and refined, Winter & Company provides an extensive range of textures to cater to different preferences.
Consider the desired finish for your book cover. You can choose from options like matte, glossy, or even metallic finishes to achieve the desired effect.
By carefully considering these factors, you can select a cover material that perfectly complements your book’s content and resonates with your target audience.
Ex Why Zed is the go-to provider for all your needs. We offer a range of services and support options to ensure that your linen hardcover book is printed to perfection.
At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of high-quality printing materials, which is why we use only the finest covers for our hardcover books. Linen not only gives your book a touch of elegance and sophistication, but it also provides durability and longevity.
Our experienced team of printing professionals will guide you through the process, helping you choose the perfect material or maybe even advising that a printed cover would be a better option for the aesthetic you are aiming to achieve. With a wide variety of colours and textures available, you can find the ideal cover to complement your book’s content and style.
In addition to our top-notch printing services, we also offer competitive pricing packages to fit your budget. We believe that high-quality printing should be accessible to everyone, so we strive to provide affordable options without compromising on quality. Our friendly and knowledgeable team is always ready to answer your questions, offer guidance, and provide assistance throughout the entire process.
So why wait? Experience the difference of printing with Ex Why Zed. Contact us today to get started on your next literary masterpiece!
While linen hardcover book printing can create stunning and high-quality books, there are some common mistakes that you should avoid to ensure a successful printing process. By steering clear of these pitfalls, you can save time, money, and frustration, and achieve the best possible results.
One of the biggest mistakes is neglecting the design and layout. A poorly designed book can leave a negative impression on readers and may not effectively convey your message or story. To avoid this, invest time in planning and creating a visually appealing layout that aligns with your content.
The choice of material plays a crucial role in the overall look and feel of your linen hardcover project. It’s important to select a high-quality linen material that complements your content and enhances the aesthetic appeal of your book. Take the time to explore different options and consult with professionals to ensure you make the right choice.
Binding and finishing techniques can greatly impact the durability and presentation of your linen hardcover book. Ignoring these aspects can result in books that fall apart easily or lack a professional finish. Consider options such as Smyth sewn binding or foil stamping to add strength and sophistication to your book.
Even the most beautifully designed linen hardcover book can be marred by typos, grammatical errors, or confusing content. Neglecting proofreading and editing can tarnish your reputation as an author or publisher. Always allocate sufficient time and resources for thorough proofreading and editing to ensure a polished final product.
Before committing to a large print run, it’s essential to test print a sample of your linen hardcover book. This allows you to identify any potential issues with color accuracy, image quality, or formatting. By catching these issues early on, you can make necessary adjustments and prevent costly mistakes.
Clear and effective communication with your printer is key to a successful linen hardcover book printing project. Make sure you provide them with detailed specifications, including dimensions, colour requirements, and any special instructions. Regularly check in with the printer throughout the process to ensure everything is on track.
Avoiding these common mistakes can make a significant difference in the quality and success of your linen hardcover book printing. By investing time and attention to detail, you can create beautiful and impactful books that captivate readers and leave a lasting impression.
Choosing linen hardcover for book printing offers several benefits. Linen is a durable and high-quality material that provides a professional and elegant look to your books. It also offers resistance to wear and tear, making it perfect for long-lasting and beautiful book covers.
We will send your books by tracked courier so they arrive in the UK the day after they leave us. While we are in the United Kingdom, we ship to The States and Europe every day too and will provide options on shipping depending on whether speed or cost is the most important factor. Best to allow a good two weeks for linen cover books under 500 copies. Litho printed linen cover books with section sewing usually take 3-4 weeks (700 copies or more). We get exceptionally busy in later September to December time so plan ahead and if your book needs to be delivered before Christmas allow plenty of time to ensure the artwork is set-up correctly and extra 1-2 weeks for production.
Ever stared at a blank booklet page, feeling a tad overwhelmed? Pssst, you’re not alone! ?♂️ But what if we told you that with the right layout and a sprinkle of creativity, you could transform that page into a masterpiece? Dive in as we unravel five game-changing ways to use Ex Why Zed’s booklet layout for printing, turning your ordinary into extraordinary. Ready to go from print novice to print rockstar? Let’s roll!
Know what you are looking for? Great, let’s get you there quickly.
Why Ex Why Zed Stands Out ?
We’re not your run-of-the-mill print shop. At Ex Why Zed, we infuse creativity at every step. Our layouts aren’t just about aesthetics; they’re about telling a story, your story. It’s the reason print spotters are raving about us.
Why Print Rockstars Love Us
Imagine a world where your ideas take shape, where your content dances off the page. That’s the Ex Why Zed experience. From first-time publishers to print veterans, our layouts have been the launchpad for countless creative journeys. Dive deeper into our range of offerings at Ex Why Zed Booklet Printing.
“Ex Why Zed have everything you need to be able to produce great zines. A choice of paper stock, easy to follow step by step guides that mean you can obtain the best results using your own design skills. I’ve just had my fifth publication made by them. I keep returning because of the friendly and helpful communication, the beautiful print quality and the very fast turnaround times. I’m sure to be back again.”
Stephen Jarvis, 20 Nov 2022.
Dive into Innovation ?
In a world swamped with content, standing out is the name of the game. Our booklet layouts are the secret sauce to creating print materials that not only inform but also enchant. Think bold designs, interactive elements, and layouts that are anything but ordinary.
Examples of Cool Layouts
From accordion folds to cut-out windows, the possibilities are endless. And if you’re feeling a tad retro, how about a vintage layout with a modern twist? Not sure where to start? Here’s a list of the best graphic design software in 2023 to kickstart your design journey.
Setting the Stage for Success ?
Printing isn’t just pushing a button. It’s an art. The right format, quality of paper, and design intricacies play a pivotal role in the final product. Avoid rookie mistakes like mismatched page sizes or low-res images.
A well-designed artist’s booklet is more than just words on paper; it’s a story waiting to be told. Here’s how to ensure your story shines:
1. Balance whitespace with content for a clean look.
2. Use consistent fonts and colours. Choose a house style for the first edition of your booklet then roll it out for future incarnations.
3. Integrate engaging visuals like infographics or illustrations.
4. Adding coloured backgrounds and adding the text in white can add accents to the flow of your booklet.
5. Remember, it’s all about harmonising content with design to captivate your audience. Each page should feel like it belongs rather than just a series of independent elements fighting for attention.
Need a dose of inspiration? The Book Design Jury 2023 at D&AD has curated a list of stunning book designs that have not only wowed readers but also set new benchmarks in creativity. From minimalist designs to intricate details, these award-winning creations offer a goldmine of ideas for anyone looking to elevate their booklet game. So, whether you’re just starting out or a seasoned pro, immerse yourself in these masterpieces and let the creative juices flow!
Feeling a bit stuck? Dive into this Pinterest board that’s brimming with the latest and greatest in booklet and brochure design trends. From retro vibes to futuristic layouts, there’s something for everyone. It’s a visual feast that’s sure to spark that ‘Aha!’ moment for your next project. So, go on, get pinning and let these designs be the wind beneath your creative wings!
Got the vision but missing the design skills? No worries! PeoplePerHour is your go-to platform to find a designer who’s just right for you. Browse through a plethora of talented individuals, each with their unique style and flair. Whether you’re on a budget or looking to splurge, there’s someone out there ready to bring your vision to life.
And hey, if you’re looking for more options, don’t forget to check out Fiverr. With a diverse community of designers from across the globe, you’re sure to find a match that resonates with your style.
Impact Redefined
Gone are the days when a booklet was just a booklet. With Ex Why Zed, every page is an opportunity to leave an impression. Whether it’s through textured pages, vivid colour palettes, or interactive elements, we ensure your booklet doesn’t just get seen; it gets remembered.
The Techniques That Count
From selecting the right colour profiles to understanding bleeds and margins, the nuances of printing can be overwhelming. But fear not! We have a treasure trove of expert printing video guides to ease you into the process.
Beyond Aesthetics
Our formats are not just about looking good; they’re about longevity, usability, and creating an experience. From the tactile pleasure of quality paper to the interactive joy of unique folds, Ex Why Zed booklets are a class apart.
What sets Ex Why Zed apart in the vast ocean of printing?
– Precision: We ensure every colour pops and every line is crisp.
– Flexibility: From glossy finishes to textured paper, we offer a plethora of options.
– Reliability: Our testimonials speak volumes about our commitment to quality.
With Ex Why Zed, every booklet becomes a masterpiece in its own right. So, what’s stopping you from creating your next print masterpiece? ? Catch us on our next printing adventure, and let’s create something epic together! Dive into our booklet printing services and give your content the Ex Why Zed touch!
What is good booklet layout in printing?
A good booklet layout is both functional and aesthetically pleasing. It should have a logical flow, be easy to read, and enhance the overall message with its design elements.
Where is a good place to start with designing a booklet?
Start by understanding your content and audience. Once you have a clear idea, explore layouts that best communicate your message. Tools like graphic design software can be immensely helpful.
How do I print a double-sided booklet?
When setting up your print job, select the “double-sided” or “duplex” option in your printer settings. Ensure your pages are in the correct order for binding.
How do I print a booklet on my printer?
Choose the “booklet” option in your print settings. This will arrange your pages in a sequence, ready for folding. Always do a test print first!
What size is a booklet?
Booklets can come in various sizes. Popular sizes include A4, A5, and A6. However, custom sizes can also be created based on your design needs.
How do I print a booklet with two pages per sheet?
In your print settings, select “2 pages per sheet” or “booklet layout”. Ensure your content is formatted correctly to fit this layout.
The print industry, like many other sectors, is constantly evolving. Rapid advances in technology and a push towards more sustainable practices have catalysed a wave of innovation, leading to an array of emerging trends. These developments have the potential to revolutionise the industry, providing businesses with unique opportunities to differentiate themselves from the competition.
Keeping up with print industry trends is essential for businesses to stay competitive. Changes in consumer behavior, advancements in technology, and the shifting landscape of the business environment all drive these trends. As such, understanding these trends and their implications can help businesses make more informed decisions.
A notable trend in the industry is the rise of digital printing. Digital print trends reflect a shift from traditional methods towards more efficient and eco-friendly alternatives. Digital printing offers superior quality, faster turnaround times, and greater flexibility in design, thereby transforming the production process. Furthermore, the use of variable data in digital printing allows for personalization, an aspect that is increasingly valued by consumers.
In a world increasingly concerned about environmental sustainability, the print industry is no exception. Sustainable printing is quickly becoming a major focus for businesses, with many shifting towards environmentally friendly practices. This includes the use of recyclable materials, energy-efficient machinery, and non-toxic inks. Not only does this reduce environmental impact, but it also improves brand image, as more consumers prefer brands that demonstrate a commitment to sustainability.
Another significant development in the industry is the evolution of commercial printing. New commercial printing trends are emerging, with a shift towards more digital and personalised solutions. Commercial printers are leveraging technology to deliver high-quality prints in shorter time frames, providing businesses with a competitive edge. From personalised marketing materials to customised packaging, the possibilities are endless.
In conclusion, the future of printing is likely to be characterized by continuous innovation, driven by technological advancements and changing consumer demands. Digital printing and sustainable practices are set to become the norm rather than the exception. Businesses that can adapt to these changes and leverage the opportunities they present will be better positioned to thrive in this evolving landscape.
With the right knowledge and strategy, businesses can capitalize on these emerging trends in the
print industry. This means staying informed about the latest developments, adopting sustainable practices, and investing in digital printing technologies. By doing so, they can not only stay ahead of the curve but also create a more sustainable and efficient business model.
Overall, the emerging trends in print industry offer exciting opportunities for businesses. With an eagerness to adapt and an authoritative approach, they can navigate this ever-changing landscape, ensuring their continued success in the industry.
In the vibrant world of indie music culture, few publications have made as significant an impact as So Young Magazine. From its humble beginnings to its current status as a must-read publication for indie enthusiasts, So Young has consistently showcased emerging artists, captured the spirit of the indie scene, and provided a platform for creative expression. This article will take you on a journey through the evolution of So Young Magazine, from its first issue to its 43rd, highlighting its artistic direction, visual aesthetics, and editorial choices.
So Young Magazine began as a compact A5 zine, with each issue featuring around 44 to 52 pages of content. The creators, who were new to the world of zine printing, brought their project to Ex Why Zed, where we helped them navigate the often daunting marketplace of print. Over time, the magazine has evolved, growing in size and content, and increasing its print run with each issue. The magazine’s iconic masthead has remained a constant throughout its evolution, providing a strong visual identity that is instantly recognisable. The masthead, along with the unique colour scheme of each issue, has helped to create a sense of progression through the series. This visual consistency, combined with the magazine’s commitment to showcasing the best of indie music, has made So Young a staple in the indie music scene.
As So Young grew in popularity, the format and size of the magazine evolved. By issue ten, the magazine had expanded to a perfect bound special edition, A4 size. This larger format allowed for more content and featured a stunning double-page spread in the middle, showcasing the musical artists featured in that issue. By issue eleven, the magazine had made another step up in size to B5 (250x176mm), allowing even more content to be squeezed in. This format continued through to issue 23, with each issue featuring a different photography, illustration, or colour backdrop. This creative approach to design ensured that each issue of So Young was unique, while still maintaining the magazine’s distinctive visual identity.
With the magazine’s increasing print run, we made the decision to start litho printing So Young. This allowed us to trim a little off the height and width of the magazine, making it a more competitive size for printing. This change meant we could print more copies for less, increasing the magazine’s margins while still maintaining its high-quality look and feel. Despite these changes, So Young has remained committed to its original design ethos. The magazine still features its iconic double-page spread in the centre and continues to use 200gsm uncoated for the cover and 120gsm uncoated for the inside pages. The result is a neat, tactile zine that smells as magnificent as it looks.
Over the years, So Young Magazine has played a significant role in the indie music scene. The magazine has helped to give exposure to up-and-coming bands, contributing to their success and growth. Bands like Wolf Alice, who graced the cover of So Young issue 7, have gone on to achieve world domination, demonstrating the impact that a feature in So Young can have. So Young Magazine is more than just a music zine; it’s a celebration of indie music culture. Each issue is a testament to the passion and creativity of the indie scene, showcasing the best of emerging talent and providing a platform for artistic expression. If you haven’t yet experienced So Young Magazine, we encourage you to grab a print edition or check it out online. It’s a rock n roll journey you won’t want to miss.
So Young Magazine has become an integral part of the indie music scene, not just as a platform for emerging artists, but also as a source of inspiration for music lovers and creatives alike. The magazine’s commitment to showcasing the best of indie music, combined with its unique visual aesthetics and editorial choices, has made it a definitive voice in indie music culture. The magazine’s evolution from a compact A5 zine to a larger, litho-printed publication is a testament to its success and the growing demand for high-quality, indie-focused content. Each issue is a testament to the magazine’s creative rigour, with its iconic masthead, unique colour schemes, and stunning double-page spreads creating a distinctive visual identity and a perfect example of a printed music publication.
As So Young Magazine continues to evolve, its commitment to showcasing the best of indie music remains unwavering. With each new issue, the magazine continues to push the boundaries of what a music zine can be, offering a platform for emerging artists and providing a unique perspective on the indie music scene. Whether you’re an artist looking for exposure, a music lover in search of new bands, or a creative seeking inspiration, So Young Magazine is a must-read. Its unique blend of music, art, and culture makes it a standout publication in the world of music zines. And with each new issue, So Young continues to prove that print is far from dead—it’s alive, vibrant, and rocking the indie music scene. So, if you’re about to print a music magazine or any other creative project, don’t hesitate to get in touch with us at Ex Why Zed. We’re here to guide you through the process, from choosing the right format and paper to ensuring your artwork is print-ready. Let’s create something amazing together.
In the world of self-publishing, zines have emerged as a powerful platform for illustrators to showcase their creativity. These small, self-made publications offer a unique canvas for visual storytelling, allowing artists to share their work in a tangible format that can be easily distributed and enjoyed. In this guide, we’ll explore the essential tools for zine publishing for illustrators, offering tips and insights to help you transform your artwork into print.
Illustrated zines are a celebration of creativity, a testament to the power of visual narratives. They can range from simple sketchbooks to elaborate comic book printing uk, each one a unique expression of the artist’s vision. Whether you’re a seasoned illustrator or a budding artist exploring new mediums, creating a zine can be a rewarding and fulfilling experience.
Let’s take a closer look at some standout examples of illustrated zines that have caught our eye:
Swirl is a zine that uses illustrations to discuss mental health issues. The pages are filled with bright colours, adding an upbeat edge to the important content. The font is engaging and fun, and the typography helps guide the reader through the narrative. The cover features a matt lamination, giving it a professional finish.
This children’s zine features stunning full-colour illustrations, charmingly arranged on the page with a little bit of text opposite to guide the reader through the narrative. The gloss laminated cover instantly draws the reader in, making it a perfect choice for this vibrant and playful publication.
Shell Suit Zombie is a zine for the creative market, designed to help creatives decide what they’re going to do after they finish university. The zine features high-end illustrations on uncoated paper, which means the images sit flatter and softer on the matt surface. It’s A5 perfect bound, giving it a neat and professional appearance.
Creating a zine involves more than just drawing beautiful illustrations. It requires careful planning, design, and production to ensure that your artwork is presented in the best possible way. Here are some essential tools and resources that can help you navigate the process of zine publishing:
As an illustrator, your art supplies are your most important tools. Depending on your preferred illustration style, you might need a variety of pencils, pens, markers, paints, and brushes. You’ll also need high-quality paper that can handle your chosen medium. Increasingly we are starting to see people create unique illustrations using Canva directly onto their tablet. Export them as high res pdfs and we’ll be able to print them.
Let’s dive into the world of Adobe Illustrator, a powerhouse of vector graphics software that’s got everything you need to create jaw-dropping designs, logos, icons, typography, and complex illustrations for any medium. It’s a part of the Adobe Creative Cloud, which means it plays nicely with all of Adobe’s other design tools, giving your creativity the freedom to soar!
With Illustrator, you’re stepping into a precision drawing environment that can scale your designs up to billboard size or down to mobile screen size, all while keeping your artwork as crisp and clear as the day you created it. It’s packed with a treasure trove of tools and features, including gradient effects, opacity controls, brushes, and drawing tools, that let you craft intricate vector artwork with a level of detail and control that’s simply unmatched.
But the fun doesn’t stop at your desktop! Adobe Illustrator also supports a mobile app, Illustrator on the iPad, giving you the flexibility to work your design magic from anywhere. And thanks to the cloud-based nature of the software, all your files, fonts, and assets are always right there when you need them, whether you’re working from your home office or on the go.
Plus, Adobe Illustrator isn’t just a tool, it’s a community. With a wealth of learning resources and a vibrant community of users, it’s a comprehensive platform that welcomes designers of all levels. So whether you’re a seasoned pro or just starting out, Illustrator has got your back.
Ready to start your Adobe Illustrator journey? Head on over to Adobe’s official Illustrator page and get ready to unleash your creativity. Happy designing!
Adobe InDesign is a top-notch design tool in Adobe’s Creative Cloud suite. It’s perfect for creating eye-catching layouts for both print and digital media, from flyers to magazines. With precise typography control and integrated creative tools, InDesign makes design, preflighting, and publishing a breeze. Plus, it syncs beautifully with Adobe Illustrator, Photoshop, and Acrobat. Fancy working on the go? The InDesign mobile app has got you covered. It’s a must-have for design pros, making layout design and publishing a piece of cake.
Hey there, creative superstar! Are you on the hunt for some alternatives to Adobe’s suite of design tools? We get it, Adobe’s software is top-notch, but it might not always fit into everyone’s budget or specific needs. So, let’s dive into some fantastic alternatives that can help you create stunning designs without breaking the bank.
First up, let’s talk about Photoshop alternatives. Have you heard of Affinity Photo? It’s a brilliant tool that offers high-end photo editing capabilities, and it’s a one-time purchase, which means no monthly subscription fees. It’s a win-win!
Next, if you’re looking for an Illustrator alternative, Sketch is your go-to. It’s a vector-based design tool that’s perfect for UI and UX design. Plus, it’s user-friendly and comes with a collaborative platform for teams.
Now, if you’re into layout design, you might be using Adobe InDesign. But guess what? Affinity Publisher, Quark Express and Canva can be great alternatives. They are design tool that are super easy to use and offer most of the capabilities of InDesign. And the best part? Some are even free to use, with premium elements available for a small fee.
So, there you have it, folks! These are just a few alternatives to Adobe’s suite of design tools. Remember, the best tool is the one that fits your needs and budget. So, don’t be afraid to explore and try out different options. Happy designing!
If you’re creating your illustrations by hand, you’ll need a scanner or a digital camera to digitise your artwork. Make sure to use a high-resolution setting to capture all the details of your illustrations. There are options available for all budget levels but a £50-100 from Argos or Amazon would be plenty good enough to scan A4 artwork at 300dpi then save it to your computer for editing.
Online platforms like Etsy, Big Cartel, and Not On The High Street can be useful tools for selling and distributing your zines. They allow you to reach a global audience and handle transactions securely.
Creating a zine is a journey from art to print, a process that requires careful planning and execution. Here are some steps to guide you through this process:
Before you start drawing, take some time to plan your zine. Decide on the theme, format, and layout. Sketch out a rough idea of each page to guide your illustrations.
Now it’s time to create your illustrations. Remember, your zine is a reflection of your unique style and vision, so don’t be afraid to experiment and push your creative boundaries.
Once your illustrations are complete, you’ll need to digitise them. Use a scanner or a digital camera to capture high-resolution images of your artwork.
Using design software, arrange your scanned illustrations on the page. Add text if necessary, and play around with the layout until you’re happy with the look of your zine.
Finally, print your zine using a high-quality printer. Choose a binding method that suits your zine’s style and format. You can do this at home, or use a professional zine printing service like Ex Why Zed for a high-quality finish.
The layout and design of your zine can greatly enhance the visual impact of your illustrations. Here are some tips to help you create a visually captivating zine:
Consistency is key in zine design. Whether it’s your illustration style, colour palette, or typography, maintaining a consistent style throughout your zine can create a cohesive and professional look.
Balance your layout by evenly distributing elements on the page. This doesn’t necessarily mean that everything has to be symmetrical – it’s more about creating a sense of harmony and stability in your design.
Don’t be afraid to leave some areas of your page empty. White space can help to highlight your illustrations and make your zine more readable.
The paper you choose for your zine can greatly affect the look and feel of your illustrations. Uncoated paper can soften the lines and colours of your illustrations, making it a great choice for pencil or crayon drawings. For sharp, crisp illustrations, a silk finish might be the winning choice. If your zine is a graphic novel with dynamic characters, a gloss finish might give them the punch you’re looking for.
When it comes to printing your zine, you have several options. You can print at home using a high-quality printer, or you can use a professional printing service like Ex Why Zed. Each option has its pros and cons, and the best choice depends on your specific needs and resources.
Printing at home gives you full control over the printing process, and it can be a cost-effective option if you’re making a small number of zines. However, it can be time-consuming, and the print quality may not be as high as with professional printing.
Professional printing services can provide high-quality prints and a variety of binding styles which you can check out at our Styling hub. They can also handle large print runs, making them a good choice if you plan to distribute your zine widely. However, they can be more expensive than printing at home, and you’ll need to factor in the time it takes to ship your zines.
Collaborating on a zine project can be a rewarding experience, offering opportunities to learn from other artists, gain new perspectives, and create something truly unique. Collaborative zines often feature work from multiple illustrators, each contributing their own style and vision to the project. This can result in a diverse and engaging publication that showcases a range of artistic talents.
Adobe Illustrator is a powerful tool for creating zines. Start by setting up your document with the correct page size and number of pages. Then, use the drawing tools to create your illustrations, and the text tools to add any written content. Once your design is complete, you can export it as a PDF for printing.
Do You Know Any Good Illustrators Who Can Design it for me?
Take a read of our blogs on finding a good illustrator on PeoplePerHour or finding a good designer on Fiverrr.
We have even crafted a design brief you can just copy and paste directly to the designers you like, which will get the ball rolling.
Publishing an art zine involves several steps. First, create your artwork and layout your zine using design software. Next, print your zine, either at home or using a professional printing service. Finally, distribute your zine, either by selling it online, at zine fairs, or in local bookstores and art shops.
There are several software options for creating zines, including Adobe Illustrator, InDesign, and Photoshop. These programs offer a range of tools for drawing, layout, and text editing, making them ideal for zine creation.
The supplies you need to make a zine depend on your chosen method of creation and printing. At a minimum, you’ll need art supplies or a digital drawing tool, design software, a printer, and paper. If you’re binding your zine at home, you’ll also need a stapler or glue.
While some zine creators do make money from their publications, many zines are not created with profit in mind. Instead, they are often a labour of love, a way for artists to share their work and connect with a community of like-minded individuals.
The price of your zine should reflect the cost of materials, printing, and your time. However, it’s also important to consider what your audience is willing to pay. Research other zines in your genre or style to get an idea of typical pricing.
Zine publishing offers a unique platform for illustrators to showcase their artwork and connect with a community of readers and fellow artists. With the right tools and resources, you can transform your illustrations into a tangible publication that reflects your unique style and vision. So why wait? Start your zine publishing journey today and let your creativity take flight!
When it comes to zine printing, one of the most crucial decisions you’ll make is the binding method. This choice not only defines the aesthetic of your zine but also dictates the number of pages you can include. In this comprehensive guide, we’ll explore the world of wire-stitched zines, providing you with all the information you need to make an informed decision for your next zine project.
Wire stitching, also known as saddle stitching or stapling, is a popular binding method for zines. This method involves folding the sheets in half and applying two staples down the left-hand side to bind the sheets together. Each sheet is printed on both sides, providing four pages of content. Therefore, your zine needs to have a multiple of four pages for this binding method to work effectively.
When it comes to wire-stitched zines, the page count is a critical factor to consider. Generally, we recommend wire stitching for zines with up to 40 pages. This limit ensures that your zine sits as flat as possible, providing a neat and professional appearance. However, it’s possible to go up to 72 or 76 pages, but you’ll need to consider the issue of creep, where the inside pages are pushed out, resulting in a less neat finish.
After you have read this page, then jump over to another one of our zine blogs or our zine printing video guide and learn about the Pros and Cons of various winning print specs. Our YouTube channel is also packed with 1 minute showcase snippet videos dissecting more examples.
Here are three showcase snippets to get your started
A rock solid print spec on an A5 zine. A professional-looking solution for BBC Sport.
An overview of Egg Press zines, showcasing the neat finish and professional appearance of a wire-stitched zine.
In this double whammy showcase snippet video we compare a wire stitched / stapled photo annual with a perfect bound one from the same author.
Another important consideration when creating a wire-stitched zine is the paper weight. If you’re aiming for an old-school zine aesthetic, you might want to print all the pages, including the cover, onto the same paper weight. This approach, known as a ‘self cover’, creates a neat bind and a cohesive look throughout your zine. However, if you prefer a thicker cover, you can opt for a heavier paper weight for the cover and a lighter one for the inside pages.
Dealing with Paper Bounce
One of the charming yet challenging aspects of working with paper is its natural tendency to bounce back to its original flat state. This characteristic can cause the cover of your wire-stitched zine to bounce open slightly. While this adds a certain charm to your zine, it’s something to keep in mind when designing your project.
To help you visualise what wire-stitched zines look like, we’ve compiled a few examples from our portfolio. Each of these zines showcases the versatility and appeal of wire stitching, providing you with plenty of inspiration for your next project.
‘Turves’ is a captivating photography zine about greyhounds and dog training. This 28-page self-cover zine is printed onto 170gsm uncoated paper, providing a neat and professional finish. The A5 size is perfect for showcasing the stunning photography, and the wire stitching allows the zine to sit neatly on a desk.
‘Swirl’ is a powerful zine that offers mental health advice and guidance. This A5 zine features a four-page cover printed onto 300gsm uncoated paper with a matt lamination, and the inside pages are printed onto 115gsm uncoated paper. Despite the cover’s slight bounce, ‘Swirl’ is a testament to the impact a well-designed, wire-stitched zine can have.
‘Hate’ is a zine that pushes the boundaries of wire stitching with its 76 pages. Despite being at the maximum limit for this binding method, ‘Hate’ manages to maintain a neat appearance, thanks to its thin 100gsm Evolution Uncoated paper. This zine is a great example of how you can push the limits of how to prepare artwork for wire stitched booklets while still creating an engaging and absorbing zine.
Wire stitching offers a world of possibilities for zine creators. This binding method allows for a wide range of page counts and paper weights, providing you with the freedom to create a zine that truly reflects your vision. Whether you’re creating a zine for the first time or you’re an experienced zine maker looking to try something new, wire stitching is a binding method worth considering.
The page count for a wire-stitched zine can range from 8 to 76 pages. However, for a neat and professional finish, we recommend a maximum of 40 pages.
Wire stitching is a popular binding method for zines due to its neat finish and versatility. However, the best binding for your zine will depend on your specific needs and preferences.
A good zine is engaging, creative, and reflects the creator’s unique vision. It should also be well-designed, with a clear layout, high-quality images, and a compelling narrative.
One of the most common methods for binding a zine is wire stitching, which involves folding the pages in half and stapling them together. Other binding methods include perfect binding and spiral binding.
The margin for a zine should be at least 5 to 10mm from the page edge to allow for trimming, especially in wire-stitched zines with a high page count.
Yes, zines can be A4 size. The size of your zine will depend on your specific needs and the amount of content you wish to include.
For more information on wire stitching and other zine printing options, visit our Zine Printing page. You can also explore our Wire Stitching Setup Guide for detailed instructions on preparing your zine for wire stitching.
When it comes to zine printing, size dictates how much content you can fit on a page, how much it costs to print and the cover price you can sell it for. At Ex Why Zed, we don’t believe in restrictions. You can choose any size from A6 portrait (148mmx105mm) right up to A4 portrait (297x210mm). And yes, we can even do A3 portrait as wire stitched zines, but these are in a higher price bracket, so we don’t discuss them as much. The point is, you have options. Lots of them!
Want to go for a size that’s slightly between A5 and A4? No problem. We offer a range of bespoke sizes up to A4. Whether you want to take a few millimetres or a centimetre off the height or the width, we’ve got you covered. Just prepare your artwork for that new size, and we’ll print it. You can explore our zine printing services for more information.
Let’s take a look at some examples. We have a few A5 zines on the image above and they are laid out and compared with a couple of niche bespoke sizes. Just taking a few millimetres or a centimetre off the height or the width really makes it stand out. It just catches the reader’s eye a little bit more because it’s not an A size. You can find more examples in our portfolio.
There are plenty of options between A5 and A4, and they are all in one price bracket. So anything larger than A5 up to A4 will all be the same price. We give you full freedom there. But if you’re still unsure about the size, our comprehensive video guide can help you make an informed decision.
Thinking about going big? An A4 publication can be quite captivating, especially when compared with a few other bespoke sizes. Some of the most compelling zines we’ve seen have been slightly smaller than A4, with a Colorplan front cover. It’s a dynamic size that works well for a wire-stitched zine. For an authentic newspaper feel then we can just fold the sheets in half and not staple them. Here is an example of a newspaper style zine we printed for JGM Gallery.
Our go-to size for a zine would still be A5. It’s big enough to get some content on there, it’s neat enough and compact enough for people to put in their pocket, or for people to read on the way into work, take away from a shop without feeling like they’re having to take their luggage with them. A5 is nice and neat and a go-to size for an old-school style zine.</
Looking for something even bigger? We can print A3 wire stitched or a classicA5 photography zine too! While these are in a higher price bracket, they can make a big impact. If you’re interested in A3 zine printing, don’t hesitate to get in touch with us for more details.
The size of your zine should be determined by your content and your creative vision. At Ex Why Zed, we offer a range of sizes from A6 to A4, as well as bespoke sizes. We encourage you to explore different sizes and choose the one that best suits your project. If you have a larger budget then we can produce wire stitched zines up to A3 portrait (420x297mm).
Front Door at the back is 345x245mm.
There There There is 270x215mm.
Leo Edler is A5 (210x148mm)
One Hundred Cool Things is A6 (148x105mm).
Choose a size that will work best with your subject matter and intended audience.
An A4 zine is 297x210mm. This size offers plenty of space for your content and can be quite captivating, especially when compared with smaller sizes.
An A5 zine is 148mmx105mm. It’s a neat and compact size that’s perfect for people to put in their pocket or read on the go. It’s our go-to size for an old-school style zine. Utopia Now (below) is A5 and Airlift to Berlin is a custom size of 200x141mm so 10mm off the height of A5 and 7mm off the width.
The number of pages in an A5 zine can vary greatly depending on your content. Some zines are just a single sheet of paper folded into a booklet, while others can be dozens of pages long. The length of your zine should be determined by your content and your creative vision.
An A3 zine is 420x297mm. This size can make a big impact and is perfect for projects that require a lot of space for content. However, A3 zines are in a higher price bracket.
Choosing the perfect size for your zine is an important part of the creative process. Whether you’re an artist looking to share your work, a storyteller with a tale to tell, or simply someone with a passion for self-publishing, we hope this guide has given you some insight into the process of selecting the right size for your zine. Remember, at Ex Why Zed, we’re here to help you transform your ideas into print. So, what are you waiting for?
Let’s get started on your zine printing journey today!
Welcome to the definitive guide on choosing the right paper for your zine printing. We’re Ex Why Zed, the print company you’ve been looking for, run by creatives for creatives. We’re here to transform your ideas into print, and we’re going to do it with a smile. So, buckle up and let’s dive into the world of paper types for zine printing.
At Ex Why Zed, we believe in giving you as much freedom as possible. We’re not here to restrict you, but to guide you. We have a paper sample pack we can send out to you, which contains our house papers. These are called our house papers because we keep them on the shelf, ready to go at all times. The rates that we get from these on the paper mill are exceptionally good. So we’ve got House Uncoated, Silk, Gloss and we’ve got Evolution Uncoated. All of them come in a range from about 100gsm (which is a flimsy paper) up to 350gsm, which is a really chunky card. The inside pages of your zine, we can max out at 170gsm, the cover we can max out at 350gsm. 350 can be too rigid, so we’d suggest you limit it really at 300gsm. 350 is overkill.
Let’s take a closer look at our house papers. Our House Uncoated is a bright white finish. It’s got no shine, it lends itself well to colour reproduction. The images sit on the paper well and they’re quite vibrant. If you compare it against Evolution Uncoated, which is slightly off white and has got a bit of a grain. It is 100% recycled, but we will be honest, Evolution Uncoated soaks up the ink. So if you’ve got dark images that are already lacking in contrast, if you print them onto Evolution Uncoated, the contrast is going to be muted even more. It’s not great for colour reproduction, but it is 100% recycled and it is slightly off white, so a lot of people are looking for that solution.
Next up is silk. Silk is just a good middle ground paper. It’s going to make your colours jump off the page, it’s got a slight coating and slight sheen on the surface. It feels smooth, is quite bright white and comes in a good range of weights. The 130gsm weight is your go-to for the inside pages, 300gsm for the cover. Again, we’d recommend matt lamination.
We move onto gloss. Gloss paper is exactly what it says on the tin, glossy. It’s going to have a lot of shine. Gloss zines do look really cool. We print them so rarely (probably because our website really leads people away from gloss) but if you want your images to be really bright and colourful that is a winner. It looks impressive and striking. So, gloss again, 130gsm for the inside pages, 300gsm for the cover. You can then even add gloss lamination, or you could mix it up and go for a matt lamination, which would be quite a nice dynamic between the matt lamination on one side and the gloss card on the other.
Choosing the right paper for your zine can be a game-changer. Depending on your subject matter, some of the paper choices are probably going to be better solutions than others. Black and white images in particular are always tricky. You either print the images in CMYK and they might end up with a green or a magenta colour cast, because we are printing the black ink in four colour, so there is cyan, magenta, yellow and black ink going into making up those solids. Or you drop your images into Photoshop and convert them to grayscale, that will mean that we’re only using black ink to print the images. This is discusses in far more detail on our Battle with Black and White printing video.
Unfortunately, we are going to be pragmatic and honest here: they’re never going to look the same in print as they do on screen. Your screen is probably an RGB monitor and it’s backlit. Obviously ink goes on to paper. Paper is a flat surface, it hasn’t got a light behind it. But if you give somebody your Zine, sell them a Zine, the images are going to have a charm and a tactility that they just don’t have if you send them a PDF. Nobody wants to look at a PDF, do they, and smile over it? They’d rather have a Zine in their hand. They can flick through it, it’s something to hold, something to cherish. A PDF is just a file that you can look at on screen. So while your images might not look identical to how they originally were when they were taken, they’re still going to look great and we can play with it with the hard copy proof to ensure that they do look as good as possible in print.
Black and white images, you probably are safer going for our house uncoated or our house silk. I would strongly avoid Evolution Uncoated. Full colour images would absolutely fine on any of our paper types. If you are unsure, we’ll run a hard copy proof as a safety net so you can see exactly what you’re going to get. Do allow an extra week for that and then an extra week for the final print run with a little bit of wiggle room in between. Maybe a day or so for you to actually digest it, look at it and make changes. So altogether two, two and a half weeks for the whole process. If you just went ahead with a print run straight away, then we can probably get a Zine back to you in three to five working days, depending on the number of pages and the number of copies you go for.
With our years of experience and a keen eye for detail, we’ve earned our spot as one of the best zine printing companies out there. We’re not just about printing; we’re about creating a product that reflects your imagination and enthusiasm. We’re about making your zine the best selling piece of art it can be.
The best paper for your zine depends on your content and the look you’re going for. Our house papers offer a range of options, from uncoated and silk to gloss and Evolution Uncoated. We can send you a sample pack to help you make the best choice for your zine.
The best paper size for your zine depends on your content and design. We offer a range of sizes and can print bespoke sizes to fit your unique vision. Whether you’re creating a pocket-sized zine or a larger publication, we’ve got you covered.
The number of sheets in your zine can vary greatly depending on your content and design. Some zines are just a single sheet of paper folded into a booklet, while others can be dozens of pages long. The length of your zine should be determined by your content and your creative vision.
The best paper GSM (grams per square meter) for your zine depends on your design and the feel you want for your publication. For the inside pages, we can bind up to 170gsm and for the cover, we can max out at 350gsm. However, 350gsm can be too rigid, so we’d suggest you limit it really at 300gsm. For a more ergonomic, reader friendly cover, you could choose 200 or 250gsm which are easier to open and becoming more of a favourite at Ex Why Zed HQ rather than a thicker option. Here is an example of a zine with a thinner cover which we really like:
So there you have it, a comprehensive guide to understanding paper types for zine printing. Whether you’re an artist looking to share your work, a storyteller with a tale to tell, or simply someone with a passion for self-publishing, we hope this guide has given you some insight into the process of choosing the right paper for your zine. Remember, at Ex Why Zed, we’re here to help you transform your ideas into print. So, what are you waiting for?
Let’s get started on your zine printing journey today and grab a print quote.
Welcome to the definitive guide on zine printing. We’re Ex Why Zed, the print company you’ve been searching for, run by creatives for creatives. We’re here to transform your ideas into print, and we’re going to do it with a smile. So, buckle up and let’s dive into the world of zine printing.
Well, we’re not going to tell you what a zine is. Why? Because there are no conventions. Zines are a form of self-expression, a way to share your ideas, your art, your stories. They are as unique as you are. When you come to print with Ex Why Zed, check out our zine printing video guide for a thorough and enjoyable overview of all the options. Our mantra: The answer is “Yes”, now, what is the question??
Can You Print Bespoke Sizes? Yes.
Can you send me a sample pack to help choose my papers? Yes.
Is printing in black cheaper than full colour? Yes.
Do you ship to the States? Yes.
Can you print me one copy as a test before we go ahead with the final print run? Yes.
Can you print me 38 copies because on your website it only says 50? Yes, we can!
Is Printing and Binding My Zine at Ex Why Zed easier than it is on the College Photocopier? Absolutely. But you knew that already, right?
What we really want to try and get across is that there are very few constraints. We’ll do everything to print your zine exactly as you imagined it. The only restrictions we’ll highlight are down to physical impossibilities. We have been printing zines for 17 years, so we know a little bit about what works and what doesn’t. And we’ll do our best to flag up the winning combinations and eye-catching solutions in this comprehensive guide.
We’re going to take you through the options that you have for binding, number of pages, sizes and paper choices. This section really highlights the options you have available and what can be achieved in print.
Real Work, Not Made Up Photos of Imaginary Zines
Check our blog for other zine content as we take a dive deep into loads of previous zines we’ve printed to showcase what really works and what options might suit your next zine. Do also spend a little bit of time in our online portfolio, where I think we’re up to a couple of hundred case studies now. Real work, not made up photos of imaginary zines and what they might look like. You’ve all seen the naff CGI-generated zines other print companies have on their sites. Lol 🙂 All the work shown on the Ex Why Zed site are actual zines which we printed.
Getting It into Print Is the Easy Part.
Ultimately, printing isn’t a daunting experience. I mean, you’ve done the hard work and come up with a cool, creative idea for your zine. Getting it into print is the easy part. So, without further ado, let’s get started.
The smell and feel of them fresh off the press, the aura around their stapled pages, their cult following, inspired by a determination to continually re-invent themselves and spring up in an age where print is supposedly dead. All of this really, really excites us.
Increasingly, we’re seeing zines being used as self promo portfolios, as look books for clothing labels, or for packing full of photos from your recent round the world trip. Ultimately, there are very few rules for zines. You choose the layout and we’ll print it.
At Ex Why Zed, we offer expertly tailored zine printing services that cater to your unique needs. Whether you’re a seasoned artist or a young mind bursting with creativity, we’re here to help you bring your vision to life. We believe in the power of storytelling, and there’s no better way to tell your story than through a zine.
With our years of experience and a keen eye for detail, we’ve earned our spot as one of the best zine printing companies out there. We’re not just about printing; we’re about creating a product that reflects your imagination and enthusiasm. We’re about making your zine the best selling piece of art it can be.
Zine Publication Services: Making Your Zine Stand Out. Our zine publication services are designed to make your zine stand out. From choosing the right paper for zines to deciding on the format of your publication, we guide you every step of the way.
Now that we’ve covered the basics, it’s time to let your creativity run wild. Remember, there are no rules when it comes to zines. Want to create a zine about your love for vintage typewriters? Go for it. Have a collection of poems about the moon? Perfect. Zines are all about expressing your unique perspective and sharing it with the world.
Choosing the Right Zine Printing Services.
When it comes to printing your zine, you want to work with a company that understands your vision. At Ex Why Zed, we’re not just printers; we’re designers, storytellers and dreamers just like you. We offer a range of zine printing services designed to bring your ideas to life. And with our no minimum order quantity policy, we can print as many or as few copies as you need.
Choosing the right printing company can make all the difference in the final product. You want to work with a company that values your work as much as you do. At Ex Why Zed, we take pride in being one of the best zine printing companies out there. We’re committed to providing top-notch service and exceptional results, all while keeping the process fun and engaging.
The cost of printing a zine can vary greatly depending on factors such as the size, the number of pages, the type of paper used, and the quantity you need. At Ex Why Zed, we offer fair pricing and will work with you to find a solution that fits your budget.
Printing a zine with Ex Why Zed is a breeze. Simply send us your design, choose your specifications, and we’ll take care of the rest. We even offer a test print option so you can see exactly how your zine will look before the final print run.
The best printer paper for zines depends on the look and feel you’re going for. We offer a variety of paper options and can provide a sample pack to help you make the best choice for your zine. Old school zines hand-crafted on the library photocopier would have been printed entirely onto 80gsm Uncoated – standard photocopier paper. These have a flimsy charm and light weight quality that started a genre. Nowadays, you can still go for a professionally printed zine onto a lightweight paper or you can choose a thicker card card to make it feel more substantial.
Printing a one-page zine is not really possible. A one page zine, one sheet single-sided would be a leaflet. We can print the too though. Just send us your design and we’ll print it to your specifications.
The selling price of a zine can vary greatly depending on factors such as the content, the quality of the print, and the market. Some zines sell for a few pounds, while others can sell for much more.
Check out a few recognisable zines to see their cover price:
Zines can be printed in a variety of formats, from traditional booklet style to more unique and creative layouts. The format of your zine print is entirely up to you.
Yes, you can make money selling zines. However, it’s important to remember that creating and selling zines is often more about sharing your passion and connecting with a community than about making a profit. That being said, with a well-crafted zine and a targeted audience, you can certainly generate income.
The number of pages in a zine can vary greatly. Some zines are just a single sheet of paper folded in half like a pamphlet, while others can be dozens of pages long. The length of your zine should be determined by your content and your creative vision. Wire stitched zines should be a multiple of 4. Perfect bound zines can be a minimum of 32 pages but can be as thick as 300…400….500….well, the limit is your imagination and content.
Absolutely! Zines are all about self-expression and creativity. Anyone with a story to tell or an idea to share can make a zine. And with our professional zine printing services, we make it easy to bring your zine to life.
We have made zines for new Mums discussing their eye-opening adventures, for uber fans trying to meet Bruce Springsteen and for an illustrator who stayed up for 7 days without sleep to see what happened! Challenge us with your creativity.
So there you have it, a comprehensive introduction to the creative world of zine printing. Whether you’re an artist looking to share your work, a storyteller with a tale to tell, or simply someone with a passion for self-publishing, we hope this guide has given you some insight into the process of creating and printing your own zine. Remember, at Ex Why Zed, we’re here to help you transform your ideas into print. So, what are you waiting for? Let’s get started with your zine printing quote now!
Phonics assessment isn’t simply about tallying up correct words read. It’s a more humanistic approach, one that aims to explore a child’s phonics knowledge and application abilities. To effectively evaluate these skills, educators need the right blend of tools and strategies. That’s where our charming phonics books come in! You can explore our offerings at our school book printing page.
Surely, we’ve all experienced the pure delight of watching a child’s imagination take flight as they read a story, right? Printed phonics books can serve as excellent benchmarks for assessing phonics proficiency. They allow for a more organic way of gauging a child’s phonics skills in a real-world reading scenario.
With the right educational publishing tools, you can track the progress of each student. The magic lies in consistently monitoring their development, and this is where progress monitoring tools come into play. Interested in how we can contribute to your educational journey? Take a peek at our printed project builder for a creative nudge.
Now let’s dive into some frequently asked questions about assessing phonics proficiency. Ready to satiate your curiosity?
Phonics assessment involves understanding a child’s ability to recognise and use sounds to read words. This can be done through phonics screening checks, blending and segmenting assessments, and using phonics books to observe the application of phonics skills.
Tools like phonics screening checks, decoding surveys, fluency checks, and phonics books can be used to monitor a student’s phonics progression and phonemic awareness.
Progress monitoring tools for phonics include fluency checks, phonics screening checks, and of course, the engaging, eye-catching phonics books that allow a real-world assessment of a child’s reading ability.
Assessing phonics and word recognition is done by evaluating a child’s ability to decode new words, recognise sight words, and apply phonics knowledge in reading.
In an era dominated by digital media, the value of high-quality printing remains unassailable. As a tangible extension of your brand, print materials can significantly bolster your marketing efforts, delivering impactful messages to your target audience. This guide will take you on a detailed journey through the world of printing, shedding light on its importance, diverse techniques, and the role of design in maximising your prints’ impact.
Every facet of your business should reflect the same level of care and quality that you put into your products or services. Printing is no exception. It’s not merely about producing clear, sharp images, but also about faithfully representing your brand’s identity and aesthetic. High-quality printing can significantly contribute to creating a memorable and robust brand.
Digital Printing: Speed and Flexibility
Digital printing involves printing digital images directly onto various media. This method offers swift turnaround times and is cost-effective for low-volume printing. At Ex Why Zed your work will be printed on the top of the range HP Indigo digital press.
Offset Printing: Consistency and High Image Quality
Offset printing involves transferring an inked image from a plate to a rubber blanket, then to the printing surface. This technique is perfect for high-volume printing of 700 copies or more, offering consistency and the best possible print quality.
The paper you choose can significantly influence your print’s overall impact. Factors such as weight, finish, and colour can transform the final product. For example, glossy paper is often used for brochures and flyers, while matte paper is typically preferred for business cards and letterheads. For a more detailed exploration of paper types, check out our comprehensive guide on paper choices.
The image above shows the same artwork printed on to uncoated and silk. The uncoated version on the left is visibly softer and more subtle in comparison with the more dynamic crisp print on the silk.
Design is an essential aspect of the printing process. It’s this creative endeavour that turns a humble piece of paper into a compelling marketing tool. By honing in on design elements such as layout, typography, and colour scheme, you can craft prints that are not only visually stunning but also resonate with your target audience. Our printed project builder is a valuable resource to help you create captivating designs.
Despite our digital leanings, the unique value of high-quality printing remains undiminished. It introduces a tangible component to your brand that digital platforms can’t match. By harnessing the various aspects of printing, you can create high-quality, impactful prints that make a lasting impression.
Embarking on your printing journey with this comprehensive guide, you’re well-equipped to leverage high-quality printing’s power for your business. Let the printing begin!
As the proud author of a new children’s book you have just printed at Ex Why Zed, you are now looking for ways to get the word out on social media. Well, you’ve come to the right place! Social media offers a great way to promote your book to the right audience and maximise its impact. Brilliantly, it is also FREE. You have done the hard work of writing the book, getting it illustrated and transforming it into print, now comes the fun bit of showing the world.
(If you haven’t printed your book yet then jump on our Project Builder to let us know your print spec and we’ll provide a quote. We are also on Live Chat, email to hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk and phone on 01206 766647).
1. Create an Engaging Video: Videos are a great way to engage potential fans of your book. YouTube is the second largest search engine after Google so go ahead and create a fun, informative video outlining the book’s key messages and any social campaigns associated with it. Here is a video guide we made about the children’s book print process.
2. Use Hashtags Cleverly: Effective hashtag use can bring more eyes to your posts, so make sure to use relevant, popular and trending hashtags to ensure maximum reach on social media. You can use up to 20 tags on Instagram, while 3-5 is good for Twitter and YouTube.
3. Answer Questions: Monitor conversations about the book or related topics to keep up with the latest news. Answer questions related to the book and monitor reactions to identify any changes you need to make. This helps give your brand a personality and gives potential readers as well as existing fans a way to connect with you.
4. Run Contests and Giveaways: Run contests and giveaways to gain new followers and show appreciation for the ones that you already have.
5. Connect with Influencers and Other Authors: Social media offers a great way to connect with others who have already achieved success in your niche. Follow influencers and other authors and build relationships with them.
6. Share Reviews and Testimonials: Share reviews and testimonials from readers and experts in the industry to build trust with your social audience.
7. Create a Community: Create a community of active supporters of your book on each of your social media channels. Ask questions, reply to comments and stay active on a regular basis.
8. Offer Pre-Order Discounts: Give people a reason to pre-order your book by offering discounts and incentives.
9. Images and Visuals: Use images and visuals, such as book covers and inside shots, to promote your book on social media.
10. Share Behind-the-Scenes Content: Share behind-the-scenes content related to the book, such as writing process and revisions. This can be a great way to connect with people on a personal level.
By following these simple tips, you can get the word out about your new book and increase its impact on social media channels. Good luck!
Our portfolio is bursting at the seems with examples of previous books we have printed.
Still intrigued and looking for more visuals? Grab a coffee and enjoy our Action Packed Video Guide.
Hey! Congratulations you have found the company you were looking for to print your new range of phonics books. At Ex Why Zed, we are specialists and will help you transform the idea from print ready pdf to that day when the children open the cover and enjoy reading their new story.
Phonics books are a wonderful additional to school methodology and an awesome tool to help young learners develop their phonemic awareness.
Printing high-quality phonics books is crucial to ensure that learners have access to effective learning materials. As a result, schools and educational institutions must choose a reliable and experienced printing company to produce their phonics books.
At Ex Why Zed we will work with you to ensure the paper choices, binding type and size of the booklet are perfect for your project and intended readers. Ping us an email today if you would like us to send out a paper sample pack so you can look through the various finishes in person.
Phonics books should be fun and visually appealing. Kids won’t want to read boring books, and who can blame them? Our team of experienced professionals can advise on the idiosyncrasies you need to consider.
We also be able to offer a range of binding options for the phonics books. The binding must be durable and able to withstand regular use by learners and teachers. Our team are able to advise on the best binding options for the specific needs of the school. For up to 40 pages we suggest wire stitching / staple binding. The huge advantage of this for reading books is that without too much pressure, the pages will open completely flat. For 40 pages or more, then perfect binding with a glued spine becomes an option. This gives a book like aesthetic which you can retail for a higher cover price.
Customisation is where things get really exciting if you have a range of schools who are interested, each book can include their school logo, name, or other branding elements to the books. This will guarantee a smile on arrival and give the teachers and kids a sense of pride and ownership over their books.
There are many facets to the phonics programme so we can print you a range of booklets all with the print spec built say 10, 20 or 30 different versions to encompass all the different sounds and words. Printing them all at the same time means we can get theme on press together vastly reducing the set-up costs and giving you a much lower price overall than if you were to print 30 booklets individually.
At Ex Why Zed we offer competitive pricing and timely delivery of the phonics books. Schools and educational institutions often have tight budgets and timelines, so we appreciate it is essential to provide cost-effective solutions and deliver the books on time.
To find out more on children’s book printing in general visit our dedicated page.
Or dive into our portfolio for children’s book printing case studies.
We look forward to seeing your artwork and discussing your upcoming project. Do reach out on Live Chat, by email on hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk or call 01206 766647.
If you want to see a masterpiece, you go to the Tate.
If you want to see a great goal, you go to Wembley.
If you want to print the best Final Major Project, you go to Ex Why Zed.
Enjoy our hugely comprehensive 55 page guide packed with inspiration, ideas and prices to move forward your FMP.
We have left no stone unturned to provide you with detailed information about every aspect of the project. Browse binding types, sizes, paper choices. Refine your print specification then find a range of instant prices. Work through our file set-up guides and preparing print ready artwork. Enjoy our pro tips, hacks and helpful notes as you progress along the print journey with Ex Why Zed.
We are lucky to have printed FMPs for students from:
If we promise you a delivery date we WILL achieve it. There are plenty of super cheap online companies who promise the world on their websites (yes, you know who they are – check their 1 star reviews :), take days before they even reply to your emails and when the work fails to arrive for your deadline, they will tell you the turnaround dates were “just a guide and not guaranteed”.
We are not a faceless internet printer who takes your file then disappears.
“The process was incredibly easy from beginning to end. I contacted Ex Why Zed to print my Final Major Project and they were absolutely brilliant. It was easy to ask for quotes and paper samples. The guidelines were easy to follow and they were great for replying to all my questions!
My FMP looks fantastic and I honestly can’t think of anything negative about my experience. I would highly recommend Ex Why Zed and will definitely be using them when I next need some high quality printing. Thanks so much!”
Hannah McNay, student 2022.
12 reasons why you should trust Ex Why Zed with your next project…
• We have been printing end of year University projects for 17 years so we know what works.
• Refreshingly responsive, friendly and patient customer service.
• Fast, deadline beating turnaround times.
• Free delivery anywhere in the UK. We regularly ship worldwide too.
• Free paper sample packs.
• Print 1 copy or more.
• Bespoke sizes and wow factor add ons.
• The highest quality Indigo digital and litho printing.
• Over 400 superb reviews on Trustpilot. People love what we do.
• Step-by-step print journey to guide you through the process.
• Super informative and helpful showcase video guides.
• Pssst…we’ll even show how to prepare print ready artwork.
An online company with real people 🙂 We transform your ideas into print.
We are just at the end of the phone, email and live chat to answer your questions*.
*(Hey, even zoom too if you want?).
Looking for a unique and effective way to promote your business? Look no further than custom small booklets! These compact yet impactful marketing materials are the perfect way to showcase your products, services, or brand in a concise and visually appealing format.
Custom small booklets offer several advantages for your business. Firstly, their compact size makes them portable and easy to distribute, allowing you to reach your target audience wherever they may be. Whether you hand them out at trade shows, leave them at local businesses, or mail them directly to customers, custom small booklets are a convenient way to spread the word about your business.
Additionally, custom small booklets provide ample space for you to showcase your products or services in an engaging and informative manner. You can include detailed descriptions, high-quality images, testimonials, and even interactive elements to capture the attention of your audience and leave a lasting impression.
Furthermore, custom small booklets can be tailored to suit your specific needs and goals. Whether you want to promote a new product, share important information, or highlight your company’s unique selling points, a custom small booklet can be designed to effectively communicate your message.
With their versatility, portability, and impactful design, custom small booklets are a great marketing tool to elevate your business to new heights. So why wait? Harness the power of custom small booklet printing to boost your brand and captivate your audience.
When it comes to printing custom small booklets for your business, choosing the right printing company is crucial. The quality of your booklets will reflect on your brand, so it’s important to find a reliable and experienced printer. Here are some factors to consider when selecting a printing company for your custom small booklets:
Look for a printing company with a strong reputation and years of experience in the industry. Check their website and online reviews to get an idea of their customer satisfaction. A reputable company will have a portfolio of their previous work that you can review.
Ensure that the printing company offers high-quality printing and finishing options for your custom small booklets. Look for options like different paper stocks, binding methods, and finishing techniques such as embossing or spot UV. This will allow you to create a unique and visually appealing booklet.
The booklets below are all custom small booklets and compared with the monster large booklet they really are very neat and fit-in-your-pocket friendly.
Compare the pricing and turnaround time of different printing companies. While it’s important to find affordable prices, remember that quality should not be compromised. Consider the time it takes for the printing company to produce and deliver your booklets to ensure it aligns with your timeline.
Good customer service is essential when working with a printing company. Look for a company that is responsive, helpful, and willing to answer any questions or concerns you may have. They should also provide clear communication throughout the printing process.
Ask the printing company for samples of their previous work or request a proof of your booklet before proceeding with the full production. This will give you a chance to evaluate the quality and ensure that your design and content are accurate.
By considering these factors and doing some research, you can select the right printing company for your custom small booklets. Remember, finding a reliable printer will ensure that your booklets are professionally printed and leave a positive impression on your target audience.
the Ex Why Zed Print Journey, a roadmap to transforming your creative inklings into tangible masterpieces. Let’s break it down for the on-the-go creatives out there:
In a nutshell, we’re not just printing your project; we’re co-piloting your creative journey. So why not make Ex Why Zed your next creative pit stop? ?✨✉️
When it comes to custom small booklet printing, a successful process is key to achieving the desired results. Here’s what you need to know to ensure a successful printing experience:
By following these steps, you can ensure that you get the best printing results from your colour booklets. Remember, attention to detail, effective communication, and quality materials are key to creating a booklet that exceeds your expectations.
Designing a custom small booklet is an exciting opportunity to showcase your brand and engage your audience. However, it’s important to approach the design process strategically to ensure maximum effectiveness. Here are some tips to help you design your custom small booklet:
By following these tips, you can design a custom small booklet that effectively communicates your message, engages your audience, and leaves a lasting impression. Remember to work with a professional printing company like ExWhyzed to bring your design to life with high-quality prints.
When it comes to custom small booklet printing, achieving quality prints is crucial. Whether you are creating promotional materials, informational guides, or product catalogs, the overall look and feel of your booklet can greatly impact its effectiveness. Here are some tips to help you achieve high-quality prints for your custom small booklet:
By following these tips and working with a reliable printing company like ExWhyzed, you can ensure that your custom small booklet is printed to the highest standard. Don’t compromise on quality when it comes to your marketing materials – invest in professional printing for optimal results.
Don’t settle for subpar printing when it comes to your custom small booklets. Choose Exwhyzed for high-quality prints, affordable prices, fast turnaround times, exceptional customer service, and customization options that will bring your vision to life. Contact us today to get started on your custom small booklet printing project!
Looking for cheap A4 booklet printing that doesn’t compromise on quality? Look no further! At Ex Why Zed, we offer affordable A4 printing services that will exceed your expectations. Whether you’re a business, student, or creative professional, our printing solutions are designed to meet your needs with precision and style. Read on to discover the benefits of A4 booklet printing and how you can make your project stand out from the crowd.
Perfect Bound: Perfect bound books are another popular choice. They are made by gluing the pages to the spine of the booklet, creating a professional and polished look. Perfect bound books are ideal for magazines, annual reports, or product catalogs.
By understanding the different types of A4 booklets, you can choose the one that best suits your content and desired aesthetic. Whether you need a sleek and professional look or a more durable and functional option, there is an A4 booklet type for you.
By avoiding these common pitfalls, you can create an A4 booklet that effectively communicates your message and engages your audience. Remember to review your booklet thoroughly before printing to ensure it meets your desired standards.
Are you looking for a cost-effective way to promote your business or showcase your work? Look no further than booklet printing! With the right design and printing deals, booklets can be a creative and impactful marketing tool. In this blog, we will take you through everything you need to know about booklet printing in the UK. From understanding the art of booklet design to navigating the best deals available, we’ve got you covered. We’ll also share tips on how to ensure high-quality printing at low costs, review Ex Why Zed Printing Services, explore creative uses for printed booklets, and provide expert strategies to optimise your booklet printing costs without compromising quality. So sit back, relax, and let’s dive into the world of cheap booklet printing in the UK!
Effective booklet designs leave a lasting impression on readers. With ample space for information and visuals, booklets offer a versatile format. Designing layouts that guide readers through the content ensures a seamless reading experience. By incorporating eye-catching artwork, you can enhance the visual appeal of your booklet. Additionally, consider different paper sizes to meet your specific booklet printing needs. So, whether you’re using staples or looking for next day brochure printing, the front page design and mm measurements play a significant role in creating an impactful booklet.
When it comes to designing an effective booklet, there are key components that you need to consider. The front cover should be attention-grabbing and convey the purpose of the booklet. On the back cover, you can include contact information or a call-to-action to further engage your readers. It’s important to use high-quality images and graphics to enhance the visuals and make your booklet visually appealing. Ensure that the text is clear and readable, using appropriate font styles. Lastly, create a cohesive and organised layout for easy navigation. By incorporating these components, you can create a compelling and effective booklet design.
When it comes to designing booklets on a budget without compromising quality, there are several strategies you can consider. Firstly, for small quantities, explore affordable options such as digital printing. Additionally, perfect bound brochures offer a professional look at a reasonable cost. Selecting the right paper type and finish is crucial in striking a balance between quality and budget. To optimise costs, ensure that your booklet artwork is optimised for cost-effective printing. Lastly, don’t hesitate to seek expert advice from customer service to make the most efficient booklet order.
Looking for the best deals on booklet printing in the UK? We’ve got you covered! When it comes to finding the right printing service, there are a few key factors to consider. First, look for providers that offer instant quotes online. This allows you to quickly compare prices and choose the most affordable option. Next, check if they offer next-day delivery for your booklet printing needs. This ensures that you can get your booklets in a timely manner. Additionally, consider opting for gloss or matte finishes to add a touch of appeal to your booklets. Reliable UK printers will always deliver high-quality results, so be sure to choose a trusted provider. Lastly, keep an eye out for any special discounts or promotions that can help you save even more on your booklet printing. With these tips in mind, you’ll be well-equipped to navigate the best UK booklet printing deals and get the most value for your money.
When it comes to finding affordable printing deals in the UK, there are several strategies you can employ. First, it’s important to research various printing companies to compare pricing and find competitive rates. Additionally, seeking recommendations from others who have used UK printing services can provide valuable insights. Make sure to compare prices, quality, and turnaround times before making a decision. Another tip is to sign up for newsletters or email updates from printing companies, as they often offer exclusive deals and discounts. Finally, taking advantage of bulk or frequent order discounts can help save on costs. By following these tips, you can find affordable printing deals in the UK without compromising on quality.
When it comes to ensuring high print quality at low costs for booklet printing, there are several techniques you can implement. First, choose a suitable printing method that aligns with your desired outcome. Optimize your artwork and layout to make the printing process more efficient and cost-effective. Consider using paperback book binding as it tends to be more affordable. Remember, it’s possible to prioritize print quality without compromising on cost-effectiveness. By implementing these strategies, you can achieve high-quality booklet printing on a budget.
Looking to create high-quality booklets without breaking the bank? Follow these techniques for quality booklet printing on a budget. Start by using high-resolution images to ensure crisp and clear visuals that grab attention. Choose colour schemes that enhance the overall design and minimise the use of special finishes to save on costs. For a professional look, opt for saddle stitching. Finally, collaborate with printers to find the best balance between quality and budget. Choosing a self-cover booklet with all the pages (including the cover) printed onto the same paper-weight will mean it is only one print run for us and a lot cheaper for you.
With these techniques, you can create impressive booklets that don’t break the bank.
While cheap printing may raise concerns about quality, it is possible to find affordable options that still deliver high-quality results. Look for reputable and reliable printing services, request samples to assess the quality, and balance cost considerations with your print quality requirements. Utilize testimonials and reviews to gauge the quality of cheap printing options.
Looking for affordable and high-quality printing solutions? Look no further than Ex Why Zed Printing Services! With a range of booklet printing options to meet your specific needs, they ensure exceptional customer service throughout the entire process. Need urgent printing? No problem! Ex Why Zed Printing Services can accommodate urgent orders without sacrificing quality. Their expertise guarantees a smooth and efficient printing experience. So, why settle for anything less when you can trust Ex Why Zed for all your printing needs? Experience top-notch service and excellent results with Ex Why Zed Printing Services.
Looking for an affordable option for high-quality booklet printing in the UK? Look no further than Ex Why Zed. With instant quotes and next-day delivery options available, you can get your booklets quickly and conveniently. Plus, their dedicated customer service ensures a smooth printing experience from start to finish. Choose from a wide range of printing options, including saddle stitching, perfect binding, and wiro binding. Whether you need brochures, manuals, or leaflets, Ex Why Zed has the expertise to deliver exceptional results. So why settle for anything less?
When it comes to comparing Ex Why Zed with other UK printing services, there are several factors that set them apart. Firstly, Ex Why Zed offers competitive prices for booklet printing in the UK, making it an affordable option for those on a budget. Additionally, they prioritize high-quality printing with attention to detail, ensuring that your booklets look professional and polished. Their quick turnaround time for urgent orders is another advantage, allowing you to meet tight deadlines without sacrificing quality. With their use of digital printing technology, Ex Why Zed ensures efficient and accurate printing. Lastly, they offer a wide variety of paper sizes and finishes to choose from, giving you the flexibility to create booklets that align with your specific needs and preferences.
Looking for innovative ways to showcase your artwork or photography? Consider printing a professionally designed booklet. It’s not only an excellent way to display your creative work, but also adds a touch of professionalism. If you’re a business owner or event organizer, booklets can serve as effective promotional tools, providing detailed information about your products or services. They can also be used as informative guides or instruction manuals, helping your audience navigate through complex processes. Moreover, sharing your knowledge or expertise through a printed booklet allows you to establish yourself as an authority in your field. And don’t forget, booklets can make personalised gifts or keepsakes that leave a lasting impression. Let your creativity shine with printed booklets!
Looking to get creative with your investment in printed booklets? Here are some innovative ideas to make the most out of your booklet designs. First, design your booklet with plenty of space for customers to take notes or make annotations, adding a personal touch. You can also incorporate interactive elements like QR codes or augmented reality features to engage readers in a unique way. Another idea is to create a series of booklets that can be collected or combined to form a comprehensive resource, providing added value to your audience. Don’t forget to explore collaborations with other businesses or organizations to create a collaborative booklet that showcases different perspectives and expertise. Get imaginative and think outside the box when it comes to utilizing your investment in printed booklets.
When it comes to optimizing booklet printing costs, there are several top tips that can help you save money without compromising on quality. One important tip is to plan your booklet layout efficiently to minimize wasted space. This means you should carefully consider the placement of text, images, and other design elements to ensure they fit together nicely.
Another cost-saving tip is to consider digital printing for smaller print runs or when a quick turnaround time is required. Digital printing is often more affordable than traditional offset printing for shorter runs, making it a great option for small businesses or individuals with limited budgets.
Choosing a standard paper size can also help you avoid additional cutting or trimming costs. By selecting a commonly used paper size, you can ensure that your booklet can be printed without any additional modifications or customisation even when designed in Microsoft Publisher.
Additionally, opting for a paperback or stapled booklet binding can be a more cost-effective option compared to other binding methods, such as coil binding or perfect binding. Staples, in particular, can provide a secure binding while also keeping costs down.
Lastly, ordering booklets in bulk can help you take advantage of volume discounts offered by printing companies. By placing a larger order, you can save money per unit and reduce the overall cost of your booklet printing project.
By following these top tips, you can optimize your booklet printing costs and achieve high-quality results without breaking the bank. So, keep these strategies in mind when planning your next booklet printing project.
Looking to save money on your booklet printing without sacrificing quality? Here are some expert strategies to help you achieve just that. First, optimize your booklet artwork for digital printing to reduce color and image processing costs. Make the most of your front and back covers by incorporating eye-catching designs or important information. Consider adding a gloss finish to the cover for added impact without significantly increasing costs. Collaborate closely with the Ex Why Zed team to explore cost-saving options tailored to your needs. Lastly, explore alternative binding options like saddle stitching or wiro-binding for cost-effective alternatives to perfect binding. With these strategies, you can minimise your printing costs while maintaining the quality you desire.
Several factors can affect the cost of booklet printing in the UK, including the size and dimensions of the booklet, the number of pages, the type of paper used, the printing technique (digital or offset), the quantity ordered, and any additional finishes or customisation options chosen. An A6 booklet with all the pages onto 130gsm silk is about as cheap as you can get if you need to hit the lowest price point possible.
In conclusion, when it comes to cheap booklet printing in the UK, there are plenty of deals and options available. Understanding the art of booklet design is crucial, as it helps you create effective and visually appealing booklets that grab attention. You can navigate the best UK booklet printing deals by doing your research and finding affordable printing services that offer high-quality results. One such service is Ex Why Zed, which stands out for its excellent booklet printing services. They prioritize quality while keeping costs low, ensuring that you get the best value for your money. So, get creative with your printed booklets and explore innovative ways to utilize them. And remember, with expert strategies, you can optimize booklet printing costs without compromising on quality.
Booklets are a great way to promote your business and share information with your customers. While you could always print out booklets on your home printer, it’s not the most professional or effective way to present yourself. Instead, why not consider cheap booklet printing online? Here are some of the benefits associated with this affordable form of printing:
Fast turnaround times are also important for businesses that need to get a message out quickly. For example, if you’re organizing a conference or meeting and want everyone who’s attending to have access to the agenda, it’s best if the booklet containing all of your information arrives before the event. And if you’re on a deadline and need something printed urgently, such as an annual report or some presentation materials, then cheap booklet printing can help make this possible.
There are many benefits to choosing cheap booklet printing online. It’s important to note that quality printing is a prerequisite for most of these benefits. Quality printing means high resolution, high colour accuracy, high paper quality and more.
Quality printing ensures that your booklet will be printed in the best possible way. This means your A4 or A5 booklet printing will be the maximum possible quality available today. There are many factors that can affect print quality such as paper type and density, ink choice and colour accuracy, among others.
Quality printing ensures Self-Publishing and Printing Booklets look like they were professionally designed by a professional designer even though they were created by you or someone else on your team. By this fact alone, it can give your company an edge over its competition because it shows potential customers/clients who may not have heard of you just yet how professional and trustworthy you are.
For business owners, professional results are important. If you want your customers to take you seriously and come back for more, it’s crucial that the materials that represent your brand look and feel professional. Booklets printed with a high-quality printer will convey this professionalism in everything from the colour quality to the paper texture.
For students, professional results are also important—for academic reasons as well as others. Having an attractive brochure or poster can help sell an idea or product without having to spend money on marketing materials and other promotional tools like flyers or banners.
In addition, being able to personally create these things saves considerable time and money (in some cases). Sports teams may find that using booklet printing services allow them to save money on other equipment purchases if they invest in a few high-quality machines instead of many low-quality ones or none at all; likewise, churches who need customized pamphlets will find it easier than ever before thanks to companies like ours who offer services like quick turnaround times without sacrificing quality.
The paper type you choose will have a large impact on the quality of your booklets. If you’re looking for an affordable option, then consider using a standard weight 100gsm or 115gsm gloss or silk cover stock (super thin, but cheap). This very common paper type is suitable for most printing projects and can be used as part of a promotional campaign, or to print company newsletters and flyers.
If you have more money to spend on your booklet printing order, then we recommend using one of our premium options: 170gsm uncoated, gloss or silk text stock. These heavier-weight papers add an extra layer of quality and elegance to any printed piece—and they’re both eco-friendly!
Cheap booklet printing is a great option if you need a large number of books printed within a short time frame. You can easily find affordable pricing options online, which are often cheaper than traditional printing methods. The prices are based on the number of pages and paper type, so they’re easy to compare and understand. They may also be priced per book instead of per page, which makes them especially affordable if you have a lot of pages in your booklets.
There are many benefits to cheap booklet printing online, including fast turnaround times and a variety of paper types that allow you to create professional-looking documents. If you print on a regular basis and want to save money, then this method may be just what your business needs!
If you’re looking to print booklets but don’t want to spend a fortune, look no further than exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk! We offer high-quality printing at an unbeatable price, so you can get the professional look you want without breaking the bank. Plus, we offer various options, so you can customise your booklets to fit your needs. So why wait? Ask for a quote today and see the difference Ex Why Zed can make!
At Ex Why Zed, we believe that our customers should always be happy with their orders. That’s why we take great care in ensuring that all of our products are of the highest quality possible before they leave our factory! All of our products are printed on state-of-the-art equipment by some of the best printers in the world. This means that when you buy from us, you can be sure that your order will be perfect every time!
Looking to get your booklet printed, bound and delivered at one low price? Look no further than exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk! We offer high-quality printing and binding services at an affordable price, so you can get your booklet into the hands of your customers without breaking the bank. Plus, we deliver right to your door, so you don’t have to worry about getting it there yourself.
Booklets are a common way to get information onto paper and distribute it cost-effectively to your customers or employees. They’re small enough to be mailed easily but large enough to contain all the information needed to be useful to the reader. They’re also great for handing out at trade shows or conferences and being given away for free at events or conferences where you want to build brand awareness with potential customers or partners.
At Ex Why Zed, we provide fantastic value for money for our booklet printing services because we’ve worked hard over the years on our efficiencies to pass those savings on to our customers! When you place an order with us, you get some of the best quality printing at very competitive prices. Plus, we offer a range of different options and add-ons so that you can tailor your order to exactly what you need.
Printing your booklet is now easier than ever. With the printing service offered by exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk, you can simply upload or email your document, choose your printing options, and then your booklet will be printed and shipped within days. This service is convenient and affordable, and it makes printing your booklet a breeze. So why not take advantage of it today?
When you want to print a booklet, there are many things that you need to consider before making a decision. You have to think about the size of the booklet, whether or not you need it professionally bound or stapled, and many other factors. If you are looking for an affordable way to print your booklet at home or office, then Ex Why Zed offers an excellent solution for this problem. With our bespoke printing service, you can easily create a personalised book from scratch without having to spend hours in front of your computer trying to figure out how everything works!
Are you looking for a low-cost printing option for your next project? Look no further than Ex Why Zed! In the following sections, we will answer some frequently asked questions about this printing option so that you can make an informed decision about whether it is right for your project.
You can search for “cheap booklet printing near me” to find available services around you. But if you want the convenience of having everything done online and then getting the finished booklets delivered to your doorstep, you can check out Ex Why Zed for quality printing. Note that some online printing companies offer lower prices for larger orders, so consider how many booklets you’ll be needing.
Yes, you can definitely print booklets! You have a few different options when it comes to printing booklets. You can either use a professional printing service or if you have a good quality printer at home, you can print them yourself.
The big advantage of using a professional printing service like Ex Why Zed is that they will have all the necessary equipment and expertise to ensure that your booklet looks great. They will also be able to do any kind of binding or finishing you might want. However, this option can be quite expensive, especially if you need to print many copies.
Assuming you have a standard home printer, there are a few things you’ll need to do in order to print a double-sided booklet manually. First, you’ll need to print all of the odd-numbered pages of your document. Once those are printed, flip them over and feed them back into the printer upside-down. Then, print all of the even-numbered pages. Once those are printed, flip them over and feed them back to the printer upside down. Once both sets of pages are printed, you can begin assembling your booklet.
Keep in mind that if your home printer doesn’t have automatic duplexing capabilities (printing on both sides of a page), you’ll need to manually flip each page over in order to print on the other side. This can be a bit tedious, but it’s not too difficult once you get the hang of it.
If you want to avoid all of this hassle, you can always opt for cheap booklet printing services from Exwhyzed and other similar services.
There are a few different ways to make a digital booklet. One way is to use a program like Adobe InDesign, which allows you to create a booklet layout with multiple pages that can be printed as one sheet. Another way is to use a PDF editor like Adobe Acrobat, which lets you view the exported booklet and print from PDF file on separate sheets of paper.
When creating your digital booklet, be sure to set the print settings for “booklet printing” so that the pages will print in the correct order and fold together properly. You may also want to adjust the margin settings so that there’s enough space between each page for folding.
Are you looking for a compact yet powerful marketing tool that can showcase your business’s products or services in an innovative way? Look no further than booklet printing! Booklets are a versatile and cost-effective way to reach out to your target audience with compelling content and eye-catching designs. In this ultimate guide, we’ll explore the benefits of choosing A5 booklet printing over other options and sizes, including how it serves as a powerful marketing tool for businesses. We’ll also delve into the art of designing a winning booklet, discussing key elements to include and different binding types available. Plus, we’ll compare booklets to brochures and explain why laminating your booklet’s cover is so important. So sit back, relax, and let’s dive in.
When it comes to marketing needs, A5 booklet printing offers a cost-effective option. With enough space to convey information without overwhelming readers, A5 booklets strike a balance between content and convenience. Their compact size makes them easy to distribute and store, while customisation options like different paper types and finishes allow for a professional look. A5 booklet printing is versatile and can be used for a variety of purposes, from product brochures to postcards and flyers. So, whether you’re a business looking for a simple design or a trade printer handling commercial projects, A5 booklet printing is a great idea.
When it comes to promoting your business or sharing important information with potential customers, choosing A5 booklet printing has numerous benefits. A5 booklets are not only portable but also provide ample space to showcase your products, services, or any other essential details. Printing A5 booklets in bulk is a cost-effective option compared to other marketing materials like leaflets or postcards. Moreover, the creative design options available for A5 booklets make them visually appealing and attention-grabbing. These booklets can act as comprehensive marketing tools, allowing you to include contact details and a compelling call-to-action. So, why not choose A5 booklet printing for your next marketing campaign? It’s a great idea!
12 reasons why you should trust our printing service with your next project:
• Refreshingly responsive, friendly and patient customer service.
• 400+ superb reviews on Trustpilot.
• The highest quality Indigo digital and litho printing
• Free delivery anywhere in the UK. We regularly ship worldwide too by Fedex, DHL and UPS.
• Free paper sample packs.
• No minimum order quantity.
• A growing YouTube channel packed with helpful video guides showcasing what can be achieved in print
• Browse through 100s of case studies for ideas and inspiration.
• Comprehensive FAQs page to answer all your questions
• Card accepted, plus BACS, online bank transfer and even a cheque if you’re feeling retro!
• Step by step print journey to guide you through the process.
• Pssst…we’ll even show how to prepare your artwork for print. You’ll become a genius with our illustrated guides.
A5 booklets serve as a powerful marketing tool in multiple ways. They can be used as informative guides or manuals, providing valuable information about a product or service. By printing A5 booklets with eye-catching visuals and compelling content, businesses can attract and engage potential customers. These booklets effectively communicate a brand’s message and values to a targeted audience. They can be distributed at events, trade shows, or sent via direct mail, reaching a wide range of prospects. A5 booklet printing offers versatility, allowing businesses to showcase their offerings in a concise and visually appealing format.
When it comes to business promotions, the benefits of A5 booklet printing play a crucial role in capturing the attention of potential customers. These booklets can be used in a variety of ways to highlight special offers, discounts, or promotions, incentivising customers to take action. Check out our Trustpilot reviews and success stories to build trust and credibility. Moreover, these booklets serve as a comprehensive catalog, providing all the necessary information about products or services. They can also be a great tool for introducing new offerings to the market, showcasing expertise, and establishing industry leadership.
Designing an A5 booklet involves careful consideration of layout, visuals, and typography to create an appealing and professional look. It’s important to incorporate a cohesive colour scheme and branding elements to ensure brand recognition. Clear and concise content is essential for easy readability, while strategically placing images and graphics enhances the overall visual appeal. A logical flow of information helps guide readers through the content smoothly. With these design principles in mind, you can create a stunning A5 booklet that effectively communicates your message and engages your target audience.
We recommend you use Adobe InDesign but our guide on the Best Design Software highlights the key benefits of many options that are both easy to use and free.
We know your time is precious but when you come to prepare your artwork definitely take 5 minutes to read through our step by step file set up pages. The illustrated guides make the process super easy and will answer 99% of the questions you may have.
• We do need 3mm bleed on the edges of your pages. When you come to prepare your artwork for print and before you send it to us, watch this video which shows how to add bleed and why we need it. We won’t go to print without the bleed so adding it from the start saves time.
• Ideally, your file will be saved as PDFx1a:2001 when exported. If this is not available, do just choose the best quality output possible. You can select this from the top drop-down menu when you export to PDF.
We have a large set of InDesign cover templates ready to download here. Refer to our spine calculator or drop us an email to find out how wide your spine needs to be based on the number of pages and paper choice.
All of our website’s guides on file set-up are for Adobe InDesign which you can get on a one-week free trial. However, as long as you can export your finished work to a high res pdf, do feel free to use your favourite program. If you cannot set up your artwork, do ask, we have a wealth of print knowledge and if it is a simple fix we will do our best to help. If you have never printed anything before and this all sounds like a foreign language, don’t worry, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat. If it is out of office hours then all of the answers are all in the Resource section on our website too.
Dive into our super useful print blog to find stacks of videos, illustrated guides and overviews about the best practise for styling a winning A5 Booklet.
When it comes to creating an impactful booklet, there are key elements that shouldn’t be overlooked. First and foremost, a captivating cover is essential to grab the attention of readers right from the start. Additionally, including a table of contents can greatly aid in navigating through the content easily. Well-structured sections with clear headings help organise information effectively, making it easier for readers to follow along. Visual elements such as relevant images, charts, or infographics not only enhance the overall look but also help to visualise concepts or data. Finally, concluding your A5 booklet with a strong call-to-action can prompt readers to take the desired action.
When it comes to the benefits of A5 booklet printing, there are various binding options that can enhance the look and functionality of your booklets. Saddle stitch binding is a popular choice, offering a clean and professional finish. Perfect binding, on the other hand, provides a more polished and durable look. For those who prefer booklets that lay flat when opened, wire-o binding is the way to go. Coil binding allows for easy flipping of pages without damaging the booklet, while comb binding offers versatility and easy customisation. With these different binding types, you can choose the one that best suits your needs and preferences.
Saddle stitch binding is a popular technique in booklet printing. It involves folding the pages in half and stapling them along the fold. This method creates a professional and clean appearance for A5 booklets. It is cost-effective for booklets with fewer pages and allows them to lay flat when opened, making it easier to read and view the content. Saddle stitch binding works well for A5 booklets with up to 64 pages.
Brochure printing plays a crucial role in business marketing. It allows businesses to provide detailed information about their products or services, establish their brand identity, and create a professional image. Brochures are tangible marketing materials that can be easily distributed to potential customers, effectively targeting specific demographics or geographic areas. They showcase a business’s offerings and promote its unique selling points.
Booklets and brochures are inherently the same product – they are both neat, professional looking bound documents and the terminology used to describe them depends on your marketing goals and target audience. A5 booklets offer more space for comprehensive information, while brochures are concise and compact. Brochures can be more glossy and product focussed whereas as a booklet could be less of a corporate publication and more towards a zine or illustrated project. Booklets are ideal for in-depth catalogs or user manuals, while brochures provide quick overviews.
Various businesses can benefit from using A5 booklets for promotion, including restaurants, hotels, event planners, educational institutions, and retail stores. A5 booklets provide a compact and visually appealing way to showcase products, services, menus, events, and more to attract and engage customers.
The cost difference between A5 and other sizes of booklet printing can vary depending on the printing company and the specific requirements of the project. However, generally speaking, A5 booklet printing tends to be more cost-effective compared to larger sizes, as it requires less paper and ink. You could reduce the size to A6 to save money but also reduce the physical amount of space per page or increase to A4 to give you more space but in turn, increase the print costs.
Lamination transforms the appearance of your A5 booklet by adding a matt or gloss finish, creating a visually appealing design. Additionally, it provides durability and protection against wear and tear. Crucially lamination stops the ink cracking when your covers are folded during the binding process. With lamination, your A5 booklets are also more resistant to smudges and fingerprints.
Yes, printing a booklet from PDF is definitely possible – and in fact, it’s quite easy to do. There are a few different ways to go about it, but the simplest is to use a service from companies like Ex Why Zed.
Once you have your PDF file ready, all you need to do is upload it to this site and they’ll take care of the rest. They’ll print your booklet for you and send it directly to your door – laminated and sealed if you so choose. And if you’re in the UK, both of these services offer competitive prices on booklets printed in high quality. There are also several laminated sealed printing UK booklets service providers out there.
Go ahead and upload the files using WeTransfer.com
In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
I look forward to hearing from you. If you have any questions, please get in touch, we are more than happy to answer them.
In conclusion, the benefits of A5 booklet printing booklet are the vast range of personal and professional uses. Their compact size makes it convenient to carry and distribute, while still providing ample space for showcasing your content. Whether you’re promoting your business, sharing information, or creating a unique marketing tool, A5 booklets offer versatility and creativity. From the design process to selecting the right binding option, there are many ways to make your A5 booklet stand out. Whether you opt for a wire stitched booklet of under 40 pages or a more content-packed perfect bound booklet with 36 pages or more, the benefits of A5 booklet printing are endless. As a business owner, an event organiser, or simply someone who loves creative print materials, A5 booklet printing is definitely worth considering. Give your content the attention it deserves with this compact and impactful format.
Are you looking to print booklets but worried about the cost? We’ve got you covered! In this blog, we will guide you through some cost-effective ideas for booklet printing. From understanding the elements that escalate printing expenditure to mastering page reduction skills, choosing the right paper, and leveraging bulk printing for cost efficiency, we’ll cover it all. We’ll even show you how to create eye-catching booklets on a budget using free tools and templates. And don’t worry; we won’t compromise on quality while cutting costs. So get ready to embrace the journey of budget printing and plan future affordable projects with our expert tips. Let’s dive in and make your booklet printing project a success without breaking the bank!
Printing booklets involves several factors that impact expenses. To calculate the total cost, it’s important to consider different elements and their contribution to the overall printing expenditure. Analyzing the price breakdown of booklet printing helps in understanding the costs involved in each stage. Additionally, exploring cost-saving strategies can help optimize expenses. By understanding these intricacies, you can make informed decisions and find ways to create cost-effective booklets.
Printing booklets involves various elements that can escalate the overall cost. One factor is the page count, as more pages require more ink and paper. The type and finish of the paper also play a role, with glossy options typically costing more. Artwork and design complexity can increase expenses, especially if custom logos or full-color graphics are involved. Additionally, the choice of binding options, such as saddle stitching or perfect binding, can impact the final price. It’s essential to consider these factors when estimating the cost and getting the best results from booklet printing.
When it comes to printing booklets, opting for self-cover can be a prudent choice. Self-cover printing involves using the same paper for both the cover and inside pages of the booklet. This not only reduces printing costs but also offers versatility and design possibilities. Self-cover booklets are suitable for various types of content, including brochures, manuals, newsletters, and more. With self-cover, you can achieve cost-effective printing without compromising on quality or design options. So, why not explore the benefits of self-cover for your next booklet project?
Choosing a self-cover option for your booklets can lead to significant cost savings. By opting for a self-cover, you can reduce material and production costs since there is no need for a separate cover printing and binding process. This cost-saving potential is especially beneficial for large print runs. Additionally, self-cover booklets streamline the printing timeline and reduce labor expenses. Moreover, choosing self-cover also has a positive impact on shipping and distribution costs. So, if you’re looking to cut down on printing expenses, consider the cost-saving benefits of a self-cover choice.
Mastering the art of page reduction in booklet printing offers numerous benefits. By condensing content without compromising quality, you can achieve concise and focused messaging that resonates with your audience. Not only does this save on printing and distribution costs, but it also ensures that every page serves a purpose. Follow these tips to effectively reduce pages without sacrificing important information. Your budget booklets will pack a punch while delivering the desired impact.
When it comes to booklet printing, the emphasis should always be on quality over quantity. High-quality content and design are essential for creating impactful booklets. By incorporating impactful visuals and concise text, you can enhance reader engagement and make each page worthwhile. Strategic layout and organization play a crucial role in maximising the impact of every page. Additionally, editing and proofreading ensure that your booklets are error-free and leave a lasting impression on your audience. So, focus on quality and create booklets that truly shine.
When it comes to cost-effective booklet printing, choosing the right size is crucial. Let’s compare A6, A5, and A4 sizes in terms of cost and functionality. It’s important to consider how different sizes can impact your printing and distribution expenses. Additionally, the size of your booklet can have a significant impact on the reader experience and the relationship between size and content. To ensure optimal results, guidance on selecting the perfect size for specific booklet requirements is essential.
When it comes to booklet printing, size matters. Let’s dive into the cost comparisons of A6 vs A5 and A5 vs A4 booklets. Choosing A6 size can have significant cost implications, as it requires fewer pages and less ink. On the other hand, A5 and A4 sizes offer more space for content but come with higher printing expenses. It’s essential to analyze your specific needs and purpose to determine the most cost-effective option. Consider factors like page count and suitability for different purposes to make an informed decision.
When it comes to cost-effective booklet printing, choosing the right paper plays a crucial role. The type and weight of the paper can significantly impact the overall printing costs. Coated and uncoated paper options have their differences and cost implications. Additionally, selecting the right paper finish is important for achieving a balance between quality and affordability. To make the best choice, consider your budget and aesthetic requirements. Here are some tips to help you select the perfect paper for your booklet printing needs.
When it comes to booklet printing expenses, the significance of paper weight cannot be overlooked. The thickness of the paper directly affects production costs, shipping and mailing costs, and overall affordability. By strategically choosing the right paper weight, you can save on expenses and still maintain quality. Finding the ideal balance between quality and cost is crucial for cost-effective booklets. Consider factors like gsm, paper size, and purpose to make informed decisions. Don’t underestimate the impact of paper weight on your booklet printing budget.
When it comes to cost-effective booklet printing, leveraging bulk printing is a smart move. By printing booklets in large quantities, you can save money as the cost per unit decreases significantly. Take advantage of discounts offered for large print runs and reduce overall printing expenses by ordering in larger quantities. Embracing bulk printing allows you to increase cost efficiency and get the best results for your budget.
To maximise cost savings and take advantage of bulk pricing, it is crucial to accurately estimate the number of booklets needed before placing a bulk order. By carefully calculating booklet requirements, you can avoid over-ordering or under-ordering. This allows you to optimise your budget by ordering the right quantity of booklets in bulk. Accurately estimating booklet needs is key to maximising the benefits of bulk ordering.
Looking to create affordable booklet designs? Utilise free design tools and templates! Take advantage of online resources for cost-effective booklet design. Save money by designing booklets yourself using free design software. With a wide range of design options available at no or low cost, you can create professional-looking booklets without breaking the bank. Get creative and make your booklets stand out with these free design tools.
Designing attractive booklets doesn’t have to break the bank. By implementing cost-effective design techniques, you can create visually stunning booklets that capture attention. Use colour, images, and fonts strategically to enhance visual appeal. Experiment with creative layouts and graphics to make your booklets stand out. Remember, achieving a professional look on a budget is all about focusing on engaging design elements. Let your creativity shine while keeping costs in check.
Explore various funding options to support your booklet printing projects. Look for sponsorship opportunities that can help cover the costs of printing. Consider applying for grants or funding programs specifically designed for printing projects. Seek partnerships with local businesses or organisations that are willing to offer financial support. Additionally, utilise crowdfunding platforms to raise funds for your booklet printing endeavours. By tapping into these funding and sponsorship opportunities, you can overcome any financial barriers and bring your booklet ideas to life.
Looking to offset the costs of printing booklets? Engage your local community by approaching businesses for sponsorship or launching a crowdfunding campaign. Tap into the support of individuals and businesses to cover booklet expenses and leverage local resources and connections for financial assistance. Collaborate with sponsors and donors to make your booklet project a success. With these strategies, you can find cost-effective ways to bring your booklet to life and reach your target audience.
Embrace the process of budget printing to achieve cost efficiency. Instead of viewing it as a limitation, see it as an opportunity for creative problem-solving. Adopt a mindset of resourcefulness and innovation in your printing projects. By emphasizing planning and strategic decision-making, you can maximize the impact of your limited resources. Celebrate the achievements and successes of your cost-effective printing projects, proving that quality can be achieved on a budget.
Recognising the value of cost-efficient printing choices and their impact on overall budgets is crucial. Reflecting on successful cost-saving strategies implemented in printing projects can provide valuable insights for future endeavours. Planning and preparing for future affordable printing projects based on past experiences ensure ongoing financial prudence. Sharing and celebrating the accomplishments of budget-friendly printing initiatives not only boosts morale but also inspires others. Using past successes as motivation for planning future cost-effective projects enables continuous improvement and growth. Let’s toast to more successful and affordable printing projects in the future!
Find the perfect balance between high print quality and cost savings. Explore techniques that prioritize essential elements of print quality while implementing cost-saving measures. Seek expert advice to achieve a balance between maintaining print quality and cutting costs.
In conclusion, when it comes to booklet printing, there are several cost-effective strategies to consider. By understanding the intricacies of printing costs and making smart choices, you can save money without compromising on quality. Opting for self-cover booklets, mastering page reduction skills, choosing the right paper, leveraging bulk printing, and utilising free design software and templates are all effective ways to cut costs. Additionally, exploring funding and sponsorship opportunities can provide financial support for your booklet projects. Remember, maintaining print quality is crucial, but it doesn’t have to break the bank. Embrace the journey of budget printing and celebrate the cost-efficient choices you make. With careful planning and creativity, you can produce high-quality booklets while keeping your expenses in check.
You’ve got the best products, services and prices around. You provide excellent customer service. Your business is an integral part of your community. But how do you make sure that customers know about all of this? How can you get your message across in a way that gets them talking about it with their friends, family and co-workers? Booklets and brochures are a great way to help spread the word about your products and services to potential customers.
You are probably wondering why you should invest in hard copies of marketing materials. After all, your website looks great and does everything it needs to do, right?
Well, yes and no. You’re right that your website is crucial for your business. It’s the first thing people see when they search for you online or browse through their social media feed. However, it only meets a small part of their needs as prospective customers. That’s where booklets come in! A booklet will go into more detail about who you are and what specific services or products you offer than would be possible on a web page alone.
It gives people an idea of how well-rounded you are as a brand while also giving them something tangible to hold onto once they get home with it something they can flip through again and again when they have questions later down the road.
In addition to being more detailed than websites and business cards (which may seem like similar products but don’t communicate nearly as much information), brochures also make great replacements for emails because unlike emails (which can easily get lost among the hundreds received every day by customers at home offices), brochures provide instant gratification in terms of content delivery without requiring any effort whatsoever from recipients’ end except opening up their mailboxes each morning before heading off on their daily commute.
Booklets are great for handing out at events. You can distribute them to your customers, and they’ll be able to use them when looking for more information about your business. If you want to get the attention of a specific group of people who might be interested in what you offer, consider leaving a booklet on their desks or in waiting rooms at businesses that serve the similar clientele.
Once someone has finished reading it, they can pass it along. This makes it easy for others who may not have seen it yet because there is no need for additional distribution it will just keep getting passed around until everyone who needs one has read through it!
✨Let’s dive right into the ocean of choices you have, shall we? ?
First off, let’s talk paper weight. This isn’t a gym session for your paper; it’s all about giving your booklet that premium feel. The heavier the paper, the more luxurious your booklet appears. But remember, it’s not just about the heft; it’s about matching the weight to the purpose of your booklet.
Next up, range of sizes. Whether you’re going for pocket-sized charm or a full-blown coffee table masterpiece, we’ve got you covered. Size does matter, especially when it comes to capturing your audience’s attention. From A4 to A5 and everything in-between, the world—or in this case, the page—is your oyster!
Ah, quality booklets and book printing, the crème de la crème of print. With Ex Why Zed, quality isn’t just a buzzword; it’s a promise. Our state-of-the-art printing technology ensures that every page is a work of art, worthy of any gallery (or at least a prime spot on your customer’s coffee table).
Let’s not forget standard booklet sizes. While going rogue can be fun, sometimes sticking to the classics is the way to go. A4 and A5 are the tried-and-true heroes of the booklet world, offering enough space for your creativity without overwhelming the reader.
On to Paper types! From glossy to matt, textured to smooth, the type of paper you choose can elevate your booklet from ‘meh’ to ‘marvellous!’ It’s like choosing the perfect outfit for an event—each type has its own vibe and purpose. If you’d like us to send you a paper sample pack to see something tangible then we’ll get one in the post this afternoon.
Choose from matt or gloss lamination for your booklet or book cover. Laminated covers give the publication protection from scuffing and cracking. It is an affordable option and maintains an eye-catching design and quality standard. This applies to both saddle stitched (stapled) booklets and perfect bound books.
Speaking of paper, let’s coat it up with some coated paper options. A glossy or silk finish can add that extra oomph, making your images pop and your text easier to read. It’s like the cherry on top of an already delicious sundae.
Last but not least, paper size. This is where you decide the canvas for your masterpiece. Whether you’re going big and bold or small and subtle, the right paper stock can make or break your project. So choose wisely, print rockstars!
So there you have it, a whirlwind tour of your choices for booklet and brochure printing. With Ex Why Zed by your side, the only limit is your imagination. Ready to print your dreams into reality?✨
✨Ahoy, print enthusiasts! Ever wondered about the endless possibilities that booklet and brochure printing can unlock? Well, buckle up, because we’re about to embark on a journey through the multifaceted universe of print! ?
First stop: Product Catalogues. Imagine a glossy, high-quality booklet to promote your brand. Each page turn is a strut, showcasing your products in all their glory. It’s not just a catalogue; it’s an experience, darling!
Now, let’s zoom out and embrace the wide range of options. From zines to academic journals, the sky’s the limit! Whether you’re a small business or a publishing giant, there’s a booklet out there with your name on it.
Ah, annual report printing. The Oscars of the corporate world, where numbers meet narratives. With our top-notch booklet printing service, we transform your yearly achievements into a blockbuster hit. Who said reports had to be boring?
Comic creators, assemble! Your comic books deserve a stage as grand as your imagination. With vibrant colours and crisp lines, we bring your superheroes and villains to life. It’s not just a comic; it’s an epic saga!
Instruction manuals, step aside. Instruction booklets are the new kids on the block. With easy-to-follow layouts and crystal-clear printing, even the most complex tasks become a walk in the park.
Ah, the timeless paperback book. Whether it’s a gripping novel or a self-help guide, the tactile joy of flipping through a paperback is unparalleled. It’s not just a book; it’s a ticket to another world.
Let’s talk money—price lists, to be exact. Transform your rates and services into a visually stunning guide that your customers won’t just skim through but actually enjoy. It’s not just a list; it’s an invitation to indulge.
Business reports, you’re up! Turn those quarterly reviews into a storytelling journey. With our high-quality printing, even the pie charts look like modern art!
Marketing materials, come on down! Brochures, flyers, and pamphlets—oh my! Make your brand unforgettable with materials that are as unique as you are.
Personal touch, anyone? Personalised notebooks are the perfect blend of utility and sentimentality. Whether it’s for corporate gifting or personal journaling, a custom notebook speaks volumes.
Last but not least, advertising booklets. These pocket-sized powerhouses are your brand’s ambassadors, spreading the word far and wide. It’s not just advertising; it’s a revolution!
So, whether you’re a business magnate or a creative soul, booklet and brochure printing offers a kaleidoscope of possibilities. Ready to turn those possibilities into printed perfection? With Ex Why Zed, your print dreams are just a click away!✨
Ever thought about immortalising your graphic storytelling in a booklet? Well, you should! Comics and Graphic Novels in booklet form offer a tactile experience that digital screens just can’t replicate. Imagine your readers flipping through crisp, high-quality pages, each panel bursting with colour and intricate detail. It’s like holding a mini art gallery in your hands! Plus, the compact size makes it perfect for on-the-go reading. For indie creators, this is a cost-effective way to reach your audience and build a physical connection with them. It’s not just a comic; it’s a collectible!
Ah, the therapeutic joy of Colouring Books. But what if you could offer that experience in a handy booklet form? Perfect for wellness events, gift shops, or even as a unique marketing tool, these colouring booklets are a hit with both kids and adults. The smaller size means they’re portable—imagine colouring on a train journey or during a lunch break! Plus, with our high-quality paper options, those vibrant hues won’t bleed through. It’s not just a colouring book; it’s a pocket-sized stress reliever!
For artists, showcasing your work is just as important as creating it. Enter Artist Catalogues in booklet form. These are not just catalogues; they’re portable exhibitions. Whether you’re a painter, a sculptor, or a digital artist, a well-designed artist catalogue can serve as a mini-portfolio that you can easily distribute at galleries, art fairs, or even pop-up shops. With our top-notch printing technology and a choice of binding options: stapled booklets or perfect binding each page becomes a canvas, capturing the nuances of your art in stunning detail. It’s not just a catalogue; it’s your personal art show that people can take home!
So, whether you’re an artist, a storyteller, or simply someone looking to engage with your audience in a unique way, specialised booklets offer a world of possibilities. With Ex Why Zed, you’re not just printing booklets; you’re creating tactile experiences that resonate. Ready to make your print dreams come true?✨
Ultimately, we’ll need a high res PDF file to print your booklet artwork in crystal clear, top quality. You can export or Save As PDF from pretty much every computer program these days so choose your favourite. We do recommend Adobe InDesign as a popular choice, the easiest and most powerful. Here is our guide to the Best Design Software.
Dive into our Resources section for guides on preparing artwork for wire stitching (stapled) booklets or brochures and perfect binding of books. We just need one file for wire stitched so that’s super easy and two files for perfect bound – separate PDF files for the cover and the inside pages.
There are several UK printers that offer custom booklet printing , including Ex Why Zed. When looking for one, ensure that they have experience in printing booklets and the specific type of booklet you’re looking to print. For example, if you want to print a children’s book, look for a printer that specialises in that type of project. We print thousands every year so can help out from day one and know all the peccadillos to look out for.
When it comes to printing booklets, you have a lot of choices these days. One option is to find a custom booklet printer that can print your booklets without requiring a minimum number of pages. This can be a great option if you need to print a small number of booklets or if you need a custom size or shape that wouldn’t be possible with traditional printing methods. To find a custom booklet printer near you, simply search online for “ custom booklet printing near me ”. This should provide you with several options for printing services that can meet your needs. Be sure to read reviews and compare different pricing options before making your final decision.
Yes, Ex Why Zed in Colchester – a self-publishing company that prints both, at top quality with no minimum order quantity.
We will be honest from the start here…only print a Booklet from Word if you don’t know how to use any other program 🙂 There are much stronger and easier to learn design programs to help you with page layout. Take a quick look through our Best Design Software for page layout guide.
Ultimately, all we need to print your work is a PDF and you can make that in Word.
Do you want to create a booklet using Word but feeling overwhelmed by the process? Don’t worry, we’ve got you covered. With this step-by-step guide, you’ll be printing professional-looking booklets in no time. We’ll start by explaining the basics of booklet printing and why correct formatting is important. Then we’ll walk you through the process of setting up page layout, choosing the right print settings, and adjusting the printer settings for double-sided printing. We’ll also cover common errors and their solutions so that you can avoid them altogether. In addition, we’ll share some tips on how to achieve the best results when printing a booklet from Word. Plus, if you’re wondering whether you can create and print booklets in Google Docs similar to Word, we’ve got that covered too! So grab your laptop and let’s get started on creating your dream booklet today!
Printing booklets in Word using Microsoft Office opens up a world of possibilities for creating professional-looking documents. Whether you’re publishing a short story or upside-down recipe booklet, Word provides the necessary features and options to make your project shine. From selecting the tab in the drop-down menu to enable booklet printing to understanding the importance of formatting, it’s important to familiarize yourself with the basics. With just a few clicks, you can transform a regular sheet of paper into a beautifully designed booklet. And the best part? Word does all the clean-up work for you, so you can focus on bringing your creative ideas to life.
Proper formatting is essential when printing a booklet from Word. It not only makes your booklet look polished and organised but also prevents any errors or issues during the printing process. Consistent formatting gives your booklet a professional appearance and helps maintain the logical flow of content. Make sure to follow formatting guidelines and ensure that all fonts, page sizes, and orientations are consistent throughout the booklet. This will save you from any unnecessary clean-up work later on. Keep tabs on the short edge and use the drop-down menu for selecting the desired format. Mac users can simply go to the “Page Setup” option in the File menu. So, don’t let upside-down text or a misaligned sheet of paper ruin your printing experience – get your formatting right!
Follow these easy steps to print your Word document as a booklet. Start by using the booklet template in Microsoft Word for a hassle-free setup. Then, adjust the page setup options to best results when printing your colour booklet. It’s also recommended to preview your booklet before printing to avoid any mistakes. Finally, make use of the print dialog box settings for efficient and smooth booklet printing. With these steps, you’ll be able to create a professional-looking booklet without much clean-up work.
To print a booklet from Word, you’ll need to set up the page layout correctly. Access the page setup options in Microsoft Word, usually found under the “Page Layout” tab. From there, choose the appropriate paper size for your booklet. You can select common sizes like A4 or Letter, or even customize the dimensions. Make sure to also select the correct page orientation to match your desired layout, whether it’s portrait or landscape. If you’re printing a booklet, you’ll want to set up the booklet format using the book fold layout option. This will ensure that the pages are arranged in the correct order when printed and folded. Don’t forget to adjust the page margins as well, so that your content doesn’t get cut off during printing. With these settings in place, you’ll be on your way to creating a professional-looking booklet from Word!
When it comes to printing a booklet from Word, choosing the right print settings is crucial to achieving the desired output. Customizing your print settings allows you to personalize the layout and format of your booklet. One important aspect to consider is determining the number of pages per sheet for your booklet. This setting determines how many pages will be printed on each side of a single sheet of paper. Additionally, setting the print order correctly ensures that the pages are in the correct sequence when the booklet is assembled. Another important setting is adjusting the print settings for double-sided printing. This feature enables you to print on both sides of the paper, resulting in a more professional-looking booklet. Lastly, using the correct paper type and quality is essential for getting the best results. The paper you choose should be suitable for your booklet’s content and purpose, whether it’s a glossy or matte finish, different weights, or various sizes. By selecting the right print settings, you can ensure that your booklet turns out just the way you envision it.
At Ex Why Zed we just need a high res pdf to print so Saves As, give the file a check through then send it over to us for a Preflight. If anything doesn’t look quite right, we will let you know.
The most common issue we see is that the page size is Word does not include 3mm bleed on each edge. So for example if you are printing an A5 book, we need the 210x148mm (A5) artwork plus 3mm bleed on each edge (if any of your content should go all the way to the page edge when the pages are trimmed). SO, in Word, you should set your page up as 216x154mm which will be A5 plus 3mm extra on each edge.
Common issues during booklet printing in Word include page alignment and order problems, incorrect margins or formatting, and printing errors. Troubleshoot these issues to ensure a smooth booklet printing experience.
While printing booklets in Word, it’s common to encounter a few errors. For example, misaligned pages or reversed printing can be quite frustrating. Luckily, there are solutions to these issues. Another problem you might come across is formatting or layout errors, but don’t worry, there are troubleshooting steps you can take. Additionally, you may face problems with page numbering or missing content in the booklet. To avoid these common mistakes, make sure to follow some helpful tips and tricks for successful booklet printing.
Creating a book template in Microsoft Word is a breeze. Take advantage of the built-in templates or customise one to meet your specific needs. Experiment with different layouts, adjust page size and orientation using the page setup feature, and save your customised template for future use. Dive into YouTube for guides on this.
Are you tired of spending hours designing booklets from scratch? Well, fret not! Microsoft Word comes to the rescue with its collection of built-in templates. With just a few clicks, you can access a variety of pre-designed booklet templates that will surely impress your readers.
Choose from different themes and styles to match your booklet’s aesthetic. Whether you’re looking for a professional design or a fun and creative layout, Word has got you covered. And the best part? These templates are fully customizable. You can easily edit the text, images, and formatting to make it truly your own.
Gone are the days of manual printing and tedious setups. With the automatic printing features in Word, creating booklets has never been easier. Simply select the template you want to use, make the necessary edits, and hit print. Word will take care of the rest, saving you time and effort.
So why start from scratch when you can save time and energy by using the built-in templates in Microsoft Word? Say goodbye to the headache of designing booklets from scratch and let Word do all the clean-up work for you.
Designing your own booklet template in Microsoft Word is a great way to add a personal touch to your documents. You can create a unique design from scratch by customizing the layout, fonts, and colors to reflect your branding or personal style. To ensure your booklet prints correctly, make sure to set up the correct page size and orientation. Using the book fold layout option will make folding and binding easier. Once you’ve created your custom template, save it for future use. With a little creativity and some clean-up work, you’ll have a beautiful and professional-looking booklet template ready to use.
To achieve the best results when printing a booklet from Word, there are a few tips you should keep in mind. First, it’s important to preview your booklet before printing to ensure that everything is in the correct order. This will help you catch any errors or unexpected formatting issues. Secondly, adjust your print settings to ensure that the booklet prints correctly on both sides of the paper. You can do this by selecting the “Print on Both Sides” option in the print settings or by choosing the “Short Edge” option from the drop-down menu.
If you’re using a Mac, another tip is to consider using a professional printing service for high-quality results. They have the expertise and equipment to produce crisp and well-bound booklets. Pay attention to fonts and page size as well to ensure readability. Choose fonts that are clear and legible, and make sure the page size is appropriate for your intended audience. Lastly, before printing, take the time to clean up any formatting or layout issues. This can include fixing broken lines, adjusting margins, or resizing images. Doing this clean-up work beforehand will help ensure a polished final product.
Google Docs offers limited functionality for creating and printing booklets compared to MicrosoftWord or Microsoft Publisher. To enhance booklet features in Google Docs, consider exploring add-ons or third-party tools. Converting the Google Docs document to a PDF file may also be beneficial for booklet printing. Online tutorials and forums can provide helpful tips on creating booklets in Google Docs. However, for more advanced features, it is recommended to use Microsoft Word.
Printing a booklet from Word can be a convenient and cost-effective way to create professional-looking documents. By following the step-by-step guide outlined above, you can easily format and print your booklet with ease. Remember the importance of correct formatting and choose the right print settings to ensure a seamless printing experience. If you encounter any problems along the way, there are common errors and solutions to help you troubleshoot. Additionally, consider creating a book template in Microsoft Word for future use. For those using Google Docs, there may be similar options available. For more information or assistance with printing booklets, feel free to get in touch with our team. Happy printing!
Booklets have been around for a long time, and they aren’t going anywhere. You’ve probably read articles about how booklets are dying out in favour of digital content. They’re not wrong: people are reading less printed material now than ever before. But this doesn’t mean that print booklets aren’t relevant anymore—in fact, there are several benefits to printing booklets near me that make them worth your time and investment!
Booklets have a charm that digital content can’t quite capture, don’t they? When you choose the perfect print specs and top-notch materials, these treasures last for ages and might just become family heirlooms. Plus, there’s something delightful about paper. It’s a breeze to share – just hand over the booklet or pop it on a shelf for the next eager reader. And the best bit? No batteries or plug-ins needed. Just pure, uninterrupted reading bliss.
Booklets are a breeze to share. Whether you’re at an event, giving a talk, or reaching out to your audience, they make a lasting impression. Plus, they introduce your content to those who might have missed it online. Mailing booklets to both loyal customers and potential new ones is straightforward. Printing an A5 booklet expands your reach beyond the digital world and builds a closer bond with your audience, often leading to better sales conversions.
As a business owner, you know that capturing attention is a key part of getting people to notice your brand. This is a challenge in an increasingly digital world where all the attention is on mobile devices and social media. Printing booklets can help you stand out and get noticed in ways that other marketing materials simply cannot compete with.
Printing booklets allows you to communicate directly with customers, build trust and establish yourself as an authority on the topic at hand. They provide a tangible item that customers can hold in their hands, which makes them feel like they’re reading something valuable rather than having an experience similar to just scrolling through their Facebook feed or browsing Reddit from their phone.
Booklets also keep people engaged by offering more substance than social media posts or ads typically do—and with less clutter! Booklets give marketers more space for detail and explanation than banner ads do; this allows them to highlight important aspects of their products or services without overwhelming readers with too much information all at once.
In the contemporary digital era, there’s a prevailing notion that reading predominantly occurs on screens. However, this perspective overlooks a significant portion of the population. Notably, many students continue to favour printed content, either due to its inherent advantages or a lack of technological access.
Booklets serve as an indispensable tool for individuals with visual challenges or learning disabilities, such as dyslexia, requiring enlarged text for clarity. Furthermore, the adaptability of booklets allows for translations into various languages, ensuring comprehensive information accessibility for non-English speakers.
Additionally, the feasibility of producing booklets in braille broadens their utility, catering to those with blindness or severe visual impairments. This characteristic is especially advantageous for distribution at events with diverse attendees, underscoring the inclusivity of booklets as a medium of information dissemination.
Booklets are a great way to present information to people. If you’re looking for ways to get your customers engaged and interested in what you have to offer, print booklets online cheap services or educational newsletters are a great way to do it.
A booklet is also an excellent way to get people to read what you have written. People read through their mailboxes every morning and evening, which means that if they see something that interests them, they will open it up and take a look at what’s inside. Booklets provide a good combination of visual appeal and written text so that readers can understand the information quickly without having difficulty understanding what is being said or shown in the pages of your booklet.
While digital content is convenient and easy to update, it can’t compete with a printed booklet in terms of quality. Printed booklets are more tactile and tangible than their digital counterparts, which makes them more engaging and memorable. They aren’t dependent on technology or batteries that may run out at any time—and if you need to make corrections later on, there are no worries about losing your original copy.
Ex Why Zed is the solution to your booklet printing needs because of our high-quality printing and low prices. We can print your booklets quickly and accurately, and we will work with you to make sure that your project turns out exactly as you envision it. Our team of experts is here to help you through every step of the printing process, from design creation to delivery. Contact us today via email or call to get started on your next printing project!
Printing booklets can be useful if you want to share your ideas and information with people. If you are looking for booklets in the UK, here are some frequently asked questions that might help you.
Ex Why Zed provides booklet printing in a variety of formats to meet your specific needs. We can print your booklet in standard sizes such as 5.5″ x 8.5″, 8.5″ x 11″, or customise the size to fit your specific requirements.
Additionally, we offer a variety of binding options, including saddle-stitch, perfect binding, and coil binding. Our high-quality printing will ensure that your booklet looks great and makes a positive impression on your audience. Contact us today to discuss your specific needs and we’ll be happy to provide you with a quote for our services.
Yes, there are standard sizes for cheap booklet printing. The most popular size is 8.5″ x 11″, but you can also print on smaller or larger paper sizes. 8.5″ x 11″ booklets are typically saddle stitched (which means the pages are stapled in the centre), while smaller and larger sizes may be perfect bound (which means the pages are glued at the spine).
There are a few places you can go to get cheap booklet printing near me done online. One option is to use an online printing company like Ex Why Zed, which specialises in quality printing.
Alternatively, you could try contacting a local print shop and asking if they offer any discounts for online orders. Whichever route you choose, be sure to compare prices and look for coupon codes or other discounts before placing your order. With a little bit of research, you should be able to find a great deal on cheap booklet printing!
At your local print shop, you can print booklets in a wide range of sizes and quantities. Booklets are composed of several pages bound together, and they can be used for a variety of purposes such as product catalogues, event programs, and corporate manuals. When printing booklets, you have several options to choose from in terms of paper stock, finishing, and binding type. Typically, booklets are printed on standard offset or digital presses. Depending on your budget and time frame, your print shop can help you decide which printing method is best for your project.
Ready for lift off and printing a booklet from PDF! You can use software or online tools specifically designed for this purpose. These tools allow you to select the booklet layout, adjust page settings, and easily convert your PDF into a booklet format that can be printed and bound.
To print a booklet from a PDF file, you will need software that supports booklet printing, such as Adobe Acrobat or Microsoft Word. These programs have built-in features that allow you to format and print your PDF file as a booklet, making it quick and easy to create professional-looking booklets.
Exporting your Adobe InDesign document to a PDF is a crucial step in the design process, ensuring that your work is presented exactly as you intended. Here are some best practices to ensure a smooth transition from InDesign to PDF:
By following these best practices, you’ll ensure that your PDFs maintain the highest quality and integrity, whether they’re intended for print, online viewing, or both.
While Adobe InDesign is a leading online tool in the publishing industry, there are several alternatives available, catering to various needs and budgets. Here are some popular alternatives to Adobe InDesign:
When choosing an alternative to Adobe InDesign, it’s essential to consider your specific needs, budget, and the learning curve associated with the new software. Some tools might be more suitable for simple projects, while others can handle complex publishing tasks.
Dive in and enjoy our deep dive to help you decide which program will work best for your skills, experience and budget. For book and booklet printing, all we need is a PDF which is super easy to download. Generally the programs are similar, if not identical on both Mac and PC.
Any questions, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
Affinity Publisher has quickly become a favourite among designers who are printing a booklet from PDF due to its intuitive interface and powerful features. When exporting your work, it’s essential to ensure the highest quality and compatibility. Here are some best practices to follow when exporting from Affinity Publisher:
By adhering to these best practices, you can ensure a seamless and high-quality transition from Affinity Publisher to PDF, whether for print or digital distribution.
When converting a Microsoft Word document to PDF for high-quality printing, there are specific settings to consider to ensure the best output. Here’s a guide to optimising your PDF for print quality:
By following these steps and settings, you can ensure that your PDF retains the highest quality possible, making it suitable for professional, high-quality printing.
Exporting a document from Microsoft Publisher is similar to the process in Microsoft Word, but there are some differences given the distinct nature of the two applications. Publisher is specifically designed for layout-intensive documents, so it has additional considerations for high-quality printing. Here’s a guide to exporting a PDF from Microsoft Publisher for the best print quality:
By following these steps, you can ensure that your Microsoft Publisher document is exported to a PDF that’s optimised for high-quality printing.
If you have the time and experience, you can go ahead and Preflight the PDF yourself. [Don’t worry if not, when you are printing a booklet from PDF we do it for you too]. Preflighting is an essential step in the print preparation process. It involves checking a document for errors and issues that might affect its print quality and appearance. Adobe Acrobat offers a robust preflight tool that can help identify and sometimes correct these issues in the files. Here’s how to use it:
By preflighting and checking your artwork PDF in Adobe Acrobat, you’re taking a proactive step to ensure the highest quality print output, minimising costly printing errors and untimely reprints on your booklet creations.
YES, we always preflight all work when it arrives. A little patience and triple check before going ahead and printing a booklet from PDF ensures it is correct. We will come back to you if there are any issues with the bleed settings, image quality, objects too near the edge of the trim area.
Booklet printing is a must-have for businesses of all sizes and industries. These compact, informative products offer an opportunity to showcase your brand, products, and services in a creative and engaging way. In this blog, we’ll explore the importance of booklet printing in business, including how it enhances brand visibility and improves aesthetic appeal. We’ll also dive into some design tips that will help your booklet stand out from the crowd, as well as cost-effective printing options that won’t break the bank. Plus, we’ll even provide you with some inspiration and software options to make the design process a breeze. So grab some popcorn and join us as we take you on a journey through the world of booklet printing!
Booklet printing is an excellent platform for businesses to enhance their brand visibility and reach a wider audience. It serves as an effective sales tool, allowing businesses to showcase their products and services to potential customers. With key details and important information included, booklet printing provides a variety of ways to engage and inform clients. Moreover, it is a cost-effective marketing strategy that can be utilised by businesses of all sizes. Booklets offer an information-rich experience that leaves a lasting impression on potential clients. So, consider incorporating brochure printing into your marketing mix and make the office reception area shine with informative and visually appealing booklet mail shots.
Booklets play a vital role in enhancing brand visibility for businesses. They create brand awareness and promote professionalism, making them an excellent platform for marketing purposes. With their visually appealing designs and variety of ways to distribute them, such as email, social media, and direct mail, brochures can reach a wider audience. These tangible marketing tools grab the attention of potential customers, allowing businesses to showcase their product offerings and communicate key information effectively. Booklets are a valuable asset in enhancing brand visibility.
Captivating design elements in well-designed booklets with attractive visuals enhance the reading experience, leaving a lasting impression on readers. The aesthetic appeal reflects the professionalism and quality of your business, elevating brand image and creating a positive perception.
The design of a booklet plays a crucial role in its effectiveness. A thoughtfully designed booklet engages readers and makes the content more accessible. It highlights important information, guides readers through the content, and aligns with business goals and target audience. Attention-grabbing visuals and an organised layout enhance readability, creating a positive user experience.
Booklet printing offers a variety of ways for businesses to effectively convey their message. For startups and small businesses, it provides an excellent platform to establish their brand and showcase their products and services. Even large businesses benefit from booklets as they serve as a valuable sales assistant, communicating important information to customers. Lookbooks and Brochures level the playing field, allowing small businesses to compete with larger competitors. Whether it’s for marketing purposes or booklet mailshots in the office reception area, they are a cost-effective and engaging tool.
Alright, let’s get into the nitty-gritty of crafting a booklet that’s not just good, but absolutely smashing! ? Based on our expertise and insight, here are 10 winning factors that contribute to a well-designed, engaging, professional-looking booklet to promote a business or brand:
Creating a visually appealing and effective booklet design is crucial for businesses. Keep the design clean and uncluttered for easy readability. Use high-quality images and graphics to give your booklet a professional look. Choose legible fonts that are consistent throughout the booklet. Lastly, utilise headings and subheadings to guide the reader through the content. Our tips will ensure your booklet stands out and effectively conveys your message.
Remember, a booklet is more than just a collection of pages; it’s a representation of the brand. So, make it count! We you need a print partner to bring your designs to life, you know where to find us at Ex Why Zed! ???
When it comes to designing booklets, you have a variety of software options to choose from. Adobe InDesign is a popular choice among professionals, offering advanced design capabilities for a polished finish. Canva, on the other hand, provides user-friendly templates and tools, making it an excellent platform for beginners. If you’re on a budget, Microsoft Publisher offers a more affordable option with basic design features. For collaborative projects, Lucidpress provides collaborative design features, allowing multiple team members to work together seamlessly. And if you’re an experienced designer looking for advanced capabilities, Serif Affinity Publisher has got you covered. With these best design software options, you can create stunning booklets for all your marketing purposes.
Booklet printing is a strategic business decision due to its cost-effectiveness and versatility. With booklets acting as mini-catalogs or annual reports, businesses can provide a comprehensive overview of their products and services. They also serve as valuable marketing tools for promoting brand awareness, internally communicating with stakeholders, and reaching a wider audience through distribution channels.
When it comes to cost-effectiveness, booklet printing proves to be an excellent platform for businesses. They offer a variety of ways to showcase products and services at a lower per-unit cost, especially when printed in bulk. In comparison to digital marketing, booklets provide a tangible and long-lasting marketing tool that can be distributed effectively, whether it’s through sales assistants or in the office reception area. What’s more, printing companies offer affordable booklet printing options, making it an attractive choice for businesses of all sizes. So why not take advantage of the cost-effectiveness of booklet printing for your marketing purposes? It’s a smart investment that yields great results.
Explore Ex Why Zed’s diverse portfolio and be amazed by their high-quality print work. Get inspired by the stunning designs and discover a variety of ways to create captivating business booklets. From sleek corporate brochures to eye-catching promotional materials, Ex Why Zed showcases different industries and design styles with finesse. With their range of booklet printing options, including brochure printing and booklet mail shots, you can trust them to deliver effective solutions for all your marketing purposes. Gain confidence in choosing Ex Why Zed for your business booklet printing needs.
Indulge in the ultimate visual treat with Ex Why Zed’s captivating video showcases. Immerse yourself in their print production process as it unfolds before your eyes, showcasing their dedication to quality and craftsmanship. Take a sneak peek behind the scenes of their cutting-edge printing facilities, where state-of-the-art technology brings booklets to life. Be inspired by real-life examples of finished booklets and witness their undeniable impact. Grab your popcorn and get ready to feast your eyes on the magic of Ex Why Zed’s video showcases.
To make your business booklet stand out, consider incorporating visual elements like images and graphics to enhance the design. Use your brand colours and logo for brand awareness. Structure the booklet in a way that guides readers through key details and information. Utilise white space for a clean and organised layout. Lastly, incorporate unforgettable imagery to leave a lasting impression.
A winning booklet design effectively showcases your products or services, capturing attention with eye-catching visuals and engaging text. It highlights important information in a clear and concise manner while maintaining a cohesive theme throughout the booklet.
Looking to create an eye-catching booklet design? Get inspired by exploring various sources! Start by examining successful booklets within your industry for fresh ideas. Dive into design websites and blogs to discover creative concepts that can make your booklet stand out. Don’t limit yourself to the realm of print – draw inspiration from art, photography, and other visual mediums. Analyse popular marketing tools like brochures and newsletters to learn from their effective designs. Consider incorporating elements from your website or social media platforms for a cohesive brand experience. Get ready to unleash your creativity!
Printing a Booklet from a PDF is an excellent platform to generate professional-looking booklets for your business. The variety of ways you can showcase important information in an organised and visually appealing format makes booklet printing an effective sales tool to attract potential customers. Not only does it create a lasting impression, but it also serves as a popular marketing tool for businesses of all sizes. So why wait? Get your booklet printing done and start making waves in the market!
Exporting your artwork to PDF is an essential step in the booklet printing process. It guarantees high-quality printing and ensures that your booklet prints exactly as you designed it. The PDF format preserves the visual elements and layout of your artwork, making it an excellent platform for showcasing your creativity. Additionally, exporting to PDF allows for easy digital sharing of your booklet, whether it’s through email or on your website. PDF files are our preferred file format at Ex Why Zed, and super easy for you to make from most computer programs.
Ready to place an order?
You’ll need to upload the files using WeTransfer (it’s super easy, you don’t need an account and it is free). In the comments box, do remind us of the print spec you are going for, the number of copies and the best address for us to deliver to. We will then give your artwork a free preflight check to highlight any potential issues and will email any recommendations before going to production.
Any questions, do give us a shout, we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
If you’re looking to find a cheap brochure printing company in the UK, you’ve come to the right place. Finding affordable brochures printing has been a challenge for a lot of people and I’m sure it’s similar for you. In today’s article, we’ll be going through a couple of ways you can save money on your next print order.
The first way to save money on brochure printing is by using a service that offers discounts for bulk orders. This type of service is typically used by businesses that need to print a large number of brochures at one time. However, you can also find these services online and they will usually offer a lower price per brochure when you order in bulk.
Another way to get cheaper brochures and banners printing are by using a company that specializes in this type of printing. These companies often have access to better deals on paper and ink, which means they can pass the savings on to you. In addition, these companies usually have experience with different types of brochures and can recommend the best design for your needs.
Finally, if you’re willing to pay a bit more, you can always go with a full-service printing company. These companies will take care of everything from design to printing to shipping. They’ll even help you create a custom brochure if you need one. However, you’ll likely pay a bit more for their services.
By using one of the methods above, you should be able to find a cheap pocket brochure printing company that offers quality brochures at an affordable price.
At Ex Why Zed, we believe that everyone has the potential to be creative. We don’t think that creativity is a trait that only a select few are born with. Instead, we believe that it can be learned and cultivated. And this is why we offer our services to anyone who wants to learn more about creativity and how to use it effectively.
We understand that brochure printing can be expensive, which is why we price fairly. We also specialize in brochure printing and can recommend the best design for your needs. And if you’re willing to pay a bit more, we can even help you create a custom brochure.
So if you’re looking for cheap brochure printing in the UK, contact us today and we’ll be happy to help you save money on your next print order.
There are a few ways to do this. One way is to use an online booklet printing service like exwhyzed. There are several good ones available, and they allow you to upload your document and then print it in miniature book form.
Another way is to use a program like Adobe InDesign or Microsoft Publisher to create your booklet. These programs allow you to create a booklet format that can be printed on standard-sized paper, which you can then fold into a mini booklet form. If you’re comfortable using the command-line interface, there are also free programs that will help you create mini booklets from any text file.
A small booklet is typically around 5.5-by-8.5 inches or 14-by-21.5 centimetres in size. Some booklets are smaller, but this is a common size for a small booklet.
In booklet printing, it’s important to keep the spine width in mind. The spine is the binding that holds all the pages together and it usually measures about 1/8 of an inch wide. This means that if your pages are 8.5 inches wide, the total print area should be no more than 7.75 inches wide so that there’s enough margin on each side of the spine for binding.
Yes, a pamphlet can be as short as one page. Many online small booklet printing firms offer small booklet printing, which is a great option for short pamphlets. Just make sure the content is concise and to the point so that readers can quickly get the information they need.
When you set up print small booklet products, you typically do it with a paper cover and saddle stitching, which is stapling along the spine. Booklets are smaller than regular books and are often used for promoting a product or service. They can also be used as an instructional guide or manual.
A book is larger than a booklet, with a cloth or paper cover and sewn pages. Books are used for reading, whereas booklets are meant to be browsed through quickly.
A small booklet is typically called a “pamphlet.” There is no standard size for pamphlets, but they are generally smaller than a regular book. They may be used for catalogues and may come with spiral binding or staple binding.
The cost of spiral binding a book will depend on the length and width of the book, as well as the type and thickness of the spiral binding chosen. Generally, the thicker the spiral binding, the more expensive it will be.
Booklet binding is the process of collating a set of printed sheets together that allows a booklet to be opened and read like a standard book. Booklet binding is sometimes known as saddle stitching or wire stitching because the printed sheets were collated over a saddle then stapled together. This is common practice for up to 40 pages which is 10 printed sheets. Choosing which type of booklet binding to use will depend on how many pages you end up with and the overall aesthetic you are aiming for.
Local book binding services can be found in many cities. However, it is important to compare costs and services before choosing a service provider. Booklet binding is generally an affordable option for small print jobs.
Booklet binding is beneficial since
Whether it be magazines, leaflets, or even novels, binding a booklet is a great way to keep your pages together while still allowing the reader to neatly open them. This type of binding can also help give your document a more polished and professional look. In terms of copyright, it is also worth noting that booklet binding can help prevent your work from being photocopied or scanned as easily, as the pages will need to be dismantled in order to do so.
Posters, maps, leaflets and flyer are alternative products Ex Why Zed can print which would not be bound. For zines, annual reports, photo books and magazines however, booklet binding is an excellent option that can give your document a clean look.
Ex Why Zed offers high-quality binding services at an affordable price. We have a wide range of options to choose from, so you can find the perfect binding solution for your project. We are also a great choice if you’re looking for a service that can help prevent your work from being photocopied or scanned, as they offer several different types of binding that can help with this. Overall, Ex Why Zed booklet binding is the best choice in the UK.
The following frequently asked questions will help you decide if having your booklet or brochure printed via booklet binding is right for you. If you choose to have your booklet or brochure printed then get inspired with our booklet printing inspiration, there are a few things to consider.
The easiest way to create a booklet is to use an online service like exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk. With Ex Why Zed, you can create a professional-looking booklet in just a few minutes, without having to hire a designer or print shop. Adobe Indesign is the industry standard for page layout and they offer a one week free trial but you could also consider Affinity Publisher, Quark Express, Canva or even Microsoft Word or Publisher. All you need to do is export to high res PDF, upload your documents and let us know your choice of papers and finishes. Send us the pdf on wetransfer.com and we will give it a thorough preflight before booking in your print job.
There are a few things you’ll need to take into consideration when you need booklet printing for your business. Below are some factors to keep in mind:
There are three types of binding: saddle-stitched, perfect-bound, and case-bound. The photo below shows all three.
Saddle-stitched binding is the most common type of binding, and it’s done by stitching staples through the spine of a document.
Perfect binding is done by glueing the pages of a document to a spine, and case binding is done by gluing or sewing the inside pages of a document the adding endpapers and the hardback cover.
Which will work best for your new booklet?
There is no right or wrong answer here. The binding you choose will be dictated by the number of pages you have and also the budget.
The rule of thumb is:
• Saddle stitching / wire stitching / stapling for up to 40 pages.
• Perfect binding for 36 pages or more.
• Case binding / hardback binding for 36 pages or more for a robust, high end appearance.
If you’re looking for a good quality bookbinding job that will last, I would recommend going with a professional online service booklet design and printing rather than trying to do it yourself. Ex Why Zed would surely provide a high-quality finished product.
Well, sometimes we call hardback book legends ‘old-school bookbinders’ because they are masters at their trade and have been in the industry for decades!
Binders are usually hired to bind the covers of a book with the pages that have already been printed. There are different types of binding techniques that binders need to learn. This includes processes after brochures printing and perfect binding. In the old days a printer might complete the first part of the project before the book binder completed it. At Ex Why Zed, we manage all but the most complex processes in house so your publications arrive bound and ready to read.
A 12 page booklet may seem like an uncommon document type for some, but it can be a great choice for certain projects. It is a good solution for zines, fashion lookbooks, mini Final Major Projects and more. However, not every project calls for it. The document’s versatility makes it ideal for multiple purposes, but not all information exchanges require this type of publication. So how do you know if it’s the best choice for your project? Well, it really depends on how much content you would like to display and whether 12 pages is the ideal fit for your budget.
Full colour brochure printing involves printing using CMYK ink on our Indigo digital press or Heidelberg litho. On longer print runs which we produce on our Heidelberg litho press, there are also other spot colours that can be added to produce a more vibrant and colourful print output. When it comes to full-colour brochures, your design must be a multiple of 4 pages. You could choose to print just the front and back page in full colour while the inside pages could be in grayscale or black ink only.
It is one of the most common types of brochures that self-publishers and businesses use these days. It allows them to showcase their products and services in the best light possible.
When ordering a 12-page booklet, make sure to thoroughly check the final proof we send. If it all looks ok then send us your approval and we will go to print. On some websites, this page is also sometimes called a “payment gateway” or “order form.” A checkout page is typically the last step in a customer’s journey through an online service. At Ex Why Zed we operate a more friendly and customer centric process and will start a conversation on email rather than hiding behind an automated website.
In terms of booklet lamination, there are three types of finishes: matt, gloss and soft-touch. Lamination is always the best choice for book and booklet covers which have ink on the outside. Paper fibres like to remain flat and do crack when they are folded to bind a booklet. The lamination is thin, virtually invisible protective layer which protects the sheet from cracking and ensures it looks perfect on arrival with your reader.
When it comes to printing booklets, people should choose Ex Why Zed because of the company’s commitment to quality and customer satisfaction. We have a team of skilled professionals who use the latest technology to produce high-quality prints. In addition, the company offers a wide range of services that are designed to meet the specific needs of its clients. Under our wing, every customer would feel quality assistance and speedy services.
Do you have other concerns about booklets? Read our FAQ section below and start learning now!
An A4 booklet is 210 x 297 millimetres or 8.27 x 11.69 inches in size.
A4 paper is a common international standard size for paper and documents. It’s normally measured in millimetres at 210 millimetres wide and 297 millimetres long. There are also ISO 216 sizes that define the exact measurements of different paper sizes, including A4, A3, B5, and more. You can see a complete list on www.exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk. We tend not to charge extra for bespoke sizes to do choose the options which et matches your idea and creativity.
There are a few ways to print an A4 page in booklet form. One way is to use the booklet printing option in your printer settings. This will print the pages out in the correct order so that they can be folded and stapled together to create a booklet.
Another way to print an A4 page as a booklet is to use a PDF editor like Adobe Acrobat Pro or Adobe Reader. This will allow you to create a “booklet” PDF file that includes all of the pages of your document placed in the correct order. You can then print this PDF file using your regular printer, and it will print out as a booklet. Experts at Ex Why Zed know how to do this and will give each client further assistance with the processes.
There are a few different terms that are commonly used for booklets, depending on their size and purpose. “Brochure” is often used for small booklets that contain information about a product or service, while “catalogue” is typically used for larger booklets that contain a more extensive collection of items.
The term “booklet” can be used generically to refer to either of these types of publications. When it comes to printing, the most common size for booklets is A4 (8.27 inches x 11.69 inches). When it comes to a4 booklet printing prices, the cost of printing a booklet will depend on various factors, including the number of pages, the paper stock, and the print quality desired.
The answer to this question depends on a number of factors, including the purpose of the booklet and the budget you have for printing. For example, if you are creating a marketing booklet to promote your business, you’ll probably want a larger format that showcases your products and services in the best light possible.
On the other hand, if you’re producing an informational booklet for a conference or event, a smaller size may be more practical and the cost of printing a4 booklet would be worth it. Ultimately, it’s important to consider all of these factors before deciding on the size of your booklet.
Pamphlets have been around for centuries and are still commonly used today as a means of marketing and advertising. While their use may seem disputed in this day and age of digital media, there is still a place for pamphlets – especially when it comes to providing potential customers with detailed information about a product or service. One of the key benefits of pamphlets is that they can be highly customised to include whatever information you want to include. This makes them ideal for conveying specific details about your product or service that you want potential customers to know. In terms of booklet binding, there are a number of different options available, including stapling, perfect binding, and saddle stitching.
Yes, you can self-publish your booklet is an easy, fun and efficient fashion at Ex Why Zed. When you think about printing booklets, your first instinct might be to start a Word document and print it out. But is that the most effective way to do it? In this blog post, we’re going to share some things you should consider before making the decision to do it yourself.
The first thing you need to think about is print quality. At Ex Why Zed why have the top of the range Indigo digital and Heidelberg litho presses to ensure your work looks as good as it possibly can. We ensure the print quality is professional. This means choosing the right printer and using high-quality paper. Otherwise, your booklet will look homemade and unprofessional.
Another thing to consider is the binding. When you print a booklet, you’ll need to bind it somehow so that all the pages stay together. This can be a tricky process, and it’s one that’s best left to the professionals. Unless you’re confident in your ability to bind your booklet correctly, it’s probably not worth the risk of doing it yourself.
Finally, think about the cost. Printing your own custom bound books can be cheaper than having them professionally printed, but it’s important to factor in the cost of materials and your time. If you’re not confident in your ability to print and bind your booklet correctly, it might be worth spending a little extra to have it done right. We aim to deliver all short run booklets and books within 4/5 working days. They will be sent by DPD or Parcelforce to arrive in swift time.
If you want to get your booklets printed, Ex Why Zed is the printing company for you. We offer high-quality printing at an affordable price, so you can get the most out of your booklet printing project. Here are some of the reasons why you should choose Ex Why Zed for your booklet printing needs:
If you want to get your booklets printed with high quality and at an affordable price, contact Ex Why Zed today! We would be happy to discuss your booklet printing project with you and provide you with a free quote.
When it comes to printing, there always seems to be a lot of questions. Not anymore. Here, we answer some commonly asked questions about printing your own booklet to help you with any concerns or questions, and hopefully save you some time and money.
Booklet style is the an umbrella term for the size, layout and binding choices you make. All of these factors combine to give the style and aesthetic of your publication. Style can be used to describe booklets, pamphlets, and other small publications. It can also be used for larger documents, especially those that are being divided into chapters or sections. We at https://exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk/ offer this service at affordable prices!
Booklet printing results in a document that is bound, typically consisting of several sheets of paper typewritten or printing that contains information on a specific subject. A pamphlet is a coherent collection of published materials that are generally shorter than a book. Pamphlets may be self-published or produced by an organisation as part of its communication strategy.
When you acquire custom booklet printing cheap, the final product will be printed on thin, glossy paper stock. This type of paper is known for its smooth surface and vibrant colours, making it ideal for printing high-quality images and photos. However, thin paper can be more prone to wrinkling and tearing, so you may want to consider a thicker paper stock if your booklet will be handled frequently. Glossy paper has a distinct shine so for a more tactile and muted finish, choose silk or uncoated paper.
A booklet is a small publication that is usually saddle-stitched (stapled along the fold) or perfect-bound like a magazine. They are popular for promoting products or services, as they can be filled with glossy photographs and text. Custom plastic printing booklet can also be acquired to use as sales collateral or as an educational tool.
A business booklet is a short, concise guide that covers the basics of a certain business topic. This is typically 12 page booklet, and is designed to give readers a high-level overview of the subject matter.
Booklets fulfil a unique purpose that no other form of printing can. They are versatile and provide an economical way to package information for both personal and commercial use. Booklets can be printed in black and white or in colour, on a wide range of paper stocks, and folded to nearly any size. In this blog post, we will explore the different types of booklets, their uses, and how you can create your own booklet using our online printing services. Let’s get started!
Booklets are ideal for including detailed instructions, product catalogues, event programmes, corporate reports, manuals, and other complex documents. When you need to include more than just a few pages of content, booklets are the way to go. Plus, booklets can be customized to nearly any size and shape, which gives you plenty of room to get creative with your design.
There are two main types of booklets: saddle-stitched booklets and perfect-bound booklets. Saddle-stitched booklets are the most common type of booklet and are typically used for items like event programs, small catalogues, and manuals. They are easy and inexpensive to produce and can be printed on a variety of paper stocks. Perfect bound booklets are similar to saddle stitched booklets, but they have a glued spine instead of staples. This type of booklet is typically used for thicker booklets, like corporate reports and catalogues.
So, why make a booklet? Booklets are an effective way to package information because they are:
If you’re interested in creating your own booklet or stickers, we can help!
There are many reasons why choosing Ex Why Zed for your booklet printing needs is the best decision you can make. Our state-of-the-art printing equipment and experienced team of professionals ensure that your booklet production will be done to the highest standards. We also offer a wide range of paper stocks and finishing options to choose from, so you can be sure to find the perfect look for your project.
In addition to our high-quality printing services, we also offer competitive pricing and quick turnaround times. We understand that getting your booklets printed on time is important, so we always work hard to meet your deadlines. Plus, our online ordering system makes it easy to get started with your project.
So if you’re looking for the best booklet printing services available, look no further than Ex Why Zed. We’ll make sure your booklets are printed to perfection!
The questions often asked about booklets revolve around the same topics. To help you answer these common questions, we’ve put together this guide to booklet printing.
PUR bound is a type of binding that helps keep the spine of a book intact and prevents it from becoming damaged or bent. It is often used for books that will be read frequently or that need to be kept in good condition for a longer period of time. PUR binding is strong and durable, making it a good choice for many different types of books. You can visit Ex Why Zed if you want your content to be printed and PUR bound.
Saddle stitch binding is a type of booklet printing bind that involves stitching sheets of paper together one at a time, through the folds, with saddle-like stitching needles. Perfect binding is a type of binding that uses adhesive to hold a stack of pages together, and is often used for paperback books.
There are a few different types of bookbinding, but the most common types are hardcover and paperback. Hardcover books are more expensive to produce, but they last longer because the cover is glued to the spine of the book, making it more durable. Paperback books come with cheap booklet printing UK hardback prices and tend to tear or lose pages more easily than hardcover books. An advantage of wire stitching is that the pages open completely flat so you can see the full width of a double-page spread, like the image below.
A good pamphlet is something that is concise and to the point. It should also be colourful and eye-catching in order to draw in readers. Most importantly, a good pamphlet should provide accurate information that is easy to understand. You can have one through booklet single printing service from Ex Why Zed.
We use the highest quality OPUR glue to ensure the pages of a your perfect bound book with be robust and hard wearing. Even though perfect binding is not as strong as some other methods like saddle stitching, it is still a fairly strong printing method, especially if you use good quality materials. If you print your own booklet, make sure to use good-quality paper and avoid using excessively thin or brittle pages. Perfect binding can be an excellent option for a variety of projects, so experiment to see what works best for you.
Printed booklets are a great way to get your content out there. They can be a cost-effective alternative to large format printing and help you put your message forward in a simple style. They are also a great way to promote an event or fundraiser. You can design them with specific needs in mind or as part of an ongoing publishing project.
When you print booklets, you have complete control over the design and content. This means that you can tailor them to your specific needs and target audience. You can also include as much or as little information as you like. If you’re promoting an event, for example, you might want to include a map and directions. Or if you’re raising awareness for a cause, you could include contact information for relevant organisations.
Printed booklets are also a great way to show off your brand. You can use them to showcase your company’s values and mission, or to promote new products and services. And because they’re so versatile, you can hand them out at events, post them through letterboxes or distribute them online.
Ex Why Zed Printing is the best place to print a promotional booklet. We provide a high-quality printing service that is reliable, fast, and affordable at affordable prices. We use the latest printing technology to ensure that your booklet is printed to the highest standard. We have a wide range of paper stocks and finishes to choose from, so you can create a booklet that is unique and stylish. We also offer a range of design services to help you create the perfect booklet for your needs. Call or email us today to find out more about our printing services or to ask for a quote.
We listed some commonly asked questions about printing one off booklet sets and tried to answer them as clearly as possible.
To print a double-sided booklet, you’ll need to configure your printer settings appropriately. Many printers have a duplex printing option that you can select in the print dialog box. Alternatively, you can set your printer to print on both sides of the paper manually. Consult your printer’s manual for specific instructions on how to do this.
Once you’ve configured your printer settings, simply open the document that you want to print in your word processor and select the option to print as a booklet. This will typically involve choosing a particular pagination setting, such as 2-up or 4-up. Again, consult your word processor’s documentation for specific instructions on how to do this.
Another way to do this is to hire exwhyzed to do the printing for you. This would definitely save you lots of time and effort. When you send us your finished pdf, we will assume that page 1 is printed onto the front of page 2, page 3 the front of page 4 etc so the whole booklet will be double-sided and professional – no blank pages.
Booklet printing is a process where your document is printed on our HP Indigo digital press. This method of printing offers some distinct advantages over traditional methods like Offset Printing (or litho printing).
The first advantage is that digital booklet printing is much more efficient for small print runs including one off copies. The second advantage is that it allows for precise print quality, meaning your text and images will look better than ever before. Finally, booklet printing offers fantastic value for money, regardless if you need to print small or large quantities of booklets.
Manually creating a booklet using paper and staples takes a lot of work. You’d have to lay out the text and images properly and figure out what type of paper to use. If you want to skip the inconvenience of doing this, choosing cheap booklet printing services can print your booklet for you. Just send us the document for printing from PDF and we will print it out for you and bind it into a booklet form.
There are a few ways that you can do cheap thin paper booklet 8 page printing without staples. One way is to use a cheap, thin paper booklet almost like a newspaper. This type of booklet can have as few as eight pages and up to around 72. The sheets will be folded in half but left unbound, we call this ‘nesting’. You can print your own text and illustrations on it. Send us the high res pdf ad we will do the rest.
The example below is an example of a nested booklet – the pages can all be taken apart and used as art prints.
In the bookbinding process, a hardcover is also called a case binding or a hardback. This style of binding isn’t as popular as paperback or even spiral-bound books these days, but if you’re looking for something sturdy and classic, it may be the perfect option. Just keep in mind that a hardcover book can get pricey depending on the type of paper you choose. For example, if you want to have glossy paper inside, it’ll cost you more.
So, how much does a custom hardcover book cost? It depends on the quantity, printer, and other specifics of your project.
Whether you’re creating a one-of-a-kind family cookbook or an heirloom-quality photo album, custom hardcover books are sure to make a lasting impression. And with so many options available, there’s definitely a style to fit any budget. So if you’re looking for a classic way to showcase your favourite memories, don’t be afraid to splurge on a custom hardcover book – it’ll be worth every pound.
There are many printing service providers to choose from, but Ex Why Zed is the best. Here’s why:
1) We have a wide range of products and services to choose from, including custom hardcover books.
2) We have competitive prices and fast turnaround times.
3) We use the latest printing technology and equipment.
4) We have a team of highly skilled professionals who are dedicated to providing excellent customer service.
5) We offer a 100% satisfaction guarantee on all of our products and services.
If you’re looking to publish hardcover book printer, look no further than Ex Why Zed! Contact us today to get started on your project.
Here are a few frequently asked questions that can guide you in getting your custom hardcover book printed:
Yes, if you want a custom hardcover book. A custom hardcover book is worth it because it will last longer than a paperback book, and it will look nicer on your shelf.
Paperback books can get damaged over time, while a custom hardcover book will stay in good condition for many years. And unlike a paperback book, a custom hardcover book can be personalised with your name or any other text you choose. So if you want a high-quality and long-lasting book to read or display on your shelf, then a custom hardcover book is the way to go.
Check out exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk for more details.
A book that’s a product of hardback book printing can last anywhere from a few years to decades, depending on its construction and how well it’s cared for. A custom hardcover book built with high-quality materials and designed to withstand wear and tear can easily become a family heirloom that will be passed down for generations. With proper care, your hardcover book should give you years of enjoyment.
A hardcover book is more durable and can last longer than a paperback. It’s also more expensive to produce, so publishers typically charge more for a hardcover book.
A custom hardcover book can add a touch of luxury and make your book look unique on a shelf full of paperbacks. If you’re looking for a high-quality, long-lasting book to commemorate an important event or to give as a gift, then a hardcover is the way to go. Check hardback book printing services online and explore your options.
There are a few key differences between cloth and hardcover books. For one, hardcover books have stiff covers that can protect the pages from damage more effectively than cloth covers. Additionally, book printing hardcover a4 products usually have sewn bindings, which create a more durable book that can resist page tearing. Finally, hardcover books can be custom made to order, which means you can choose your own cover design, cover material, and other details to create a truly unique book.
Custom hardcover books are generally made with a type of 2000 micron grey board. This type of board is made up of three layers – an inner layer of kraft paper, a middle layer of corrugated fibreboard, and an outer layer of kraft paper. The corrugated fibreboard is what gives the board its strength and makes it resistant to crushing. This is ideal for all kinds of projects like workbook printing, regular book printing, and more.
Do you want to create a hardcover book? The experience of reading a physical book is unlike any other. It’s something that can’t be replaced by reading an eBook on your tablet or computer screen. But, if you want to create a hardcover book yourself, the process is actually a lot easier than it might seem.
The first step is to gather all of the content that you want to include in your book. This can be anything from a collection of essays to a series of poems or even a novel. Once you have all of your content, you will need to set the layout on each page. You can do this using publishing software like Publisher or InDesign, but a word processing program like Microsoft Word or Google Docs would also suffice.
Once your content is formatted into landscape or portrait and sorted in pages, you will need to print it out. For best results, you should use a high-quality printer. Once your pages are printed out, you will need to cut them down to size and then bind them together. To do this, you can either use a binding machine or simply hand-sew the pages together.
Once your pages are bound together, you will need to create a cover for your book. This can be done by printing out a design on heavy paper or cardstock and then gluing it to the front and back covers of your book. Alternatively, you can purchase pre-made covers from a number of online retailers.
Creating an A4 hardback book is a fun and rewarding experience. It’s also a great way to preserve your writing for years to come. So if you’ve ever thought about creating a hardcover book, now is the time to do it!
People should choose Ex Why Zed hardbound printing services because our team of experts will work with you every step of the way to ensure that your book is perfect. We understand the importance of a great finished product, and we will do everything possible to make sure that your book looks and feels exactly the way you want it to. We also offer a variety of customization options, so you can create a book that is truly unique.
Additionally, we offer some of the best prices in the industry, so you can get your book printed without breaking the bank. We also offer a number of shipping and delivery options, so you can get your books delivered wherever you need them to be.
So if you’re looking for high-quality hardback book printing services, look no further than Ex Why Zed!
If you want to make a hardcover book in the near future, you must read this article. Look at these frequently asked questions about how to create a hardcover book.
It typically takes around 6/7 working days to print a hardcover book. This includes the time it takes to design the book, sent it off to the printer, and receive the final product. If you’re working with a professional design and printing team, they will be able to give you a more accurate timeline for your specific project.
To get an estimate of the completion time for your project, check out exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk today.
It depends on the publisher and the book. For some books, the difference in cost between hardback book printing and paperback is negligible. For other books, particularly those with a lot of colour or that use glossy stock, the hardcover edition may be more expensive to produce. But even in these cases, the markup on a hardcover book is often much higher than on a paperback, so the final price to the customer is typically much higher as well.
One reason for this is that publishers incur significant costs when they produce a hardcover edition of a book. They need to invest in heavier-weight paper and a more sophisticated binding process. They also need to pay for larger printing runs (since there are usually fewer hardcover copies printed than paperback copies). All of these factors add up to make hardcover books more expensive for publishers to produce.
Traditionally, a hardcover book is created by folding large sheets of paper in half, creating 4 pages. The hardback book printing and binding materials make these books sturdy. The folded pages are then cut down to their finished size and sewn together or glued to the spine of the book cover.
Today, there are many different methods for binding a book together, including perfect binding and case binding. With perfect binding, the cover is glued directly to the spine of the book block. Case binding involves sewing a cloth or leather cover to the spine of the book block and often includes hubs (or raised bands) on the spine.
Hardcover book printing and binding is a craft. A hardcover book has a cloth cover, as opposed to a paperback book, which has a paper cover. The cover is what’s visible when you look at a book.
A cloth cover is created by adding an extra piece of paper to the front and back of the cover. A cloth cover can be printed on one or two sides. If it’s printed on two sides, the same image will be printed on both sides, but will be reversed (mirror image).
The extra piece of paper is called the dust jacket. The dust jacket can also be printed on one or two sides. If it’s printed on two sides, the same image will be printed on both sides, but will be reversed (mirror image).
To create a cloth cover, you will need to use heavier paper weight. We recommend using at least 80 lb. cover stock. You can also use 100 lb. cover stock or 120 lb. cover stock, but these papers will be more expensive.
If you only want to print your book on one side, you can use a lighter weight, such as 60 lb. text stock. However, we do not recommend printing your book on two sides if it will be read from left to right (like a novel). The reason for this is that the pages will tend to curl up if they are printed on both sides.
Digital book printing is a book printing process that uses digital files instead of traditional printing plates. This allows for shorter print runs and more customization, which is ideal for self-publishing authors and small presses. The downside to digital book printing is that it generally results in a slightly lower print quality than offset printing (which is the library standard). But for most readers, the difference is negligible. Here’s how digital book printing works:
First, you create a PDF of your book. This can be done in any number of ways, but we recommend using professional layout software like Adobe InDesign. Once you have your PDF file, you upload it to a printer’s website and place an order.
The printers will then print your book using a digital printing press. Once the book is printed, it will be trimmed to size and shipped to you. Part of these printers’ services is custom hardcover book designing.
Digital book printing is typically more expensive than offset printing on a per-book basis. But if you’re only printing a small number of books (100 or less), it can actually be cheaper overall. This is because there are no setup costs with digital printing. So if you’re looking to print a short run of books, we recommend checking out some digital printers.
Hard cover books have become more popular over the years. These types of printed books are often preferred in many situations, including school textbooks, picture books, and novels. In some cases, paperback books may be used in combination with hardcover books, but this is far from the standard. Even though a lot of people choose hardcover books, some of them aren’t sure about what makes up the total cost. That’s why we decided to explore everything you need to know about the subject!
The cost of hardcover books can range from about £10 to £30. The median price is generally around £20. However, there are a few things that will affect the final cost of the book. These include:
Choosing the right hardback book printing service is important, and Ex Why Zed is the best in the business. We provide high-quality printing at an affordable price, and our customer service is top-notch. We guarantee your satisfaction in every order!
Have you always wanted a hard cover book? Do you need to print a book online? Do you have ideas for a great book that you would like to put into a hard cover form? Well, look no further. Here are some frequently asked questions about hard cover books.
Short run book printing is a process of printing hardcover books in small quantities, usually between 25 and 500 copies. This type of printing is ideal for self-publishers and small businesses who need quick turnaround times and low minimums. There are a few different options for short run book printing, including digital printing, offset lithography, and print on demand (POD). Each option has its own set of benefits and drawbacks, so it’s important to choose the right one for your project.
Digital printing is the most popular choice for short run book printing because it’s the most cost-effective option. This type of printing uses lasers to transfer images onto paper, which means there are no plates or setup fees.
Offset lithography is a traditional printing method that uses metal plates to transfer images onto paper. This option is more expensive than digital printing, but it’s ideal for large print runs. Ex Why Zed has no minimum order quantity which is ideal for student final major projects which requires one-off hardcover books for a hand in. This option is more expensive than digital and offset lithography, but it doesn’t require any minimum order quantity.
If you need more information on this topic, give the Ex Why Zed team a call now.
A hardback is a type of book with a rigid cover and spine, usually made of cardboard covered with cloth, buckram, or leather. The pages are glued to the spine, rather than sewn. Hardcover books are typically more expensive than trade paperbacks. They are often used for reference works and for important or prestigious works of literature. The durability of these books made hardback book printing popular.
Hardcover books definitely have their advantages. They’re generally more durable than paperbacks, so if you’re looking for a book that will last, hardcovers are a good bet. They also tend to have better production values in terms of things like print quality and binding. So if you’re looking for really nice-looking books or options for your short run hardback book printing pdf file, hardcovers are often the way to go. Finally, hardcover books often retain their value better than paperbacks, so if you’re interested in reselling your books later on, they may be a wiser investment.
Short run book printing with hardback covers and some hardcover books have paper covers for a number of reasons. One reason is that paper is a more durable material than cloth, so it will better protect the pages of the book from damage. Paper is also less likely to fade or discolour over time than cloth, so it can help keep a book looking newer for longer.
Additionally, paper covers are generally less expensive to produce than cloth covers, which makes them more budget-friendly for publishers and consumers alike. Whether you prefer hardcover or paperback books, there’s no denying that they both have their own unique benefits!
No, hardcover books do not necessarily have a larger print. The size of the print is determined by the publisher and is based on the size of the book’s trim (the finished, cut edge of the book’s pages).
If you intend to create a hardcover book, know that hardcover books are usually slightly taller and wider than their softcover counterparts, but this difference is due to the hardcover’s binding—not the size of its print. So, if you’re looking for a book with large print, you’ll need to check the publisher’s specifications rather than simply opting for a hardcover edition.
A hardback binding service is a company that professionally binds your books using hardback covers. Although the process used by this kind of company is slightly more complicated than binding a book with removable covers, it can be helpful if you’re looking for a more durable cover that will last you longer. Using this binding service can also give your brochure or any book a professional appearance.
If you’re interested in hardback thesis binding services, there are a few pieces of information you should keep in mind. First, hardback binding can be more expensive than standard bookbinding methods. This is because the process is more complicated and requires more materials. Additionally, these binding services typically have a longer turnaround time than other bookbinding methods.
Despite these potential drawbacks, hardback binding can be a great option for those who want a durable cover and a professional appearance for their book. If you’re considering this option, be sure to research various binding services to find one that fits your budget and needs.
There are many reasons why people should choose Ex Why Zed. We are a company that is dedicated to helping people unleash their creativity and achieve their goals. We offer a variety of services that can help you do just that, from writing and editing services to graphic design and marketing assistance.
We also have a team of talented and experienced professionals who are passionate about helping people reach their potential. Our team is dedicated to providing top-quality service and support, and we always go the extra mile to ensure our clients are happy with the work we produce.
If you’re looking for a company that can help you unleash your creativity and achieve your goals, then Ex Why Zed is the right choice for you. Contact us today to learn more about our services or to get started on your project!
Are you looking for a one-off hardback binding service and have some questions about it? I’m here to answer any questions that you may have about hardback thesis binding services.
Yes, you can print a book online. Several online printers will do it for you. One such printer is exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk
They offer a variety of printing options, including softcover and hardcover books. They also have a wide range of sizes to choose from, so you can find the perfect fit for your project. Plus, they offer very competitive prices, so you can get your project printed without breaking the bank.
There are a few different ways to bind a hardcover book, which are commonly used by hardback book printing agencies. The most common method is to simply glue the spine of the book down the left-hand edge and then attach the cover with the help of the end papers. This is a very sturdy way to bind a book, but it can be quite time-consuming.
We have a short video here to showcase the process of hardback binding a book.
For larger budgets, we can sew the inside pages. This makes the pages very resilient and virtually impossible to pull out. The set up costs are £300+ though so it is best for longer print runs rather than hardback final major projects or short run case bound books.
Gluing the pages, using strong PUR glue is much faster than sewing.
It generally takes around 6 or 7 working days weeks to print and bind a run of up to 500 hardcover books. If you add premium features such as foiling, ribbon markers, head n tails bands then these all add extra time so do allow 2 – 3 weeks.
Most custom hardback book printing companies have a quick turnaround time of around 7 working days, so if you need your books sooner than that, be sure to specify that when you place your order.
This is not a process we do at Ex Why Zed! You might find an old school book binder locally who specialise in custom book printing and binding which might be able to carry out this procedure for you. You may have to pay a bit more for the materials and labour, but it’s possible. In the UK, there are plenty of custom size hardback book print UK companies that offer this service – just do a quick Google search and you’ll find lots of options.
Hard cover books are usually more expensive than their paperback counterparts, but there are a few reasons why they may be worth the investment. Firstly, hardcovers generally have a longer shelf life – they’re less likely to get damaged and visually they are more impressive. Secondly, hardcovers often have better production values than paperbacks, with higher quality paper and printing. In turn, you can attract a higher cover price versus the amount a reader would pay for a soft back equivalent. Finally, hardcover books simply look nicer on your shelves! If you’re a true bibliophile, then hardcover books are definitely worth the investment.
There are many benefits to hardback self publishing. Perhaps one of the main reasons why you should publish your book in hardback instead of paperback is that hardback books have a much longer lifespan. A paperback is more light weight and could be susceptible to damage, but hardback books can last for decades — especially if you use a high-quality printing service.
Another benefit of self publishing your book with Ex Why Zed is you retain so much more control over the whole process in comparison with using a publishing. Self publishing also means you get to keep far more of the profits. Win win!
Finally, hardbacks simply look and feel more professional than paperbacks, which can make all the difference when marketing your book to potential readers.
If you’re considering self-publishing your book, definitely consider doing so in hardback format! It’s a great way to ensure that your book will have a long life, and it can also help you transition to traditional publishing if that’s something you’re interested in down the road. Plus, hardbacks simply look and feel more professional — which can make a big difference when trying to attract readers.
Ex Why Zed is the perfect platform for anyone looking to start a business.
First and foremost, Ex Why Zed offers an easy-to-use platform that makes starting a business a breeze. You don’t need any prior experience or technical knowledge to get started. Additionally, Ex Why Zed offers a wealth of helpful resources you need to make your business successful. From file set-up guides to support from our team of experts, we provide everything you need to get your business off the ground. Finally, Ex Why Zed is affordable and accessible to everyone. We can quote for a wide range of quantities so that you can find the perfect price point for your needs. If you’re looking to start a publishing business, Ex Why Zed is the perfect platform for you!
Do also check out our hardback book portfolio for ideas and inspiration of what can be achieved. This page is full of answers to some of the most frequently asked self-publishing questions. Here, we try to answer them in the most detailed and helpful way possible! Let us know if there’s anything else you’d like us to cover.
The truth is hardcover books are more expensive than their paperback counterparts. There are a few reasons for this, but the main one is that are more raw materials and processes involved .
For one, the materials used to make a hardcover book are more expensive than the materials used to make a paperback. In addition, it takes more time and effort to bind a hardcover book than it does to staple together a stack of papers. So while people are happy to pay more for the added durability and attractiveness of a hardcover book, publishers have to account for these extra costs when setting their prices. You can in turn charge your readers a higher cover price for a hardback.
If you want to have your hardcover book printed the most cost-effective way possible, try exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk
To protect your hardcover book, you should consider a few important tips. First, you’ll want to make sure that the cover is made of sturdy materials. Hardback book printing usually uses thicker paper stock for the cover, which will help you keep your book in good condition. Additionally, you should look for a book that has been properly bound. A well-bound book will have tighter stitching and will be less likely to fall apart over time. Finally, you may also want to invest in a dust jacket or protective sleeve to keep your book looking new. By following these tips, you can ensure that your hardcover book will last for years to come.
Below is an example of a recent book we produced with an accompanying book jacket. Now, while it looks great, there are a few considerations. Maybe you might feel that the material cover with the foiling looked impressive enough? It is a shame to pay for that the hide it away. The flat sheet of the dust jacket has to be a maximum of 840mm wide – that is the printable size of our widest machine. Dust jackets do work best on slightly longer print runs where the set-up cost are not such a large percentage of the total job value. Maybe consider them if you are printing 500 copies or more. The winning print spec is 170gsm Silk with matt or gloss lamination to one side.
The best way to print a hardback book you are proud of is by using Ex Why Zed. There are many online a4 hardback book printing UK firms that offer great discounts on bulk printing, so if you need to print a large number of books, this could be the most cost-effective option. At Ex Why Zd we don’t even charge for shipping and books are zero rated for vat so the price we quote, is the total price. There is nothing extra to pay and no hidden charges.
There are a few things to consider when deciding how much it will cost to publish a hardcover book. The three main factor which affect the price are the size, number of pages and the quantity. With economies of scale, the more copies you print, the lower the price per book will be.
Perfect binding the inside pages is offered by a4 deluxe hardback display book printing services. This involves gluing the pages and cover together at the spine. On the other hand, case binding is done when the pages and cover are sewn together and then glued to the spine. Perfect binding is cheaper, but case binding results in a higher quality finished product.
Another consideration is the paper stock. There are different grades of paper, with some being more expensive than others. The type of paper you choose will impact both the resolution of your book and how much it will cost to print it. 115gsm Uncoated and 130gsm Silk are the ‘standard’ choices for the inside pages. For a more premium weighty feel you can upgrade to 170gsm in both finishes or even gloss too if you you’d like a shinier surface.
Finally, you’ll need to decide how many copies you want to print. The more copies you print, the lower the cost per book will be. However, if you only need a few copies, it’s often best to use a print-on-demand service so that you don’t have to pay for storage or shipping for excess inventory.
The terms “hardback” and “hardcover” are often used interchangeably, but there is a subtle difference between them. Hardbacks are books that have been bound with a hardcover, usually made of cardboard or some other stiff material. Hardcover books, on the other hand, are simply books that have a hardcover – they may or may not have been bound with a hardcover binding service. This means that all hardbacks are hardcover books, but not all hardcover books are hardbacks!
If you’re considering a hardback binding service for your next project, start by contacting a reputable hardback printer to ensure that you provide complete details and get the best possible results.
There are plenty of affordable book printing services available to you. If you’re looking to create a book or other types of publication and want to find a high-quality yet affordable printing company, then congratulations, you ave found Ex Why Zed!
So, whether you’re a self-published author or just need a few copies for friends and family, keep reading for some helpful tips!
Ex Why Zed is the perfect print partner for your next book project. We offer high-quality printing at an affordable price, and we’re dedicated to providing excellent customer service. Our team of experts will work with you every step of the way to ensure that your book exceeds your expectations. We have a wide range of print options available, so you can choose the format and binding that best suit your needs. Plus, our online ordering system makes it easy to place your order quickly and easily.
If you’re looking for a reliable company who just gets things done and provides awesome photo book printing services then Ex Why Zed is a perfect choice.. We offer high-quality printing at an affordable price, and we’re always committed to providing excellent customer service. Contact us today to get started!
Below, I’ve compiled some of the most frequently asked questions on the topic of how to print book near me. I hope they’ll be useful to you and can help you solve some of your problems. We’re here to help you!
A hardcover book is made of three sections of thick cardboard, with a printed paper cover or book binding cloth wrapped around it. The case material is glued to the end papers and the spine of the book, and then the whole thing is laminated (if the cover is printed). The lamination protects the cover material from wear and tear, and also makes it easier to clean.
We buy all of our book binding cover materials from Winter & Company who have an extensive range of colours and finishes.
One of the best companies that offer hardback book services is exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk. They print on high-quality materials at a fair price.
There are pros and cons to both paperback hardback book printing. Hardcover books published by a book making company are generally more expensive to produce, but they often look nicer and can last longer. Paperback books are less expensive to produce, but they don’t always look as prestigious. Ultimately, it’s up to the individual author to decide which format is more worth it for them.
Answer: Not all books are published in hardback first. For a time, text publishers would release a book in hardcover and then release a less expensive paperback version later on. However, with the advent of cheap premium hardback book printing, most publishers now release books in hardcover and paperback simultaneously. This way, readers can choose the format that’s most affordable for them at two distinct price points.
If you’re talking about the paper cover that goes over the hardcover book itself, it is called the PPC or Printed Paper Cover. Additionally we can wrap the whole book in a further dust jacket. And if you’re looking to get your book jacket printed, there are a few things you should know.
First off, book jackets are generally printed on around 170-200gsm to make the flexible but also resilient. We strongly recommend laminating the outdide of the DJ to give it extra longevity.
Printing a dust jacket does push the price up since the flat size will likely be a wide sheet that might need to be printed onto either our B2 or B1 press.
Finally, it’s important to remember that the book jacket is there to protect your book from wear and tear. We are not huge fans of them and if you have paid the expense of a book binding cloth with foiling then we think it is better to leave that visible rather than cover it with a jacket.
Not all hardcover books have dust jackets. Many hardback self publishing services often don’t have dust jackets as part of the design because they’re more expensive to produce. So, if you’re looking for a unique or rare book, don’t be surprised if it doesn’t have a dust jacket!
Hardback binding is a type of bookbinding method that uses stiff boards to cover and protect the spine of the book. This makes books more durable and helps them keep their shape over time. While the hardback binding is more expensive than other methods, it results in a high-quality finished product that often looks more professional. If you’re looking for an elegant way to display your work, consider using hardback binding.
Hardback binding starts with the cover. The cover material is generally heavier than that used in paperback binding, and the boards are usually glued to the spine rather than being sewn in. Once the cover is complete, the pages of the book are glued to the spine from the inside. This creates a strong bond that helps the book keep its shape over time.
The hardback binding process is more labor-intensive than other methods, which is why hardback books tend to be more expensive. However, the finished product often shows much higher quality, and hardback books can last for many years with proper care. If you’re looking for a way to make your work look its best, hardback binding is an excellent option.
There are many reasons to choose Ex Why Zed over other companies. We are a reliable and trustworthy company that puts our customers first. We have years of experience in the industry and know how to get the job done right. We also offer competitive hardbound price and can work with you to find a solution that fits your budget. Contact us today to place your orders for our printing services and products.
For expert tips on hardback book design, dive into our new blog post and absorb key takeaways regarding layout, typography and learning from the best.
What binding is used in hardcover books? What is hardcover channel binding? Why is hardback more expensive? Is it worth buying hardcover books? We’ll answer all these questions and more.
The most common type of binding used in hardcover books is known as case binding. This involves bonding the cover to the spine of the book using adhesive, similar to how a hardcover book’s dust jacket adheres to the cover. Case binding is a durable method of construction that helps keep your book intact for many years. This is one of the most sought-after services of exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk that you can acquire.
Hardcover channel binding is the process of binding a book’s pages with hard cover material. The cover material is glued to the spine of the book, then trimmed flush with the edges of the pages. This type of hardback book printing is more durable than other methods and is often used for books that will either be used frequently or will be considered as collectibles.
The reason why A6 hardback book printing UK-wide services are more expensive is that they require a greater amount of materials and labor to produce when compared to softcover books. For example, a hardcover book typically has about twice the amount of paper as a softcover book, and the cover itself is generally made out of thicker material (like cardboard or cloth). In addition, the binding process for hardcover books is more complex and time-consuming than for softcover books.
Historically, hardback notebook printing services have been seen as a more prestigious way to present and preserve a book. They are also generally more durable than softcover books, although they do take up more space.
There is no definitive answer to this question – it depends on personal preferences when you print a book UK-wide. Some people prefer a range of hardcover books because they tend to be more durable and longer-lasting than paperbacks. Others find paperbacks more convenient and affordable. And still, others find digital books the most convenient option of all. Ultimately, it’s up to each individual to decide which type of book is best for them.
Below is a photo of the same book we printed recently for an illustrator called Tim King. He printed a set of books as softback and a set as hardback. The photo is a great way to compare the aesthetic of both methods.
You can immediately see the more substantial cover on the hardback version and the 3mm overhang that you get on each side. The soft back is trimmed level with the text block. There is no winning formula, both have their definite advantages.
This short snippet video on our YouTube channel gives another great insight into Tim’s book and helps you choose between perfect bound and hardback binding.
Which will you go for on your next project?
Hey there, print spotter! ?♂️?♀️ Ready to dive deep into the world of hardcover photo books? Whether you’re a seasoned photographer or someone looking to immortalise those heartwarming memories, we’ve got your back (and your book’s back too!).
Looking to capture those golden moments in a tangible form? Well, look no further!
Pssst! Here’s the lowdown. Hardcover photo books are the bee’s knees in the print world. They’re durable, chic, and oozing with quality. Every page turned is another journey back in time, a tactile experience that digital just can’t match. ?✨
Why do folks adore these so much? For starters, they scream elegance. Every time you hold one, it’s like embracing a piece of art. Then there’s that oh-so-satisfying sound of a page flipping—music to any print lover’s ears!
Softcover’s cool, but let’s be real. Want longevity? Crave that premium feel? Hardcover’s where it’s at. They’re built to last, ensuring your memories do too. ?
In the age of digital media, the allure of a tangible, beautifully crafted hardback photo book remains unparalleled. Whether it’s a personal memoir, a professional portfolio, or a gift for a loved one, a well-designed photo book can evoke emotions, tell stories, and become a cherished keepsake. Drawing from industry insights and best practices, here’s a guide to creating a photo book that stands the test of time.
1. Prioritise Quality Imagery
Your photo book’s essence lies in its images. Ensure you use high-resolution, impactful photographs that captivate the viewer. Remember, every image should tell a story, evoke an emotion, or capture a moment in time.
2. Embrace Diverse Themes
Variety is the spice of life. Incorporate a range of subjects and themes to keep the content fresh and engaging. From landscapes to portraits, from candid moments to staged shots, diversity will enrich the reader’s experience.
3. Highlight Historical Significance
Every photo has a backstory. Use captions, annotations, or short narratives to provide context. This not only adds depth to the images but also helps in preserving memories and moments in history.
4. Create Limited Editions
Consider creating a limited edition version of your photo book. This can add a sense of exclusivity and make it a collector’s item.
5. Artistic Presentation is Key
A unique layout, artistic design, and thoughtful sequencing can set your photo book apart. Experiment with layouts, use complementary colours, and ensure a coherent flow to guide the reader through a visual journey.
6. Delve Deep into Themes
If your hardback photo book revolves around a specific theme or subject, provide comprehensive insights. This enriches the reader’s experience and offers a more profound connection to the content.
7. Celebrate Iconic Moments
Highlight and celebrate iconic moments or figures that resonate with a wide audience. This can evoke nostalgia and make the book more relatable.
8. Collaborate for Quality
Consider collaborating with professional photographers, designers, or writers. Their expertise can elevate the quality of your photo book, ensuring it’s top-notch.
9. Invest in Archival Quality
A photo book is often a keepsake. Prioritise the use of high-quality materials that ensure longevity, from the paper quality to the binding and cover.
10. Narrative Flow Matters
A coherent story or theme should guide the reader. Whether it’s chronological, thematic, or abstract, ensure there’s a seamless flow that enhances the visual and informational journey.
Designing a hardback photo book is an art that combines creativity, storytelling, and craftsmanship. By following these best practices, you can create a timeless treasure that tells a story, resonates with emotions, and serves as a testament to the power of printed memories. Whether you’re a seasoned designer or a novice, remember that every photo book is a journey – one that’s worth every page turn.
Grab your popcorn and favourite drink then dive in to our showcase snippets.
Use your photography to create a concept, tell a story and narrate the design for your self-published book
By integrating these principles into the design and concept of your self-published book, you can create a compelling visual narrative that not only showcases your skills as a photographer but also tells a captivating story that resonates with readers.
Pick photos that tell a story. Maybe it’s that retro summer vacation or the first steps of your little one. Whichever you choose, make sure it tugs at the heartstrings. ?❤️
Enjoy spending some time looking through examples of previous photo books we have printed. Note down the print specs that you like then drop us an email for a like-for-like quote on your next project.
From the streets of Paris to the beaches of Bali, capture your adventures in a book that’s as wanderlust-filled as you. ?✈️
The hustle and bustle, captured. Raw, real, and riveting. Perfect for the urban explorer in you. ?️?
For when a photo isn’t just a photo, but a statement. Let your art shine in our hardcovers
The timeless choice. Elegant, sophisticated, and always in style. Perfect for every occasion. ?
Your love story deserves to be told in style. Our wedding collection is the epitome of romance and elegance, making every moment relivable.??
Leather, linen, or custom-designed? Whatever floats your boat, we have it. Elevate your photo book game with our top-tier covers.
Thanks for stopping by, print enthusiast! Remember, every memory is worth cherishing, and with Ex Why Zed, you’re always in good hands. Ready to transform your photos into timeless treasures? Catch us on the flip side! ???
A: An A4 hardback book is a great solution for a photo book, annual report or journal that is printed on high-quality paper and bound in a hardcover. It is a great way to preserve and showcase your favorite photos.
A: To make a photo book, you can use a photo book maker service online. Simply upload your photos, choose a layout and design, and customise it according to your preferences. Once you are satisfied with the design, you can place an order and have your photo book delivered to your doorstep.
A: The finish for photo books refers to the type of covering or surface applied to the book cover. It can be matte or glossy, depending on your preference. The finish adds a touch of elegance to your photo book and helps protect it from wear and tear.
A: A printed hardcover photo book provides a physical and tangible way to preserve your precious memories. Unlike digital photos that can easily be lost or deleted, a photo book allows you to relive and share your memories in a more meaningful and lasting way.
A: To select the photo book that best suits your needs, consider factors such as the size, paper type, cover design, and additional features. You can also browse through different photo book options and templates to find the one that aligns with your personal style and preferences.
A: Yes, you can create a personalized photo album with a hardcover. You can choose the cover design, layout, and theme that reflect your own style and preferences. It is a great way to showcase your favorite photos and create a unique and special keepsake.
A: Ordering photo books online is easy and convenient. Simply visit a reputable photo book printing service and follow the instructions to upload and customize your photos. You can then proceed to place your order and make the necessary payment. Your photo book will be printed and delivered to your specified address.
A: Using a photo book maker to create your photo book offers several benefits. It allows you to have full control over the design and layout of your photo book, making it a truly personalized and unique product. It also saves you time and effort compared to traditional methods of album creation.
A: Preserving your wedding photos in a hardcover photo album is a perfect way to showcase and cherish those special moments. You can create a personalised photo album by choosing a cover design and layout that reflects the theme of your wedding. It will serve as a beautiful keepsake that you can treasure for years to come.
In a world dominated by digital screens and e-books, the charm and utility of physical books remain unmatched for many. Large print hardback books, in particular, hold a special place in the hearts of readers. Here’s why:
In an age of rapid technological advancement, it’s essential to remember the value of traditional reading formats. Large print hardback books, such as annual reports, mental health journals and product brochures are more than just a reading medium; they’re a testament to the literary world’s commitment to accessibility and quality. As readers, supporting such initiatives ensures that the joy of reading is available to everyone, regardless of their visual capabilities.
Large print books offer numerous advantages across various sectors and niches. Here are some areas where they prove to be a winning solution:
By catering to the specific needs of various sectors, large print books enhance accessibility and inclusivity in the world of reading.
The primary purpose of large-print books is to make reading more accessible for those with visual impairments. Therefore, the font size is of utmost importance.
Colour contrast is another significant factor that affects legibility. The right combination of background and text colours can make a world of difference for readers, especially those with visual impairments.
When choosing or designing a large print hardback books, it’s essential to prioritise legibility and accessibility. By considering the recommended font sizes and colour combinations, designers can create publications that cater to a wider audience, including those with visual impairments.
Ex Why Zed’s capability to produce a printed book in A4 Landscape or A4 portrait offers a unique advantage in the world of large-print hardback books. These sizes are not just larger than the standard book sizes, but they also provide a plethora of benefits, especially when it comes to catering to readers who prefer or require large print.
Ex Why Zed’s capability to print in A4 portrait and A4 landscape sizes offers a unique blend of functionality and aesthetic appeal. Whether you’re a publisher looking to create a special edition, an author aiming for inclusivity, or a designer seeking a canvas that offers more creative freedom, these sizes from Ex Why Zed are the perfect choice for large print hardback books.
History of Large-Print Hardback Books
The history of large-print books is a testament to the literary world’s commitment to inclusivity and accessibility. Over the years, this style of publication has evolved to cater to a growing audience, ensuring that literature remains accessible to everyone, regardless of visual capabilities.
1. Origins of Large-Print Books:
2. Iconic Versions and Milestones:
3. Design Agencies and the Niche of Large-Print Books:
4. Trends in the Marketplace:
The journey of large-print hardback books is one of evolution, adaptation, and a commitment to inclusivity. From their humble beginnings in the mid-20th century to their current status as an essential part of the literary landscape, these books have ensured that literature remains a universal joy, accessible to all.
If you’re undecided about whether to print a hardback or softback book, print both! Those who prefer larger print books. They offer durability and a premium look and feel that will make them stand out on any bookshelf. Whether it’s for children’s books or photo books, hardcover editions provide superior strength and durability. They are available in a range of paper options and exceptional colour printing that offers limitless creative potential for your custom custom Hardcover Book.
Product ratings can be very helpful when it comes to making a decision on which large print hardback book to purchase. Many online retailers provide product ratings that give customers an idea of the quality and popularity of a book. These ratings can also help customers compare different books and find the one that best suits their needs and preferences. When looking for large print hardback books, it’s important to consider the product ratings as well as the author, genre, and subject matter to ensure you get the best reading experience.
If you enjoy reading but have trouble seeing small print, large print hardback books might be just what you need. These books feature larger font sizes that make it easier to read without straining your eyes. If you’re looking for new listings, there are plenty of options available online. From classic literature to the latest bestsellers, you’re sure to find something that interests you in a large print hardback edition.
Yes Ian would and all individuals with visual impairments, such as those with low vision or age-related macular degeneration, would benefit from reading large print hardback books. The larger text size and higher contrast make it easier for them to read and enjoy reading without straining their eyes.
If you find it difficult to read small print, then large format books are the perfect solution for you. You can enjoy your favourite classic novels like The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde in an easy-to-read format. This Oscar Wilde book is a masterpiece of gothic fiction literature which has intrigued readers for decades. It tells the story of a young man who sells his soul to preserve his youth and beauty while his portrait ages and reflects his inner corruption. With larger print, reading this novel will be an enjoyable experience without any strain on your eyes.
The Savage Avengers By Gerry Duggan Omnibus is a great option. This book contains all the stories from the Savage Avengers comic series written by Gerry Duggan. The larger print makes it easier to read for those who struggle with smaller fonts and text. Plus, the hardcover gives it a sturdy and long-lasting feel. It’s perfect for fans of Marvel comics or anyone who loves action-packed stories.
Ian Rankin’s books are available in large format hardback, making it easier for those with visual impairments to enjoy his compelling mysteries. These books are printed in a larger font size that makes reading less of a strain on the eyes. Some of Ian Rankin’s popular books in large print include “Tooth and Nail” and many more. With the availability of these books, readers can fully immerse themselves into the thrilling world of Ian Rankin’s novels without any hindrance.
Mills & Boon Largeprint Medical is a further example of large print hardback books that offer romance novels with a medical setting, making them a popular choice for readers who enjoy this genre. These books provide an enjoyable reading experience without causing eyestrain or discomfort.
Are you an author or artist looking to showcase your portfolio in a unique and sophisticated way? Or maybe you have a special project that requires printing only one copy of a hardback book. Well, look no further! In this blog, we will dive into the world of single hardback book printing. From exploring the charm of this printing method to uncovering the endless possibilities it offers, we’ve got you covered. We’ll also talk about the benefits of using Ex Why Zed for your small quantity hardback book printing needs and walk you through the process of bringing your vision to life. And hey, did you know that with Ex Why Zed, you can print any quantity from 1 to 1,000+? So, let’s illuminate your path and create something truly one-of-a-kind together!
High-quality printing techniques bring your vision to life. With durable hardback binding, your book stands the test of time, ensuring longevity. Choose from a variety of paper types, including glossy or matte finishes, for the perfect look and feel that suits your style. Custom size options provide flexibility, allowing you to create a book that meets your unique needs. Trust professional printing services to deliver the best results, making your project shine. Printing a single hardback book has never been easier or more rewarding.
Looking for a luxurious and professional finish? Need a unique gift or keepsake? Stand out with a hardback book on your bookshelf. Showcase your work in a lasting impression. Preserve your words or artwork in a beautifully bound hardback book.
Ensure the highest quality with our professional hardback book printing services. At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of delivering impeccable results. Enjoy the flexibility of printing a small quantity of hardback books without compromising on quality. Our team is dedicated to providing personalised customer service throughout the entire printing process. Unlike online print on demand services, we offer tailored solutions that meet your specific requirements. Trust in our expertise and experience to bring your hardback book vision to life. We are committed to exceeding your expectations.
? Roll Up, Roll Up!
Why choose Ex Why Zed for your hardback printing dreams over those faceless online print-on-demand services? Let’s dive into this print-tastic journey and uncover the magic behind the Ex Why Zed experience! ?
1. Personal Touch: ? With Ex Why Zed, you’re not just another order number. You’re a valued member of our print family. We cherish your vision, and our team is here to guide, advise, and ensure your book is nothing short of a masterpiece.
2. Quality Control: ? Say goodbye to unexpected surprises! Unlike print-on-demand services where you cross your fingers and hope for the best, with Ex Why Zed, you’re in the driver’s seat. We provide proofs, allowing you to review and perfect every page before the final print.
3. Expertise at Your Fingertips: ? Our team isn’t just about ink and paper. We’re print enthusiasts, bursting with knowledge and passion. From paper type to binding methods, we’re here to share our expertise and make your book shine.
4. Bespoke Options: ? Cookie-cutter? Not our style! Ex Why Zed offers a plethora of customisation options. Whether it’s a unique size, special paper, or a fancy finish, we’re here to make your book truly one-of-a-kind.
5. Eco-Friendly Choices: ? We’re not just about beautiful books; we care for our planet too. Ex Why Zed offers sustainable printing options, ensuring your book isn’t just a treat for the eyes but also kind to Mother Earth.
6. Transparent Pricing: ? No hidden fees or nasty surprises. Our pricing is clear, competitive, and offers incredible value for the unmatched quality and service you receive.
7. Speedy Turnaround: ⏰ In the world of print, Ex Why Zed is the Usain Bolt! We understand the excitement of holding your book, and our efficient process ensures you don’t have to wait an eternity.
8. Resourceful Guidance: ? From the novice to the print aficionado, we’ve got resources galore! Our treasure trove of guides, tips, and advice ensures your journey from idea to print is smooth sailing.
So, the next time you’re pondering where to bring your hardback book to life, remember: Ex Why Zed isn’t just a print company. We’re your print partner, your print muse, and your ticket to a flawless hardback book. ?✨
Ready to turn the page and start your Ex Why Zed adventure? We’re just a click away! ?
Pause for a moment, dear reader, and let your curiosity lead the way. Dive deep into our hardback book portfolio, a treasure trove of craftsmanship and creativity. But don’t stop there! Our showcase snippet videos are waiting to whisk you away on a mesmerising journey, offering a front-row seat to the magic behind each page. Furnish your brain with a wealth of knowledge and let your eyes feast on a cascade of inspiration and ideas. It’s not just a portfolio; it’s an invitation to a world where print dreams come alive. So, why wait? Indulge, explore, and let Ex Why Zed be the muse to your next masterpiece! ?✨?
Present your work in a visually stunning and professional hardback book. Stand out from the crowd with a beautifully printed hardback book showcasing your portfolio. Make a lasting impression with the durability and high-quality printing of a hardback book. Create a tangible representation of your talent and expertise with a single hardback book. Capture the attention of potential clients and employers with a professionally printed hardback portfolio. Show them the vibrant colours, glossy finish, and attention to detail on each page. Your portfolio will make an impact with its matte-front cover and the ability to add a personal touch to the back cover. The bleed-free, full-colour printing ensures that every image and design pops off the page.
With our short-run printing option, you can get an instant quote and have your perfect-bound hardback book in no time. Let your creativity shine through, while our state-of-the-art printing technology brings your vision to life. So why wait? Start your print project today and showcase your work with a single hardback book that is as unique as you are.
To embark on the process of single hardback book printing, you first need to choose the specifications for your book. This includes deciding on the size and paper type that best suits your vision. Once you have your artwork or manuscript in a print-ready format, such as a PDF, you can proceed to select any additional finishing options like lamination or dust jackets. It’s essential to review a proof of your book before giving it the green light for printing, ensuring that everything is correct. Once approved, the printer will then begin the production process.
Bringing your vision to life requires collaboration with a professional printer. Discuss your goals and provide necessary files/artwork. Select paper type, printing techniques, and finishing options together. Review and approve the proof before production begins.
You know, there’s a little secret in the world of printing that we’d love to share with you. It’s all about the magic of numbers. As you venture deeper into the print realm, you might discover that by printing just a few more copies, the cost per book can take a delightful dip. It’s the charming dance of economies of scale.
Of course, the choice is entirely yours. Whether you’re looking to share your creation with a select few or spread the joy a tad wider, we’re here to support your vision. Just something to ponder as you embark on this exciting print journey. ?
Single hardback book printing opens up a world of customisation and personalisation options. Whether you’re creating hardback photo books, yearbooks, or portfolios, the professional look and feel of a hardback book adds a touch of elegance. You can also choose graphic novel printing or art books to showcase your creative work in all its glory. Need to preserve dissertations or manuals? Opting for a durable hardback format ensures they withstand the test of time. The possibilities are truly endless when it comes to one-off hardback book printing, catering to any industry or sector.
Dive into the world of print us and let’s explore the vast ocean of sectors that might just be itching to print a single hardback book. Ready? Let’s set sail! ?
1. Self-Publishing Authors: ? Ah, the dreamers and storytellers! These are the brave souls who’ve penned down their thoughts, dreams, and tales. They might want a single copy to feel the weight of their words, to see their vision come to life, or even to proofread before the big launch.
2. Corporates & Businesses: ? Ever heard of a company’s legacy captured in a single book? Many businesses print a one-off hardback to commemorate milestones, anniversaries, or to showcase their journey to potential investors. It’s like a time capsule, but fancier!
3. Designers & Artists: ? For the creatives who’ve crafted a portfolio of their masterpieces, a hardback book is the perfect canvas. It’s a tangible testament to their talent, ready to wow clients and galleries.
4. Academics & Researchers: ? Thesis, groundbreaking research, or a new theory? Sometimes, scholars need a single copy for review, submission, or to proudly display on their office shelf.
5. Families & Individuals: ???? Imagine capturing the essence of a family’s history, a wedding, or a baby’s first year in a hardback book. It’s a keepsake, a treasure trove of memories that can be passed down generations.
6. Event Organisers: ? Special events, like conferences or seminars, might produce a commemorative book. A single copy can serve as a prototype or a memento for the main organiser.
7. Non-Profits & Charities: ❤️ To showcase their impact, tell their story, or raise awareness, these organisations might craft a singular hardback book. It’s a beacon of hope and a call to action, all wrapped in one.
8. Indie Game Developers: ? Concept art, game lore, or a behind-the-scenes look? A hardback book can be the ultimate collector’s item for fans.
SEO Tip: To make these sectors find you (yes, you, the print rockstar!), sprinkle your content with keywords like “one-off hardback printing”, “custom book printing”, and “bespoke hardback services”. And remember, meta descriptions are your storefront window – make them enticing!
So, whether it’s to celebrate, commemorate, or communicate, there’s a world out there hungry for that one special hardback book. And who better to bring their vision to life than Ex Why Zed? The print company they’ve been searching for. ?
Feeling inspired? Ready to embark on your own print journey? Anchors aweigh! ?
Creating a one-of-a-kind book is a beautiful way to showcase your creativity and individuality. With single hardback book printing, you have the opportunity to design a book that is uniquely yours. Stand out from mass-produced books by personalizing every aspect, from the front cover to the back cover. Capture your story or message in a truly special and distinctive format. Single hardback book printing is the perfect way to bring your vision to life in a way that is both visually stunning and deeply meaningful.
Experience the flexibility of single hardback book printing, where you can print any quantity from 1 to 1,000+ copies. Whether you need a single book as a special gift or a small batch for a limited audience, or if you’re looking to scale up for a larger distribution, single hardback book printing can meet your needs. Enjoy the convenience and versatility it offers.
Discover the endless creative opportunities that single hardback book printing offers. Experience the excitement of seeing your words or artwork come to life in a professionally printed book. Dive into this world and unleash your creativity, creating a book that showcases your unique story or message. Let single hardback book printing illuminate your path, opening doors to new possibilities. With a range of options like color, gloss, and matte finishes, you can bring your vision to life. Embrace the perfect blend of quality and customization with single hardback book printing.
In conclusion, single hardback book printing offers a unique and charming way to bring your vision to life. Whether you’re a writer, artist, or photographer, this process allows you to showcase your work in a tangible and professional manner. With Ex Why Zed’s expertise, you can print any quantity of hardback books, from one to a thousand or more, ensuring you have the flexibility and control over your project. This method is perfect for individuals or industries looking to create something truly one-of-a-kind. So, dive into the world of single hardback book printing and illuminate your path with creativity and originality. Let Ex Why Zed be your partner in turning your digital dreams into tangible masterpieces.
Ex Why Zed turns your book, brochure, catalogue or other written material into physical pages that your target audience can handle, read and pass on to others. If you’ve crafted written material that you want current and future generations of readers to enjoy, you need hardback book printing services that can deliver the quality that your book deserves.
Are you ready to transform your ideas into beautifully crafted hardcover books? Look no further! At Ex Why Zed, we pride ourselves on our exceptional book printing services. Whether you’re an author, a small business owner, or a creative individual, we have the expertise and resources to bring your vision to life.
With our state-of-the-art equipment and skilled team of professionals, we ensure that every detail of your project is meticulously printed and bound to perfection. From the cover design to the selection of paper type, we offer a wide range of customisable options to suit your unique needs and preferences.
Join us on this exciting journey as we delve into the world of hardcover book printing. Discover the numerous benefits of choosing hardback books, learn how to select the right company, and explore the various options for customisation. Get ready to unleash your creativity and embark on a memorable experience with Ex Why Zed!
• The Benefits of Hardcover Book Printing
• Discover key factors to consider when choosing a printing company for your book project.
• Common Options for Customisation
• Understanding Binding Options for Books
• Tips for Optimising the Process
• Discover valuable tips to streamline the process and ensure top-quality results for your book.
• Learning About Cover Materials and Finishing
When it comes to printing a hardcover book, selecting the right printing company is crucial. You want to ensure that your book is produced with the highest quality and attention to detail. Here are some factors to consider when choosing a printing company for your hardback book:
By considering these factors and doing your research, you can select the right printing company for your hardcover book. Remember, the printing company you choose can greatly impact the final result, so it’s worth putting in the effort to find the best fit for your project.
Hardcover book printing offers a touch of elegance and durability to any publication. When it comes to customising your publication, the possibilities are endless.
Here are some common options to consider:
1. Size: hardback books come in various sizes, from pocket-sized graphic novels to large coffee table books. Choosing the right size for your project is an important decision that can influence the overall look and feel.
2. Cover Design: The cover is the first thing readers see, so it’s important to make a great first impression. You can opt for a simple, minimalist design or go all out with vibrant colours and stunning illustrations. Don’t be afraid to let your creativity shine!
3. Embossing and Gloss Foil Stamping: Add a touch of luxury to your hardcover book with embossing or foil stamping. These techniques allow you to create raised or metallic designs on the cover, giving your project a sophisticated and eye-catching appearance.
4. Endpapers and Ribbon Markers: Endpapers are the decorative pages that line the inside covers of hardcover book printing. You can choose from a variety of colours and patterns to match your book’s theme. Adding a ribbon marker can also provide a convenient way for readers to mark their place. Remember, the customisation options for hardcover books are not limited to these examples. Feel free to explore other possibilities that suit your vision and brand. Partnering with a reliable printing company can help bring your ideas to life and ensure a high-quality end product. So, let your imagination run wild and create an FMP, Children’s Book or Dissertation that stands out from the crowd!
When it comes to printing at Ex Why Zed in the UK, one of the important considerations is the binding options. The binding not only adds durability but also enhances the overall look and feel of the book.
Let’s explore some common binding options:
Case Binding: Case binding is the most common binding method for hardcover books. It involves attaching the sewn or glued pages to a rigid cover, usually made of cardboard or book-binding board. The cover is then wrapped in a decorative material, such as cloth or leather, and finished with endpapers for a polished look.
Section Sewn Binding (best for longer print runs of at least 500 copies+): This traditional binding method involves sewing the individual pages together before attaching them to the book’s cover. Sewn binding is known for its strength and durability, making it an excellent choice for publications that will be frequently used or handled.
Perfect Binding: Perfect binding is a popular choice for paperback books, but it can also be used for hardcover books. In this method, the pages are glued together at the spine, providing a clean and professional finish. However, it may not be as durable as sewn binding.
Saddle Stitching: This binding method is commonly used for booklets or magazines. The pages are folded in half and stapled along the fold line. While saddle stitching is not typically used for hardcover books, it can be an option for smaller, thinner books.
Conclusion: Choosing the right binding option is crucial for both functionality and aesthetics. Whether you opt for sewn binding or glued perfect bound inside pages, each has its own unique benefits. Consider the purpose and intended use of your book when selecting the binding option to ensure a durable and visually appealing final product.
When it comes to printing, there are several tips and artwork techniques that can help you optimise the process and achieve the best results. Here are some key considerations:
By following these tips, you can optimise the printing process for your hardcover book and ensure that the final product is of the highest quality.
When it comes to creating and printing a hardcover book, choosing the right paper type is crucial. The paper you select can greatly impact the overall look and feel of your book. Here are some key considerations to keep in mind:
1. Weight and Thickness: The weight and thickness of the paper will determine the durability and sturdiness of your book. Thicker paper is more resistant to tearing and can withstand frequent use. Consider the purpose of your book and its intended audience when selecting the weight and thickness.
2. Texture: The texture of the paper can add a unique aesthetic to your hardcover book. Some popular options include smooth, glossy, matte, and textured finishes. Consider the style and theme of your book to determine the most suitable texture. Gloss Lamination or Matt Laminate on the cover will help preserve the premium quality of the book for longer.
3. Colour: Decide whether you want your pages to be printed on white or off-white paper. White paper provides a clean and modern look, while off-white paper can create a more vintage or classic feel.
4. Acid-Free and Archival Quality: If you want your hardcover book to stand the test of time, it’s important to choose acid-free and archival quality paper. This type of paper is resistant to yellowing and deterioration, ensuring that your book will remain in great condition for years to come.
5. Environmental Considerations: If sustainability is important to you, opt for eco-friendly paper options. Look for papers that are made from recycled materials or sourced from responsibly managed forests. When working with a professional printing company like Ex Why Zed, you can consult with their experts to determine the best paper type for your specific needs. They can provide you with samples and recommendations to help you make an informed decision. Remember, the paper you choose for your hardback can greatly enhance the reading experience and make a lasting impression on your readers. So take the time to select the right paper type and create a truly remarkable book.
When it comes to printing hardcover books, it’s important to consider the cost involved. While the price will vary depending on factors such as book size, page count, and customisation options, it’s always helpful to have a general idea of the price range.
It’s important to note that the final price may vary based on your specific requirements. For example, if you have a larger page count or require special materials for your book cover, there may be additional costs involved. However, our team will work closely with you to provide an accurate quote before proceeding with the printing process.
We understand that budget is an important consideration, especially for authors or publishers on a tight budget. That’s why we offer flexible pricing options and strive to provide the best value for your money. Our goal is to deliver high-quality hardcover books that meet your expectations without breaking the bank.
If you’re interested in getting a price estimate for your hardcover book printing project, we encourage you to reach out to our team. We’ll be happy to discuss your requirements and provide you with a personalised quote. With Ex Why Zed, you can expect a seamless and cost-effective printing experience for your hardcover books.
Yes, you can choose your own cover design for a hardcover book. There are various materials available for the cover, including cloth, leather, and paper. Each material offers different textures, colours, and finishes to suit your desired aesthetic and budget.
When it comes to hardcover book printing, it’s essential to choose a reliable and experienced printing company that can deliver high-quality results. That’s where Ex Why Zed comes in.
Welcome to Ex Why Zed, your go-to destination for high-quality hardback notebook printing. Whether you’re a writer, artist, student, or simply someone who loves to jot down their thoughts, our custom hardback notebooks are designed to impress. With our expertise in printing and commitment to excellence, we ensure that your notebooks are not only durable but also aesthetically pleasing. Get ready to embark on a journey of creativity and inspiration with our exceptional hardback notebook printing services.
Hardback offer a stylish and professional way to make a statement with your writing. Whether you’re a creative professional, a student, or an entrepreneur, having a custom hardcover notebook can elevate your daily note-taking experience.
At Ex Why Zed, we specialise in high-quality hardback notebook printing that combines exceptional craftsmanship with a touch of creativity. Our team of skilled printers and designers are dedicated to bringing your ideas to life, ensuring that every detail of your notebook reflects your unique style.
When it comes to hardback note books, the quality of materials used is crucial. That’s why we only use premium materials, including durable hardcovers and high-quality paper, to ensure that your hardcover book notebook stands the test of time.
We believe that your hardcover notebook should be a reflection of your personality. That’s why we offer a wide range of customisation options, including customised covers, different paper types, personalised foil stamping, and even the option for a custom size. With our extensive range of options, you can create a notebook that is truly one-of-a-kind. Lets laminate the outer cover to give the notebooks more longevity and protect your graphics – you can choose from matt or gloss lamination.
The spine width will be at least 9mm so that is plenty of room for you to add a title and author’s name as well as on the hardback cover. Probably avoid a dust jacket on a notebook because it will get tatty quickly.
At Ex Why Zed, we pay meticulous attention to detail to ensure that every page of your hardback notebook is printed in full colour. From the crispness of the text to the vibrant gloss colours of your designs, we make sure that every element of your notebook is of the highest quality.
We really recommend going for uncoated for the inner pages and 115 gsm or 170 gsm. Choosing silk or gloss with a coating would make writing on the pages very hard.
We understand that time is of the essence, especially when it comes to launching your own hardback notebook range. That’s why we offer a quick turnaround time in the short run, without compromising on quality. Our efficient process allows us to deliver your custom notebooks in a timely manner.
With Ex Why Zed, you can trust that your needs are in expert hands. We combine our passion for craftsmanship with the latest printing technologies to create notebooks that not only look stunning but also feel great to write in.
So, why settle for anything less than the best? Choose Ex Why Zed for all your new range and take your stationery game to the next level. Let your creativity flow on the pages of a beautifully printed, custom hardback book printing notebook.
When it comes to hardcover notebook printing, there are a plethora of styles and layouts to choose from. Whether you’re looking to create a professional journal, a stylish planner, or a unique sketchbook, Ex Why Zed has got you covered.
One popular style for hardback notebooks is the classic lined layout. This is perfect for those who prefer neat and organised notes, whether it’s for work, school, or personal use. The crisp, straight lines provide a clean canvas for your thoughts and ideas.
If you’re a creative soul, you might be interested in a blank layout. This allows you to let your imagination run wild and fill the pages with sketches, doodles, or mind maps. The blank pages offer endless possibilities and are a great option for artists, designers, and those who love to express themselves visually.
For those who like a little structure, a dot grid layout might be your ideal choice. The grid pattern provides subtle guidance without being as rigid as lined pages. It’s perfect for bullet journaling, making lists, or creating diagrams. The dot grid offers flexibility and versatility, allowing you to create a customised layout that suits your needs.
If you’re looking for something a bit more unique, Ex Why Zed also offers custom layouts. From grid patterns to specialised templates, you can design a layout that perfectly fits your requirements. Whether you need a notebook for mental health journalling, manifestation, project management, recipe book, or travel planning, our team can bring your vision to life.
No matter which style or layout you choose, Ex Why Zed ensures that the printing is of the highest quality. We use state-of-the-art printing technology and premium materials to create durable, long-lasting hardback notebooks that you can rely on. Our courier service ensures that your order is delivered to you quickly and efficiently.
So why settle for ordinary notebooks when you can have something extraordinary? Explore your creativity and make a statement with Ex Why Zed’s custom hardback notebook printing. Your ideas deserve the best, and we’re here to make sure they shine.
You want to ensure that the end result is of the highest quality. Here are some tips to help you get the best results:
By following these tips, you can ensure that your work is not only visually appealing but also durable and well-crafted. Remember, attention to detail is key when it comes to creating a premium product that customers will love.
By following these tips, you can ensure that your notebooks are of the highest quality and meet your specific requirements. So, whether you’re looking to create a personalised notebook for yourself or want to launch a new range of notebooks for your business, remember to pay attention to the paper, cover, book binding choices, design, and choose a reputable printing company like Ex Why Zed.
When it comes to hardback notebooks, there’s no better choice than Ex Why Zed. With our expertise, attention to detail, and commitment to quality, we can bring your custom notebook range to life in 2023.
At Ex Why Zed, we understand that every detail matters. That’s why we offer a range of custom options to ensure your hardback notebooks are exactly how you envision them. From the cover design to the paper type and size, you have full control over the final product.
Our state-of-the-art technology guarantees vibrant colours and sharp images, making your bound books stand out from the crowd in a way that saddle stitched or perfect bound booklets could not achieve. We use premium materials that are not only durable but also environmentally friendly in the UK, so you can feel good about your choice. Our papers have a professional finish and are all FSC certified.
Not only do we offer top-notch printing services, but we also provide exceptional customer service. Our friendly and knowledgeable team is always ready to assist you with any questions or concerns you may have. We pride ourselves on building lasting relationships with our clients, and we’re committed to exceeding your expectations.
When it comes to pricing, we believe in transparency. You can expect competitive and fair pricing for our printing services, without compromising on quality. Whether you’re a small business owner or a creative individual, we have options to fit your budget.
So why settle for anything less when it comes to hardback notebook printing? Choose Ex Why Zed and let us bring your ideas to life. Contact us today for a quote and get ready to launch your hardback notebook range with confidence!
Hardback notebooks offer durability and protection for your notes and ideas. The sturdy cover prevents pages from getting damaged, ensuring your important information stays intact. They also provide a professional and stylish appearance, making them great for business or personal use.
Welcome to Ex Why Zed, your premier hardback printing service in the UK! If you’re in search of a high-quality, professional company for your hardback books, look no further. With our expertise and state-of-the-art facilities, we are here to bring your vision to life and create stunning publication that will leave a lasting impression on your readers. Whether you’re a self-published author, a small independent publisher, or a large publishing house, we have the capabilities to meet your printing needs. Discover why Ex Why Zed is the go-to choice for hardcover book printing in the UK.
I. Ex Why Zed – Hardback Book printer Essex
II. We Are Always Here to Answer Questions
III. What to Consider When Choosing a Printer
IV. Prices for Book Production
V. How to Prepare Your Artwork for Printing
VI. Turnaround Times for the UK and USA
VII. The Best Book Printing Services in the UK
VIII. Conclusion
At Ex Why Zed, we pride ourselves on being one of the best book printers in Essex, UK. With our state-of-the-art printing technology and dedicated team of experts, we are committed to delivering top-quality printing services for all your hardcover publication needs, including inner pages.
Why choose us as your softback or hardback book printer? Well, let us tell you why!
Got a question about your project? Don’t worry, we’ve got you covered! Our friendly and knowledgeable team is always here to assist you. Whether you need guidance on choosing the right paper stock, advice on cover design, or any other printing-related queries, we are just a phone call or email away.
Our pricing is competitive and transparent. We believe in providing value for money, without compromising on quality. Whether you’re printing a small batch or a large volume of hardback publication in the short run, we offer flexible pricing options to suit your budget.
Preparing your book for printing can be a daunting task, but we make it easy for you. Our team can guide you through the entire process, from file preparation to choosing the right specifications, including custom size. We’ll ensure that your hardcover book looks exactly the way you envisioned it.
Once you get into the design process, we can send over templates for the cover and endpapers to take away all the head-scratching.
We understand the importance of timely delivery. That’s why we strive to meet your deadlines and provide quick turnaround times for hardback book. With our efficient production process, you can rest assured that your work will be ready in a timely manner.
Are you in search of a reliable and professional hardback book printer near you in the UK? Look no further than Ex Why Zed! We are a renowned printing company based in Essex, specialising in high-quality book printing services.
At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of producing bound books that not only captivate readers but also leave a lasting impression. That’s why we go above and beyond to ensure that every hardback publication we print meets the highest standards of quality and craftsmanship.
Our team of skilled professionals is equipped with the latest machinery and technology and expertise to bring your vision to life. Whether you’re an established author or a first-time self-publisher, we have the knowledge and experience to handle projects of any size or complexity, including a wide range of paper types such as fsc-certified paper. Our paper stocks are sourced from suppliers who are certified by the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC) or Programme for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), which means the paper is sourced from sustainable forests. We also participate in recycling programs, ensuring that any waste produced during the printing process is recycled responsibly.
But what sets us apart from other hardback book printers? Well, apart from our impeccable quality, we pride ourselves on our exceptional customer service. Check out our 400+ reviews on Trustpilot to feel assured in our dedication and experience.
When choosing a printer for your hardback yearbook, it’s essential to consider factors such as quality, turnaround times, and pricing. At Ex Why Zed, we offer competitive prices without compromising on the quality of our yearbook printing. We believe that every author deserves to have their masterpiece printed with care and precision using perfect binding.
When it comes to printing in the UK, choosing the right printer is crucial. Here are some factors to consider:
Our HP Indigo digital printing is ideal for short run books and our Heidelberg litho machine provides the maximum possible print quality for coffee table books with longer runs.
By considering these factors, you can make an informed decision when choosing a printer for your hardback book printing needs. At Ex Why Zed, we pride ourselves on our experience, expertise, and exceptional customer service. We understand the importance of delivering high-quality printed books on time and at a competitive price. With us, you can be confident in the quality of your publication and enjoy a smooth process from start to finish. When it comes to printing reference books, our services are unparalleled.
When it comes to printing hardback books, you want to find a printer that offers high-quality services at affordable prices. At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of finding a balance between quality and cost. That’s why we offer competitive prices on all our print specs.
We don’t offer an instant quote because we prefer to open up and dialogue then discuss the Intricacies of the project. This ensures you get a far superior level of customer service than just uploading a file onto a website and keeping your fingers crossed.
Our pricing structure is transparent and straightforward. We believe in providing our customers with a clear understanding of what they can expect to pay for their printing needs, whether it’s for a hardcover book or any other print project. When you choose Ex Why Zed as your hardcover book printer, you can trust that there will be no hidden fees or surprises.
We offer a range of pricing options to suit different budgets and requirements, including the option to order training manuals. Our prices are based on factors such as the size of the finished book (in mm), page count, gsm of the inside pages, and the quantity you need. Whether you’re printing a small run or a larger order, we can provide you with a competitive quote.
In addition to our fair prices, we also provide exceptional customer service. Our team is dedicated to ensuring that your printing experience is smooth and hassle-free. Any questions, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
So, if you’re looking for affordable hardback book printing services in the UK, look no further than Ex Why Zed. Get in touch with us today to discuss your printing needs and receive a personalised quote. We are confident that you will be impressed with our prices and the high quality of our printing services.
At Ex Why Zed, we understand the importance of timely courier delivery when it comes to hardback book printing. We know that you’re eager to get your hands on the finished product, and we strive to make the process as efficient as possible.
Our typical turnaround time for hardback book printing, including dissertations, is around 6-7 business days. Longer print runs and litho printed work (generally over 500 copies or section sewn work) does take longer and can be 2-3 weeks with our busy period being October onwards. We also ship to the States regularly and will provide a range of options depending on whether speed or cost if the crucial factor.
We have invested in state-of-the-art printing technology and streamlined production processes to ensure that we can meet your deadlines without compromising on quality. Our skilled team of professionals is dedicated to delivering exceptional results, no matter how tight your timeframe.
When you choose Ex Why Zed, you can have peace of mind knowing that we prioritise efficiency and promptness. We value your time and strive to exceed your expectations with every project.
So whether you’re working on a personal memoir, a novel, or a collection of short stories, we’ve got you covered. Trust us to handle your project with speed and precision.
Printing in hardback offers several benefits over paperback. Hardbacks are more durable, providing longer shelf life and better protection for the pages. They also have a more premium look and feel, making them ideal for special editions or books that you want to showcase as high-quality products.
Absolutely, you can customise the cover design, paper quality, add premium options, choose multiple cover designs or add foiling. Many printing services offer options for different cover materials, lamination – matt or gloss, paper finishes, and weights. This allows you to create a unique and high-quality product that meets your specific preferences and requirements.
When it comes to hardback book printing in the UK, Ex Why Zed is the top choice for authors and publishers alike. With our state-of-the-art printing technology and experienced team, we are committed to delivering high-quality work that exceed your expectations.
At Ex Why Zed, we understand that each book is unique and deserves special attention. That’s why we offer a range of custom options to ensure that your hardback book stands out. From foil stamping and embossing to different paper options and trim sizes, we can bring your vision to life.
One of the reasons why Ex Why Zed is highly regarded in the industry is our attention to detail. Our team of professionals meticulously inspects each book during the printing process to ensure that every page is perfect. We take pride in our craftsmanship and strive to deliver flawless hardback books.
At Ex Why Zed, we understand that printing a hardback book can be a complex process. That’s why our team is always here to answer any questions you may have. Whether you need guidance on file preparation, choosing the right paper stock, or any other printing-related inquiries, we are here to provide you with the support you need.
So, if you are looking for the best hardback book printing services near me, look no further than Ex Why Zed in Essex. With our exceptional quality, competitive prices, and dedicated customer support, we are confident that you will be satisfied with our services. Contact us today to discuss your hardback book printing needs and let us bring your book to life!
Effortlessly transform your manuscript into a masterpiece with our top-tier hardcover book printing and binding services, available throughout the UK. With a plethora of sizes and formats, from A5 to A4 and beyond, we’ve got you covered. Choose between offset and digital print based on your budget, and for that extra touch of finesse, consider our lamination services for a polished look.
Our all-inclusive in-house binding ensures your project is professionally assembled before dispatch. With no hidden setup costs, just send over your artwork, have it endorsed by our design team, and leave the rest to us.
Transition from digital PDF artwork to tangible hardcover books. Whether it’s a gloss children’s bedtime read or a self-published coffee table publication, we provide multiple printing options tailored to your project timeline and budget.
With vast options in terms of size, format, and page count, you can truly make your hardback book your own. For those craving a personal touch, hand-sewing your binding can create an exclusive finish. Depending on your book’s content, you can opt for as little as 28 pages to well over 500. Typically, 40-80 pages are common, but don’t let that limit you! Design the project based on your artwork and intended audience.
For those with a penchant for visuals, multiple images can be included per page. However, remember that printing additional images on coated paper might spike the cost. Some formats are specifically designed for multi-image spreads, so familiarise yourself with our layout options for the best outcome.
Offset printing, the age-old method, involves transferring images from a plate to rubber and then to paper. While this method may require bulk orders due to its reliance on paper and plates, it ensures unparalleled graphic quality, rich colour variety, and pristine text clarity.
Digital printing, on the other hand, offers flexibility in print quantity. With us, you can opt for a mix of colour and black-and-white prints. For instance, while the cover could be vibrant, the inner pages could be monochromatic or fully coloured. We use the top of the range HP Indigo press to bring your artwork to life.
Our direct collaborations with manufacturers ensure swift and economical services, outpacing many competitors. Besides, our product range extends beyond books; think of ancillary materials like manuals.
Elevate Your Hardback Book Printing and Binding with Additional Features:
Ex Why Zed stands as the UK’s unparalleled leader in hardcover book printing and binding. Our longstanding industry presence, combined with our dedication to quality, ensures impeccable outcomes. Customise your project with our range of finishes and designs, and with our self-scheduled print runs, experience unmatched speed and affordability. Keep tabs on your order’s progress with our easy tracking, and don’t hesitate to reach out for any queries. Your print journey awaits!
Seeking an affordable avenue to birth top-grade books swiftly? Our seasoned team, equipped with expertise in production, binding, and design, eagerly awaits your vision. The intricacies of hardback book printing might seem daunting, but here’s a FAQ to simplify your journey:
It can be hard to choose a hardback book printing company because there are so many of them. You should consider the quality of the bound books that the company prints, their experience, and the prices they charge.
You should also consider how quickly the company can print your books and how well they bind them. The quality of the finished product is very important, so you should always ask to see samples of their work. You should also ask for a price quote before you make a decision.
If you’re still in limbo about who to work with on your hardback book printing project, check out Ex Why Zed. We can turn your vision into a reality. Call us today!
There are a few factors to consider when choosing hardback book printing near me. First, you’ll want to consider the quality of the print and binding. Make sure to choose a service that offers high-quality printing, as this will make your books look more professional.
Second, you’ll want to think about turnaround time. If you need your books quickly, make sure to choose a service that can accommodate your timeframe. Finally, cost is always an important consideration. Make sure to compare pricing between different services before making a final decision.
There are plenty of hardback book printing services a4 available online these days. You just need to know where to look! Here are a few tips on finding cheap hardback book printing services:
1. Start by searching for “hardback book printing” on your favourite search engine. This will bring up a long list of results, so you’ll need to do some further research to find the most affordable option.
2. Take a look at the prices listed on each website. Most services charge by the page, so be sure to compare pricing based on your total page count.
3. Pay attention to the reviews left by other customers. This can give you a good idea of which companies offer high-quality services at a reasonable price. At Ex Why Zed we are proud to have a 4.9 / 5 rating on Trustpilot.
4. Once you’ve found a few affordable hardback notebook book printing services, be sure to request samples of their work before placing your final order. This will ensure that you’re happy with the quality of their work. Jump on our sample page and we’ll get a full colour and black and white pack in the post within a day so you can feel the gsm.
Single hardback book printing and binding is a process that involves several steps. First, the pages of the book are printed on large sheets of SRA3 paper. These large sheets are then cut into smaller pages that are the same size as the finished book.
The pages are divided into small groups, folded in half, and glued together or section sewn for a more durable bind if your budget allows. Then, these small groups of pages are glued to the spine of the book’s cover. Once all of the pages are attached to the cover, the hardback book is complete!
Welcome to Ex Why Zed’s Short Run Hardback Book Printing Template! Are you ready to bring your idea to life and make a lasting impression? Look no further. Our template is designed to help you navigate the world of printing with ease. Whether you’re a first-time author or a seasoned writer, this template will provide you with the knowledge and tools you need to create a beautiful, high-quality hardback publication.
Short run hardback book printing offers several advantages that make it an excellent choice for authors, publishers, and individuals looking to create high-quality books. Whether you’re printing a limited-edition publication or publishing a small batch for distribution, short run hardback book printing provides numerous benefits:
By taking advantage of short run hardback book printing, you can create beautifully designed books that meet your specific needs while staying within your budget. This printing option allows for more flexibility and control over the production process, resulting in high-quality publications that leave a lasting impression on readers.
When it comes to designing the layout for your short run hardback book, there are several factors that you need to consider to ensure a polished and professional final product. These factors, such as the resolution of the images and the correct layout, are crucial for creating an appealing book. Additionally, the print managers ensure that your pages have printed properly on paper. The binders play a vital role in checking every book for binding errors. They ensure that the pages are bound correctly, avoiding any mistakes. On the rare occasion that a mistake is made, whoever spots it is responsible for ensuring that it is rectified. These meticulous checks and corrections by the binders guarantee a high-quality finished product.
The size of your book is an important decision to make before designing the layout. Consider the content and purpose of your book to determine the appropriate custom size, such as the mm size. A smaller size may be suitable for novels or memoirs, while larger sizes are often preferred for art or coffee table books.
Margin space is crucial to ensure that your content remains easily readable. Leave sufficient margins on all sides of your pages, especially if your publication contains images or illustrations. Additionally, include a bleed area to allow for any trimming during the printing process.
Choose a font that is legible and suits the tone and theme of your project and its intended audience. Experiment with different font sizes, styles, and weights to enhance the readability and visual appeal of your text. Maintaining consistency in typography throughout the book will create a cohesive and professional look.
Decide on the placement and style of your page numbers and headers. These elements should be clear and easy to locate, helping readers navigate through your book effortlessly. Consider incorporating relevant design elements or branding into your headers to add a personal touch.
If your publication includes images, illustrations, or graphics, it is important to carefully integrate them into your layout. Pay attention to their placement, alignment, and size to ensure they complement the surrounding text and maintain visual harmony. Additionally, it is important to choose materials that are durable to ensure the longevity of your publication. Gloss will make the images shine, silk has a slight sheen whereas uncoated paper is more tactile.
Decide on the alignment and justification of your text. Left-aligned or fully justified text is commonly used in book layouts, but you can also experiment with center alignment or a combination of alignments for added visual interest. Ensure that your chosen alignment enhances readability and does not distract from the content.
By considering these factors when designing your layout, you can create a visually appealing and reader-friendly short run hardback book of high quality that leaves a lasting impression on your audience.
Creating a visually appealing and well-designed single hardback book is essential for capturing readers’ attention and leaving a lasting impression. To ensure your hardcover book stands out, here are some essential design elements to include:
The cover is the first thing readers see, so make it eye-catching and intriguing. Use vibrant colours, high-quality images, and compelling typography to grab attention and entice people to pick up your book. Adding a pop of colour can make your book stand out on the shelf and catch the eye of potential readers.
Choose a legible font for the body text and headings. Ensure the font size is appropriate and that there is enough contrast between the text and the background colour. Consider the target audience and the genre of your book when selecting typography.
Maintain consistency throughout your project by using the same layout for each page. This includes positioning chapter headings, page numbers, and margins. A consistent layout creates a cohesive reading experience and improves readability.
Set appropriate margins to ensure that no text or images get cut off when printing. Including a bleed area will prevent white edges on your pages. Be mindful of these elements during the design process to avoid any unwanted cropping or white spaces.
If your book includes images or illustrations, make sure they are high-resolution and visually appealing. They should enhance the reading experience and complement the text. Use professional imagery or hire an illustrator to bring your vision to life.
Chapter headings should be easily recognisable and visually distinct from the rest of the text. Use a larger font size, bold formatting, or unique typography to make them stand out. This helps readers navigate through the book and find specific sections easily.
By incorporating these essential design elements into your short run hardback book, you can create a visually stunning and engaging reading experience for your audience. Remember to consider the target audience, genre, and overall theme of your book to ensure the design elements align with its content.
When it comes to creating a high-quality short run hardback book, the design of your pages plays a crucial role in delivering an engaging reading experience. To ensure that your project stands out and leaves a lasting impression on your readers, it’s important to choose the right design package for your hardback book page layout. Here are some of the best design packages to consider for your booklets:
If you’re aiming for a timeless and sophisticated look, a Colorplan cover is a winning solution for your hardback book. This package offers clean and minimalist layouts, with elegant typography and carefully chosen page elements. It creates a sense of refinement and professionalism, making it ideal for non-fiction books, memoirs, or literary classics. For an extra finishing touch to your hardback book, you can add gold and silver foil with scodix digital enhancement. This will leave a lasting impression on your readers and let them feel your creativity, literally. Top tip: try one!
For books that demand a more contemporary and visually striking design, the Modern and Vibrant package is an excellent choice. With bold colour schemes, eye-catching graphics, and dynamic layouts, this package is perfect for fiction novels, graphic novels, or children’s books. It adds a touch of excitement and energy to your pages, captivating readers from start to finish.
If you want your hardback book to be an artistic masterpiece, the Artistic Expression package is the way to go. This package offers unique and creative page layouts, incorporating hand-drawn illustrations, painterly textures, and expressive typography. It’s perfect for project in the arts, poetry, or any genre that celebrates creativity and individuality.
Remember, the design package you choose should align with the genre, tone, and target audience of your publication. It should enhance the content and ensure an enjoyable reading experience. Don’t be afraid to experiment and mix different design elements to create a truly unique and captivating hardback book.
With these best design packages for hardback book page layout, you’ll be well on your way to creating a visually stunning and engaging book that will leave a lasting impression on your readers.
Creating a high-quality short run hardback book requires attention to detail and careful planning. Here are some best practices to consider when undertaking this project:
1. Choose the right paper: The choice of paper can greatly impact the overall look and feel of your hardback book. Consider using high-quality, acid-free paper that is thick enough to prevent ink from showing through the pages. Lamination to the cover will give the surface protection against cracking.
2. Invest in professional design: A well-designed book layout can significantly enhance the reading experience. Consider hiring a professional designer who can create an eye-catching cover and layout that complements the content of your book.
3. Pay attention to typography: Selecting the right fonts and font sizes is crucial for readability. Make sure the text is legible and easy on the eyes. Use a consistent font style throughout the book for a cohesive look.
4. Optimise images and illustrations: If your project includes images or illustrations, ensure they are of high resolution and properly formatted for print. Images should be clear and sharp to enhance visual appeal. Colour pages look great on silk, gloss or uncoated. Black and White images can soak into uncoated (matt) paper so it can be a good idea to take a look at our paper sample pack first before deciding.
5. Proofread and edit: Take the time to thoroughly proofread and edit your book before sending it for printing. Look for any spelling or grammar errors, and ensure that the content flows smoothly.
Are you interested in expanding your knowledge about book printing design? Luckily, there are plenty of resources available to help you learn more. Whether you’re a beginner or an experienced designer, these resources can provide valuable insights and tips to enhance your skills.
1. Online Courses: There are various online platforms that offer courses specifically focused on book printing design. Websites like Udemy and Skillshare offer classes taught by industry professionals, covering everything from typography to layout design. These courses often include video tutorials, assignments, and feedback to help you improve your skills.
2. Design Blogs and Websites: Keep up to date with the latest trends and techniques in book printing design by following design blogs and websites. These platforms often feature articles, case studies, and interviews with experienced designers, providing valuable insights and inspiration. Some popular design blogs include Smashing Magazine, Creative Bloq, and Design Observer.
3. Books on Design: Expand your knowledge by reading blogs focused on design for print. There are many great titles available that cover various aspects of design, from colour theory to typography. Some recommended books include “The Non-Designer’s Design Book” by Robin Williams, “Thinking with Type” by Ellen Lupton, and “Grid Systems in Graphic Design” by Josef Müller-Brockmann.
4. Online Forums and Communities: Engage with other designers and professionals in online forums and communities dedicated to book printing design. Platforms like Reddit and Quora have dedicated sections where you can ask questions, share your work, and connect with like-minded individuals. Additionally, social media platforms like Instagram and Twitter have design-focused communities and hashtags that can provide inspiration and feedback.
5. Webinars and Workshops: Stay up to date with the latest techniques and trends by participating in webinars and workshops offered by industry experts. These events often include live demonstrations, discussions, and Q&A sessions, allowing you to learn directly from experienced professionals. Keep an eye on design organisations and event platforms for upcoming webinars and workshops.
By taking advantage of these resources, you can continue to improve your book printing design skills and stay ahead of the curve. Remember, learning is an ongoing process, and the more you invest in your education, the better your designs will become.
The turnaround time for printing your own book order, including the main print run, can vary depending on the print spec and the complexity of your project. Typically, at Ex Why Zed your work will arrive in 5-7 working days. Do allow an extra few days at the start though to make sure your artwork is correctly prepared for print. Email us in advance and we can advise on a realistic turnaround to help you plan.
Several factors influence the cost of short run hardback book printing, including the number of pages, book size, binding type, cover design complexity, additional features like foiling or embossing, and run lengths. It’s important to consider these factors when estimating the cost of your printing project. At Ex Why Zed book printers, we can advise on the factors that will help make your project superb or help you reduce the total price. We take pride in our customer service. Any questions, do give us a shout, remember we are here to help on email, phone and live chat.
At Ex Why Zed, there’s a flexible approach to printing that caters to individual needs. You can print as few as one copy, ensuring there’s no strict minimum requirement. This approach is environmentally conscious and cost-effective, allowing you to avoid unnecessary waste of money and paper. Whether it’s for a student hand-in, a business pitch, or a cherished family memory book, you can print the exact quantity you require. There’s no specified maximum limit mentioned, so you have the flexibility to print as many as you need, ensuring every project, big or small, is catered to with precision and care.
Welcome to Ex Why Zed, your premier destination for custom hardback book printing in the UK. We are passionate about helping authors, artists, and businesses bring their creative visions to life with our high-quality printing services. With our expertise and state-of-the-art equipment, we ensure that your custom hardback books are produced to the highest standards of quality and craftsmanship.
When it comes to custom hardback book printing in the UK, choosing the right supplier is crucial. Here are a few factors to consider:
By considering these factors and doing your research, you can find a reliable supplier for your custom hardback book printing needs in the UK. Remember, a reputable supplier will not only deliver a beautiful end product but also provide valuable guidance and support throughout the entire printing process.
When it comes to custom hardback book printing, there are several different types of prints to choose from. Each type offers its own unique look and feel, allowing you to create a book that is truly one-of-a-kind.
Foil Stamping: Foiling is a popular choice for custom hardback book covers. It involves applying a thin layer of foil to the cover of the book, creating a shiny, metallic effect. This technique can be used to add a touch of elegance and sophistication to your book.
Spot UV: Spot UV is a technique that involves applying a glossy, clear coating to specific areas of the cover. This creates a contrast between the matte finish of the rest of the cover and the shiny, reflective areas. Spot UV can be used to highlight certain elements of your design and create a visually stunning effect.
Full-color Printing: Full-color printing is a popular choice for custom hardback books. It allows you to print your design in vibrant, rich colors, bringing your book to life. This technique is perfect for books with colorful illustrations or photographs.
By considering the different types of hardback prints available, you can choose the option that best fits your vision and brings your book to life.
When it comes to custom hardback book printing in the UK, one important factor to consider is the price. The cost of producing a custom hardback book can vary depending on a number of factors, including the size of the book, the number of pages, the type of paper used, the printing technique, and any additional features or embellishments.
It’s important to have a clear understanding of your budget and what you are willing to invest in your custom hardback book project. This will help you determine the options that are available to you and make informed decisions about the production process.
When comparing prices from different suppliers, be sure to look beyond the initial quote. Consider factors such as the quality of the materials used, the level of craftsmanship, and the reputation of the supplier. Keep in mind that while price is an important factor, it should not be the sole determining factor in your decision-making process.
Another important aspect to consider is the quantity of books you need. Printing larger quantities can often result in a lower cost per unit, but make sure you have a realistic estimation of how many books you will actually need. Overprinting can lead to unnecessary expenses and storage issues.
Lastly, don’t forget to factor in any additional costs such as shipping or storage. Depending on your location and the size of your order, these costs can vary significantly.
By carefully considering the price considerations for custom hardback book production, you can make informed decisions that align with your budget and ensure a successful and cost-effective outcome for your project.
When it comes to custom hardback photo book printing in the UK, there are a few tips that can help ensure a successful print job. Whether you’re printing a novel, a photo book, or a corporate publication, these tips can help you achieve the best results:
By following these tips, you can ensure a successful custom hardback book printing job in the UK. Remember, attention to detail and effective communication are key to achieving the desired results.
When it comes to printing your books, custom hardback book printing offers a range of benefits that set it apart from other options. Whether you’re a self-published author, a small business owner looking to create branded materials, or a company seeking a unique way to showcase your products or services, custom hardback books are a great choice.
One of the main reasons to choose custom hardback book printing is the professional and high-quality finish it provides. The sturdy hardcover not only conveys a sense of durability and longevity, but it also adds a touch of elegance and sophistication to your book. This is especially important if you’re looking to make a strong impression on your readers or clients.
Additionally, custom hardback book printing allows for a wide range of creative possibilities. You can choose from various materials, such as linen, leather, or cloth, to give your book a unique texture and appearance. You can also incorporate special finishes, such as embossing, foil stamping, or spot UV, to add a luxurious touch to your book design.
Furthermore, custom hardback book printing offers the opportunity to personalise your books to align with your brand or vision. You can customise the size, shape, and layout of your book to create a tailored reading experience. This level of customisation can help you stand out from the crowd and make a lasting impression on your audience.
Lastly, by choosing custom hardback book printing, you’re investing in a product that will withstand the test of time. Hardback books are known for their durability and ability to withstand frequent use, making them a valuable asset for your personal or professional library.
Are you an aspiring author looking to publish your own book? Do you want your masterpiece to stand out from the crowd? Look no further! A4 hardback book printing services are here to make your book a reality. In this blog, we will discuss everything about A4 hardback book printing services. From understanding why you should choose A4 size to determining the spine width for your book, we got you covered. We also have expert tips on preparing artwork for printing and enhancing your book with special finishes. Our upbeat and knowledgeable tone will guide you through the process, making it a breeze. Plus, we throw in a little humour because who said printing has to be boring? Let’s get started and make your dream of publishing a book come true!
When it comes to A4 hardback book printing services, you can expect nothing but high-quality results. Our printing techniques are professional and ensure a polished finish for your books. We offer a wide range of customisable options to meet your specific needs, including different paper types and finishes. But what sets us apart is our dedicated team who will guide you through the entire printing process. Whether you’re looking for a coffee table book, cookbook, or yearbook, our expert team is here to help. So let your creativity flow and let us bring your ideas to life in vibrant full colour or classic black and white. With our A4 hardback book printing services, the possibilities are endless!
When it comes to printing your book, choosing A4 hardback book printing has several advantages. The A4 size offers a versatile and popular format, while the hardcover provides durability and a premium look. Professional printing enhances the visual appeal of your book, making it perfect for showcasing artwork and graphics.
| Feature | Benefit |
|---|---|
| Sturdiness | Your content gets the protection it deserves. An A4 hardback stands the test of time (and occasional coffee spills!). |
| Elevated Appearance | Nothing screams ‘professional’ and ‘high-quality’ like a sleek hardback cover. It’s the Savile Row suit of books! |
| Optimal Size for Visuals | A4 gives your visuals room to breathe, making illustrations, photos, and designs pop with clarity and vibrancy. |
| Increased Shelf Presence | On a bookshelf, an A4 hardback is like that charismatic mate who always stands out at parties. Can’t miss it! |
| Durability in Distribution | Sending your masterpiece far and wide? A4 hardbacks withstand the rigours of shipping better than most. |
| Tactile Experience | There’s a tangible joy in holding a hefty A4 hardback. It’s the weight of your accomplishments in hand! |
| Ideal for Special Editions | Making a collector’s edition or a commemorative piece? The A4 hardback is your classy companion for the task. |
When it comes to printing your hardback book, the process involves several important steps. It all begins with a consultation and design phase, where our team works closely with you to capture your vision. From there, we move on to the printing and binding process, utilising professional techniques to create a book that looks and feels exceptional. Quality control measures are taken throughout the process to ensure a flawless final product. And to top it off, we offer timely delivery to meet your publishing deadlines. Rest assured, your hardback book will be in good hands with us.
Sit back and enjoy a captivating video demonstration that brings the hardback book printing process to life.
Take a behind-the-scenes look at the meticulous attention to detail and craftsmanship involved in printing your book. From the initial design phase to the finished product, witness the various stages that make your book truly exceptional. Gain a better understanding of the printing timeline and appreciate the expertise that goes into creating a stunning hardback book. Let this video immerse you in the world of printing, showcasing the beauty and artistry that goes into each and every book.
Explore our diverse portfolio of past A4 hardback books to spark your creativity. Immerse yourself in the world of captivating cover designs, vivid colours, and a range of finishes that bring these books to life. Our collection showcases how other authors and publishers have utilised our A4 hardback book printing services to create visually stunning masterpieces. Discover inspiring layouts and formatting ideas that will make your book stand out from the rest. Let our past projects ignite your imagination and empower you to craft a truly exceptional A4 hardback book.
When it comes to hardback book printing, there is a wide range of sizes available to choose from. Each size offers its own unique advantages and can be customised to suit your specific project requirements. One popular size option is A4, which provides ample space for text and illustrations while still remaining portable. Additionally, you can further enhance your hardback book with options such as dust jackets and foil stamping, adding a touch of elegance and personalisation. With various finishes like soft touch or matt laminate, you can create a truly unique and eye-catching book that stands out on any coffee table.
When it comes to choosing the size for your hardback book, there are several benefits to consider. One of the key advantages of opting for A4 size is the ample space it provides for both content and visuals. This allows you to showcase your work in a professional and polished format. Additionally, A4 size offers easy readability and comfortable handling for readers, making it a popular choice among both readers and bookstores. Another advantage is that A4 size books easily fit standard bookshelves and display areas, ensuring that your book will be displayed and stored conveniently. So, if you’re looking to create a book that offers plenty of room for creativity and wide appeal, choosing A4 size for your hardback book is a great option.
Flexible page count options are available for A4 hardback book printing. You can determine the ideal number of pages based on your content, whether it’s text-heavy or filled with visuals. Our printing experts can assist in discussing pagination, layout, and creating a well-balanced book.
When it comes to your A4 hardback book, choosing the appropriate spine width is crucial for achieving a professional look and ensuring easy opening and reading. Factors such as paper thickness and page count play a significant role in determining the optimal spine width. At our printing services, our knowledgeable team can assist you in finding the perfect balance. With our expertise in digital printing and short runs, we can help you achieve a beautifully bound book that showcases your content in the best possible way. Trust us to deliver a perfectly sized spine that complements your book’s aesthetic.
The minimum spine width is 9mm and that encompasses 28-40 inside pages. The spine width increases by 1mm, roughly speaking, for each additional 8 pages.
Enhance the elegance of your A4 hardback books with a range of special finishes. From foiling to gloss or matte lamination, and spot UV, there are various options to customise your book. Add silver foil accents for a touch of sophistication, or opt for embossing or debossing on the cover. Discuss your unique vision with our printing specialists.
Elevate the look and feel of your A4 hardback book with special finishes that add an extra touch of luxury and appeal. Foil stamping can create eye-catching elements that catch the reader’s attention right from the cover. Gloss or matt lamination not only enhances the durability of the cover but also gives it a professional finish. For a striking contrast and texture, consider spot UV coating. And if you want to add depth and dimension, embossing or debossing can do wonders. Explore these special finishes to make your A4 hardback book truly stand out.
Ready to print your A4 hardback book? Ensure a seamless printing process by following these expert tips for preparing your artwork. First, make sure your artwork is in the correct file format and resolution for printing. Use CMYK colour mode to guarantee accurate colour reproduction. Check that all fonts are embedded or outlined to avoid any font-related issues. Additionally, ensure your artwork has the correct bleed and trim marks for printing. Lastly, review your artwork meticulously to catch any spelling or formatting errors. By following these tips, you’ll be one step closer to a high-quality printed masterpiece.
When it comes to ensuring optimal quality in your printed book, there are several key factors to consider. First and foremost, choosing a high-quality paper type can greatly enhance the overall look and feel of your book. Additionally, opting for full-colour printing can make your book visually appealing and engaging for readers. Adding special finishes like gloss or matt lamination can provide a professional touch and protect your book’s cover. It’s important to pay attention to detail, such as spine width and the placement of text on the cover, to ensure a polished final product. Finally, working with a reputable printing company that utilises advanced printing techniques will help guarantee the highest quality results. Remember, every little detail counts when it comes to creating a truly exceptional book.
When it comes to making your book stand out, A4 hardback book printing services offer a premium and professional look that can elevate your book to the next level. The hardcover provides durability and protection, ensuring that your book remains intact through frequent handling. With custom size options available, you have the flexibility to create a unique and eye-catching design that captures readers’ attention. Consider adding special features like foil stamping or embossing to add an extra touch of elegance and make your book truly memorable. By utilising high-quality printing and binding techniques, you can ensure a polished final product that grabs the reader’s attention. So don’t settle for anything less than exceptional, choose A4 hardback photo book printing services to make your book stand out from the crowd.
When it comes to book production, the importance of high-quality printing cannot be overstated. Not only does it enhance the readability and visual appeal of your book, but it also contributes to its overall professionalism. Crisp and clear images are essential for creating a visually appealing book, while accurate colour reproduction ensures that your images and graphics convey the intended message. Additionally, consistent and sharp text improves the reading experience for your audience. By investing in high-quality printing, you are showcasing your commitment to producing a top-notch book that stands out from the rest.
The time it takes to print a hardback book depends on factors like design complexity and quantity. Generally, the process can take a few days to a couple of weeks. Working closely with the printing company is essential to establish a realistic timeline. Rush services may be available for faster turnaround.
When it comes to A4 hardback book printing, knowing what to expect during the printing process can help ensure a smooth and successful project. It all begins by submitting your artwork and specifications to the printing company. They will then provide proofs for your review and approval before proceeding with printing. Once you give the go-ahead, the production process begins, with quality control measures in place to ensure a final product that meets your expectations. Finally, the finished books are carefully packaged and shipped to you or made available for pickup. With these steps in mind, you can confidently embark on your A4 hardback book printing journey.
We love getting into a conversation about printing your book like a Pro because it helps you get answers quickly and aids us in passing on all the information you might need. So jump on our Project Builder to request a quote. However, as a quick guide, here is a graph to show the price of 1,2 and 5 copies over a range of page quantities.
Ex Why Zed stands out as the perfect choice for A4 hardback book printing. With their commitment to excellence, advanced technology, and customisation options, they ensure high-quality results. Trust their extensive experience in the industry to meet and exceed your expectations.
To secure an ISBN number and barcode for your book, you can apply through a platform like Nielsen ISBN Store in the UK. After obtaining the ISBN number, generate a barcode for your book’s cover. Make sure to include the ISBN number and barcode on the copyright page or back cover of your book for proper identification and tracking.
In conclusion, A4 hardback book printing services offer a range of benefits for authors and publishers. The durability and professional appearance of hardback books make them an excellent choice for showcasing your work. With various sizes and options available, you can customise your A4 hardback book to suit your preferences and needs. Additionally, special finishes can add a touch of elegance and uniqueness to your book. It’s important to prepare your artwork properly to ensure optimal quality in the final printed product. When choosing a printing service, consider factors such as expertise, turnaround time, and customer satisfaction. At Ex Why Zed, we provide top-quality A4 hardback book printing services and support authors every step of the way. So why wait? Begin your journey towards creating a standout book today!
Are you an author or a publisher looking for cost-effective ways to print your hardback books in the UK? Then look no further! Cheap hardback book printing is the way to go. But before we dive into the benefits of this option, let’s first understand what hardback book printing is all about. Hardback books are known for their durability and elegance, making them a favourite among readers. Additionally, you can save money without sacrificing quality. In this blog, we’ll explore the advantages of this type of printing and also highlight some important aspects to consider while opting for cheap hardback book printing in the UK. So, sit back and get ready to learn how you can print high-quality hardback books without breaking the bank!
When it comes to understanding hardback book printing, a few key points come into play. First and foremost, the process involves using durable materials and a professional finish to create a high-quality product. This makes hardcover books a more long-lasting and professional option for authors. Additionally, the lamination on hardback covers provides an attractive presentation, adding a touch of elegance and sophistication to any publication. Whether it’s children’s novels with colourful illustrations or non-fiction titles with informative content, hardback book printing is a great choice. With its sturdy construction and pleasing aesthetics, it’s no wonder why authors and readers alike gravitate towards this type of book.
Hardcover printing involves the production of books with a durable greyboard cover. It’s a process that adds a touch of elegance and durability to your printed materials. You can choose from various options, such as printed covers or different book-binding materials, to create a customised and professional look for your hardback books.
Here is a short video of the binding process.
The aesthetics of a hardback are genuinely much more impressive than their paperback counterparts. The crisp, durable hardback cover is a wonderful way to showcase your book and give it a unique feel that will leave a lasting impression on readers.
The pages inside can be printed in full colour, which means that you can use any type of artwork or photographs that you want. This can help create an even more detailed and immersive experience for your readers.
Hardbacks are more than just paper lamination. They also have a more satisfying feel in your hands when you hold them open. The pages feel thicker and denser, making it easier to flip through pages while reading.
The decorative design on the front cover of a hardback book can add significantly to its value—especially if the design has been printed on top-quality paper stock.
Blow the reader away when they open the cover with a set of printed endpapers – choose a pattern, a repeating section of your artwork or a solid colour.
Front Cover – choose from 170gsm Silk with Matt or Gloss Lamination or one of the cover materials from Winter&Co (you have the option of adding foil on the title, logo or name)
End paper left – glued to the inside front cover (170gsm uncoated)
End paper right (170gsm uncoated)
Reverse end paper left (170gsm uncoated)
First right hand ‘inside’ page – page 1 of your interior pages PDF. Choose from Silk, Gloss or Uncoated, 115gsm > 170gsm thickness.
Double page spread formed by pages 2 and 3 in your inside page PDF. 4 and 5 make a spread, 6 and 7, 8 and 9 etc.
At the end of the publication, the running order is:
Double page spread formed by the penultimate last two pages in your inside page PDF.
Last left hand ‘inside’ page – the last page of your text page PDF. Choose from Silk, Gloss or Uncoated, 115gsm > 170gsm thickness.
Front end paper right (170gsm uncoated)
End paper left (170gsm uncoated)
End paper right – glued to the inside back cover (170 gsm uncoated)
Back Cover (choose from 170gsm Silk with Matt or Gloss Lamination or one of the cover materials from Winter&Co)
Cheap hardcover book printing offers a budget-friendly solution for small print runs, making it an ideal choice for authors on a tight budget. Unlike paperbacks, hardcover projects have a longer lifespan, thanks to their sturdy construction. This durability ensures that your hardback books can withstand repeated use, making them perfect for long-term enjoyment. Additionally, cheap hardback book printing is particularly beneficial for student Final Major Projects, where a professional and polished presentation is crucial. With a wide range of options available, including different colours, coatings, and finishes, cheap hardback book printing in the UK gives you the opportunity to create high-quality books that stand out.
When it comes to publishing their work, authors can find an affordable option with cheap hardback book printing. Not only does this allow them to produce high-quality books without breaking the bank, but it also offers cost-effectiveness in the long run. The durability of hardcover books means fewer replacements are needed, saving money over time. Additionally, the price per copy decreases as the quantity ordered increases. Whether it’s for a yearbook, children’s book, or coffee table art book, cheap hardback printing in the UK is a great choice for authors looking for a cost-effective and durable option.
Cheap hardback book printing in the UK is becoming increasingly popular as more people are looking to save money. However, they might not understand why this is the case.
Hardback projects are more durable than paperbacks. This means that your books will last longer, which reduces costs in the long term. You won’t need to replace them as often or buy new ones when they become damaged or worn out because you can use them for a longer period of time before replacing them with newer versions of your book or e-book instead.
If you’re a customer searching online for cheap hardback book printing UK near me, the welcome to Ex Why Zed. We have free delivery throughout the UK and aim to deliver finished work in 6/7 working days (depending on your print spec).
In the academic realm, students, especially those at the university level, often seek ways to make their final major projects stand out. A small run offers the perfect solution. By transforming their research, thesis, or creative works into a professionally bound hardcover format, students not only enhance the presentation of their content but also create a lasting keepsake of their academic journey. This tangible representation of their efforts can be a source of pride, and a testament to their dedication and expertise in their chosen field.
On the other hand, emerging authors of children’s stories can utilise small run hardcover book printing as a powerful promotional tool. Rather than investing in bulk production, an author can produce a single, high-quality copy to showcase on platforms like Kickstarter, attracting potential backers and readers. The tactile experience of a hardcover book can provide a tangible connection between the author and the audience, serving as a teaser for what’s to come. Similarly, businesses looking to make an impression during a significant pitch can benefit immensely. Presenting information, proposals, or company profiles in a hardcover format not only speaks volumes about the professionalism and seriousness of the business but also leaves a lasting impression on potential clients or partners. In all these scenarios, small run hardback book printing proves to be an invaluable asset, merging quality with purpose.
Aspects to Consider When Opting for Cheap Hardback Book Printing
When considering cheap printing, there are several aspects to keep in mind. First, think about the paper finish for the inside pages. Options such as silk, gloss, or uncoated can greatly impact the look and feel of your book. Next, decide between a printed cover or a material cover with foiling to add an extra touch of elegance. Consider the size of your book and choose one that will best showcase your artwork. Lastly, you’ll need to decide on matt or gloss lamination, which can enhance the durability of the cover’s book binding and appearance of your book. By carefully considering these aspects, you can create a stunning and high-quality hardback book that perfectly suits your needs.
Promote a business, an event or even a cause. The low cost of these cheap premium hardback book printing outputs makes them affordable for most small and medium businesses. For example, if you own a restaurant and want to create more awareness about your establishment, you could use cheap hardback book printing services in order to print out flyers that are bound together in the form of a publication. This type of advertising would allow people who see it on display in restaurants or cafes around town walk up and take one home with them so that they have access to promotional information at any time during their day.
This type of marketing strategy is ideal because it allows businesses with limited budgets to get their name out there while still being able to offer something tangible instead of just relying on digital advertising via social media platforms or email campaigns where many consumers tend to not pay much attention. They might read through your digital content only if they’re looking for something specific, such as when shopping online.
A hardback book is an excellent way to preserve memories, stories and the like. While a paperback might hold up well enough for a few years of use, once it starts falling apart it can be difficult to stitch back together again. A hardback book will stand up better over time because it has more pages and is designed to be sturdier.
If you want your stories, photos or other memorabilia preserved as they were originally intended, then a hardcover book should be your choice of binding method when you print your material.
You’ve found us, welcome to Ex Why Zed! There are a few great options for cheap hardback book printing in the UK. Try contacting a local print shop or searching online for “cheap hardback book printing UK.” You should be able to find several affordable options that will produce high-quality results.
When looking for a printer, be sure to ask about their quality control procedures. Make sure they have a process in place to check every publication for defects before it’s shipped to you. This is an important step, as defective books can ruin the overall experience of your finished product.
In conclusion, cheap hardback publication printing in the UK offers numerous benefits for authors and publishers. Not only is it a cost-effective option, but it also adds a touch of professionalism and durability to your books. With the advancements in printing technology, even affordable options can provide high-quality results that rival traditionally expensive printing methods. However, when opting for cheap hardback book printing, it is important to consider certain aspects such as paper quality, printing options, and binding techniques to ensure that the final product meets your expectations. So, if you’re looking to publish your book on a budget without compromising on quality, cheap hardback book printing in the UK is definitely worth considering.
Take a trip through our Print Journey and follows the carefully curated steps as you go from the initial idea of a hardback book, through the inspiration of designing your work, next comes production and binding before the finished books arrive in a few days.
Hardback book printing is the process of creating books with a sturdier and more durable cover than paperback books. Hardback books, also known as hardcover books, are bound with a hard outer cover, typically made of thick cardboard or cloth. This type of book printing is often preferred for its higher quality and longevity. The hardcover protects the pages from wear and tear, making hardback books a great option for books that are meant to be read and preserved for years to come. Additionally, hardback book printing allows for customisation in terms of size, cover design, and printing process, ensuring that each book is unique and meets the author’s or publisher’s specific requirements.
When it comes to book printing, one-off hardback book printing offers several benefits that cannot be overlooked.
First and foremost, durability. Hardcover books are known for their ability to withstand the test of time. The hardcover provides extra protection to the book, making it less prone to wear and tear, ensuring that the book will last longer compared to its paperback counterpart.
In terms of appearance, hardcovers exude a more professional and sophisticated look. With the option to customize the size and cover style, hardbacks can be tailored to suit any author’s vision, creating a unique and eye-catching design that stands out on bookshelves.
From a financial perspective, there are higher profit margins to be gained with one-off hardback book printing. Although the production costs may be higher compared to paperbacks, the higher unit cost can be offset by the price point at which hardcovers are sold. Additionally, releasing a hardcover edition before the paperback can lead to higher sales and profits.
Furthermore, hardcover books have a collectible value that paperback books often lack. Collectors value the sturdiness and longevity of hardbacks, making them more desirable for book enthusiasts. Printing a limited edition number of books also adds to their appeal.
In conclusion, the benefits of one-off hardback book printing are numerous – durability, professional appearance, higher profit margins, and collectible value. These factors make hardcovers an attractive option for both authors and readers alike.
Hardback books come in various types, each offering unique features and benefits. One type is the custom size hardback, which allows authors to have full control over the dimensions of their book. This is particularly useful for books that require a specific trim size or layout. Another type is the cased book, which refers to hardbacks that have a fabric or leather cover, giving them an elegant and luxurious feel. Additionally, there are limited edition hardbacks, which are produced in a small quantity, making them highly prized by collectors. These editions often feature special artwork or additional content that is exclusive to the limited run. Lastly, there are art and coffee table hardbacks, which are known for their larger sizes and high-quality printing. These books showcase stunning visuals, making them ideal for displaying on coffee tables or as decorative pieces. Overall, the different types of hardback books offer authors and readers a wide range of choices to suit their preferences and needs.
Paperback books have long been a popular choice among readers due to their affordability and portability. However, they do come with a few drawbacks that can impact both publishers and authors. One of the main disadvantages of paperback books is their susceptibility to damage. The card covers of paperback books make them more prone to wear and tear, reducing their longevity. This can be a significant concern for publishers who want their books to withstand multiple reads and last for years.
Furthermore, the competitive nature of the paperback book market often leads to lower profit margins. Paperbacks are usually priced lower than hardcover books, which can make it challenging for publishers and authors to generate substantial revenue. The cost of production for paperback books is also higher than that of hardcovers due to the need for specialised equipment to create the card covers.
If you need a one-off hardback book for a student hand-in, we’ve got you. We have no minimum order quality so do just order the exact number of copies you need.
In conclusion, while paperback books offer affordability and convenience, their cons include higher vulnerability to damage and lower profit margins. Publishers and authors should carefully weigh these factors when considering the styling of their book.
Hardcover books offer a range of features and benefits that set them apart from their paperback counterparts. Firstly, the durable and sturdy hardcover binding provides long-lasting protection for the pages within, ensuring that the book remains intact for years to come. This makes hardcover books ideal for treasured keepsakes, collectible editions, and special gifts.
In terms of aesthetics, hardcover books have a certain elegance and sophistication that paperback books may lack. The hardcover casing can be customised with various materials, finishes, and printing techniques, allowing for a more premium and personalised look. Hardcover books are often favoured for coffee table books, art books, and limited edition volumes.
Although hardcover books may be slightly more expensive to produce than paperbacks, their higher price point is often justified by the perceived quality and durability they offer. Hardcover books also tend to have a higher perceived value, which can be advantageous for authors and publishers seeking to command higher sales prices and royalties.
While hardcover books may be heavier than their paperback counterparts, the added weight adds to the perception of value and substance. Additionally, hardcover books are typically produced in shorter print runs, making them ideal for special editions or niche markets. This also means that hardcover books can be printed on demand, reducing the need for storing excess inventory and minimising the risk of unsold copies.
When it comes to shipping costs and production times, hardcover books may incur slightly higher expenses due to their weight and specialised production processes. However, with print-on-demand services like Gelato, printing hardcover books has become more cost-effective and efficient. Gelato offers a range of hardcover options, including photo books and notebooks, allowing individuals and businesses to easily create and customise their own premium hardcover publications.
In summary, hardcover books offer durability, aesthetic appeal, and perceived value, making them an excellent choice for special editions, collector’s items, and premium publications. With the availability of print-on-demand services like Gelato, producing hardcover books has become more accessible and cost-effective for individuals and businesses alike.
When it comes to printing custom size books, attention to detail is essential to ensure a perfect fit. One crucial aspect is calculating the dust jacket artwork size. Start by determining the spine width, which is the thickness of the book block. Next, calculate the book block width, which is the width of the pages when the book is closed. The dust jacket artwork size can be calculated by adding the spine width and the book block width.
In addition to the dust jacket artwork size, it’s important to note that custom size book covers are slightly larger than the book block. This allows the cover to properly wrap around the book and provide a sleek and professional finish.
When determining the height of the book cover, add 12mm to the book block height. This extra space ensures that the book cover fully encompasses the pages and provides ample protection.
Printers specializing in custom size books can assist with these calculations and provide expert guidance throughout the printing process. With their expertise and attention to detail, custom size books can be created to meet exact specifications and provide a unique reading experience.
So, whether you’re printing a novel, an art book, or any other publication requiring a custom size, partnering with a professional printer ensures that every aspect, from the dust jacket artwork size to the precise measurements, is handled with care and precision.
When it comes to hardback book printing, the choice of materials used is crucial in creating a high-quality finished product. From the cover to the paper used for the book block, every element plays a role in enhancing the overall look and feel of the book. Custom size hardback books provide the opportunity to select the perfect combination of materials to suit the author’s vision and the target audience’s expectations. The covers can be made using a range of options, such as hardboard, bookbinding cloth, leather, or even custom-designed materials. Similarly, the paper used for the book block can vary in weight, texture, and finish, ensuring a tailored reading experience. Whether it’s using coated paper for sharper images or opting for the traditional feel of uncoated paper, the choice of materials in hardback book printing is essential for delivering a visually appealing and durable end product.
Here is a short video to show the hardback binding process.
Book covers play a crucial role in hardback book printing as they serve both a protective and visually appealing function. Not only do they safeguard the pages of the book from wear and tear, but they also provide an opportunity to showcase the book’s content and captivate potential readers.
In the realm of hardback book printing, there are various methods employed to create eye-catching book covers. Specialist printers are often utilised to achieve exceptional print quality and detail. Additionally, techniques like embossing and coloured foil are frequently employed to add texture and enhance the overall appeal of the cover. These methods help create a lasting impression on readers and make the book stand out on bookstore shelves.
With the advent of digital printing, book covers are often printed alongside the pages themselves. This allows for greater efficiency and consistency in the printing process. Once printed, the book covers are encased in plastic or another protective material to ensure durability and longevity.
In conclusion, book covers are an essential component of hardback book printing. They not only protect the book’s content but also add visual appeal and attract potential readers. Utilising different printing methods, such as specialist printers, embossing, and coloured foil, ensures that the book cover is attention-grabbing and aesthetically pleasing. The integration of digital printing has further streamlined the production process, resulting in high-quality and durable book covers.
When it comes to hardback book printing, there is a wide range of book sizes available to suit different preferences and purposes. Standard sizes such as A4, A5, and 5×8 inches are commonly used for novels, while larger sizes like A3 and 8.5×11 inches are more suitable for textbooks or coffee table books.
In addition to these standard sizes, many printing companies also offer custom-sized options to accommodate unique book projects. Custom-sized books provide authors and publishers with the freedom to create books in specific dimensions that best match their content and design vision.
It’s important to note that the book size refers to the size of the book block, which includes the pages of the book. The covers of the book are slightly larger to allow for wrapping around the book block.
When preparing artwork for custom-sized books, it’s essential to calculate the dimensions accurately. To determine the artwork size, you need to add the width of the spine and three times the width of the book block, then add 28mm for the width. For the height, add 12mm to the book block height.
Choosing the right book size and ensuring high-quality printing are crucial factors in creating a visually appealing and professional-looking hardback book. So, whether you opt for a standard size or a custom-sized option, make sure to select a reputable printing company to achieve outstanding print quality that brings your book to life.
Book block creation is a crucial step in the process of hardback book printing. It involves assembling the individual sheets of paper to create the core of the book. The type of paper used can vary depending on the desired quality and aesthetic of the final product. Common options include coated paper, uncoated paper, and specialty papers.
Coated paper is a popular choice for book blocks due to its smooth surface, which allows for high-quality printing and vibrant colors. It is often used for books with rich illustrations or detailed images. Uncoated paper, on the other hand, has a more natural and textured feel, making it suitable for books with a more rustic or tactile aesthetic.
End papers and fly leaves also play a crucial role in hardback book printing. End papers are the sheets that connect the book block to the cover, providing strength and stability. They are usually made from a heavier weight paper or cardstock. Fly leaves, on the other hand, are the blank pages found at the beginning and end of the book. They not only protect the book block but also provide an opportunity for additional design elements or author information.
In summary, the creation of book blocks involves carefully selecting the appropriate type of paper to achieve the desired quality and aesthetic. Coated paper options offer high-quality printing with vibrant colors, while uncoated paper provides a more natural and textured feel. Meanwhile, end papers and fly leaves contribute to the overall durability and presentation of the hardback book.
When it comes to hardback book printing, choosing the right coated paper is crucial for achieving high-quality print results. There are several options available, each with its own benefits and characteristics.
Gloss coated paper is the most common choice, known for its smooth and shiny finish. It provides vibrant colours and sharp details, making it ideal for books with rich illustrations or photographs. The glossy surface also lends a professional and polished look to the final product.
Matte coated paper, on the other hand, has a non-reflective finish that gives a more subdued and sophisticated appearance. It is often used for books with a more elegant or literary aesthetic, as it offers a softer and more subdued colour palette. Matte paper also reduces glare, making it easier on the eyes when reading for extended periods.
Satin coated paper is a middle ground between gloss and matte. It offers a slight sheen without the high reflectivity of gloss paper. Satin paper is a versatile choice, suitable for a wide range of book genres and styles.
Selecting the right coated paper for your hardback book printing project is essential to ensure the desired visual impact. Whether you prefer the vibrant shine of gloss, the refined elegance of matte, or the versatile appeal of satin, the choice of coated paper will greatly influence the overall look and feel of your book.
When it comes to hardback book printing, considering unit cost is essential for authors and publishers. Unit cost refers to the cost of printing each individual book, and it is calculated based on various factors. One important factor is the page count of the book, as it determines the quantity of paper required for printing.
Additionally, the type of ink used also affects the unit cost. Black ink is typically more cost-effective compared to colour ink. The printing cost calculation takes into account the number of pages printed with colour ink, as it incurs additional expenses.
For example, let’s consider two scenarios: a book with 200 pages printed entirely in black ink and a book with 100 pages printed with 50 pages in colour. The first scenario would have a lower unit cost due to the absence of colour ink usage. In contrast, the second scenario would have a higher unit cost due to the additional cost of printing with colour ink.
By considering the unit cost, authors and publishers can make informed decisions about the printing process, helping them optimise their expenses and ensure cost-effective production.
When it comes to printing processes for hardback books, there are several factors to consider. The type of ink used, such as black or colour ink, plays a role in determining the unit cost. Black ink is generally more cost-effective compared to colour ink, which incurs additional expenses. The number of pages printed with colour ink also affects the overall printing cost. For authors, royalty rates are an essential consideration. Royalty rates are the percentage of book sales that authors receive as compensation. These rates can vary depending on the publisher and the agreement between the author and the publisher. It’s important for authors to investigate and negotiate royalty rates to ensure they receive fair compensation for their hardback books. By understanding the printing processes and royalty rates, authors can make informed decisions to bring their stories to life in hardback form efficiently and economically.
When it comes to black and white printing options for hardback book printing, there are several choices available to suit different preferences and budgets.
Definitely take 10 minutes to watch out Battle With Printing Black and White images video guide for an honest insight.
The standard quality black and white printing option provides a cost-effective solution for those looking to print their books in a more economical manner. While it ensures clear and legible text, it is important to avoid high toner coverage to maintain good print quality.
For those seeking a higher level of detail and clarity, the high-quality black and white printing option is an ideal choice. With sharper images and crisp text, this option is perfect for books that require a more professional look.
If you’re looking to add a touch of colour to your book without compromising on the high-quality black and white printing, the mixture of colour and high-quality black and white option is a great choice. This option allows you to incorporate colour elements, such as illustrations or images, while maintaining the overall black and white aesthetic.
Lastly, the full-colour printing option is available for those who wish to fully embrace colourful visuals in their books. This option provides vibrant and eye-catching images, perfect for books that heavily rely on visuals to tell their story.
In conclusion, the black and white printing options for hardback notebook book printing offer a range of choices to cater to different preferences and budgets. Whether you prefer a standard quality or a more high-quality and detailed print, or if you want to incorporate colour elements or go full-colour, there’s an option for everyone.
For one-off hardback book printing in the UK, we will always case-bind them. Case-binding is the process of making a hardback book. The pages are either glue bound or for longer print runs on higher budgets, sewn together, and then glued to a hardcover. Both methods create a impressive hardback book.
One-off hardback book printing refers to the process of printing a single copy or a small quantity of hardcover books. In the UK, there are several services that offer this option, allowing authors and publishers to have their books printed on-demand without the need for large print runs or inventory storage.
If you are looking for top-quality booklet printing from your PDF, Ex Why Zed is the perfect choice. Our state-of-the-art printing presses and experienced team ensure that every booklet we produce is of the highest standard. We understand that your booklet is a reflection of your brand or message, so we take pride in delivering a finished product that exceeds your expectations. Not only do we guarantee excellent print quality, but we also offer free delivery on all orders. This means you can have peace of mind knowing that your booklets will arrive at your doorstep without any additional costs. Whether you need a small quantity or a large batch, we can cater to your specific requirements. Our simple and user-friendly online ordering process makes it easy for you to customise your booklet according to your preferences. From selecting paper type and size to choosing binding options, you have full control over the final product. In addition to booklet printing, we also offer a range of other printing services including leaflets, brochures, and flyers. So, if you’re ready to bring your ideas to life with professional printing, look no further than Ex Why Zed.
“Ex Why Zed are the best at everything, from answering quote requests to the shipping of the printed items, and everything in between. The product quality is mind-blowing, their website answers so many of the questions you might have, and when you don’t find the answer there, they’re an email away, and their replies come fast and clear. I’m so happy I chose to print my book with them, and I can’t wait for the next.”
Giorgia Cavicchia. 7th July 2023.
So, you’re curious about booklet printing? No worries, let me break it down for you. Just think of booklet and book printing as a special kind of journey where a blank sheet of paper transforms into this multi-page mini-sized book. The process starts with printing the pages, which could be in vibrant full colour or classic black & white, depending on your preference. Once the printing part is done, we go to the next level – folding and stapling. The printed pages are then folded in half to make it like a book. And guess what? We aren’t yet finished!
Now, it’s the stapler’s showtime. A couple of staples along the central fold and voila! Your booklet is ready. This way, the pages are secured and what you have in your hands is a neat little booklet that’s easy to flip through. As you’re uploading your files for your booklet pages, keep in mind that the cover actually consists of four pages. There’s the front cover, inside front cover, back cover, and inside back cover. So the next time, when you come across a glossy brochure or a funky zine, think about this incredible journey. Pretty nifty, right?
Our videos are an exhilarating expedition through specific niches within the book and booklet printing sphere, designed to bombard you with information and insights – in the most friendly and upbeat way, of course!
From the absolute printing novice to the seasoned professional, everyone’s going to find something to learn and enjoy here. This channel isn’t just about ‘printing’ or ‘print videos’, it’s a deep, rich treasure trove of knowledge brought to you by the enthusiastic team at Ex Why Zed, your new favourite UK printing company 🙂
So, ready for a masterclass in booklet print? Press play, sit back, and let the magic of print unfold before your eyes in glorious, detail-packed videos.
“This video was incredibly helpful and your enthusiasm for printing is contagious.” @annabloem239
So, you’re probably wondering what’s up with all these binding options, right? Let me break it down for you. Binding types are basically all about how your brochure or catalogue gets put together. For instance, if you’ve ever looked at any of the brochures or catalogues we all get in our mailboxes and thought “How’d they do that?” chances are it was either staple binding or something neat called saddle-stitching. It’s the same deal with wire stitching too. Here the pages are folded, then stitched with wire staples along the spine which means you can press the pages flat, making it much easier to read. This stuff’s used for magazines, booklets, you name it. This affordable option is best used for magazines and sales brochures.
However, if you want a more high-end, quality booklet or brochure printing, you might wanna go for perfect bound brochures. It’s a method where the pages are glued along the spine to the cover of the book. It gives a super pro look, but the catch is you can’t see the full width of a double-page spread. So, that’s it, friends! Choose saddle-stitching if you want something easy to handle and read, and perfect bound brochures for that fancy, prestige aesthetic.
You know whenever we are talking about brochures and booklet printing, the world’s our oyster in terms of size options available! You got your small but cute A6 booklet, perfect for those mini guides or mini manuals. Then you have your regular A5 booklet – the standard size for most product catalogues. Speaking of catalogues, the A4 size is a fab option, giving you plenty of space to add all the juicy details about your products or services. Fancy something a bit unique? Why not try the square booklets? They sure stand out in a crowd! Now, if you want to go super bespoke, there’re custom size options too. I’m talking about booklets starting from A6 size (that’s 148x105mm for stats nerds), which then naturally includes A5, A4 and a perfect little square at 210x210mm all the way up to a jaw-dropping A3 size (420x297mm). And the cherry on top? All these can be perfect bound, staple bound, wire stitched for a high-end vibe, or saddle stitched for the classic look. Sizes, shapes, styles, stitches – we got ’em all for every genre and they’re all available in portrait or landscape orientation! Matt, silk or gloss finishes are also available for your booklet printing needs.
What kind of booklet are you searching for? Think about a universe of possibilities – a universe of knowledge, discovery, and creativity. This universe encompasses a plethora of catalogue printing, zines, informational booklets, lookbooks, educational materials, and children’s books. Catalogs can be your gateway to the mass array of goods, services, and ideas that are awaiting your exploration. Zines, with their unfiltered and unabashed perspectives, may shock you out of complacency and inspire fresh thoughts. Informational booklets, such as corporate brochures, may provide you with new insights and facts that broaden your understanding of the world. Lookbooks can be a visual cornucopia that stimulates and feeds your aesthetic hunger, challenging your perspectives on beauty and style. Educational materials provide a rich reservoir of knowledge, enhancing your mental faculties and preparing you to face life’s challenges head on with wisdom and resilience. As for children’s books, they are capable of sparking joy, curiosity and vivid imaginations, not only in children but also in adults who are young at heart. Each type of booklet presents its own unique opportunities for learning, dreaming, and being inspired.
Remember, the type of booklet you choose can significantly shape your perception, knowledge, and overall experience of the world. As you contemplate, allow your creative intuition to guide you towards the option that resonates with you the most. The booklets you explore can be a fertile ground for your creativity and imagination to blossom. Your chosen booklet may just be the key that unlocks a wondrous new world before your eyes. So, go on, seek out the booklet that appeals to your imaginative spirit and satiates your intellectual curiosity. Step into the riveting universe of booklets and let the adventure begin.
The number of pages in a booklet depends on various factors such as the purpose of the booklet and the binding method used during the booklet printing process. For instance, a typical brochure or user manual might be about 12 pages, but it varies depending on what information needs to be included. When we talk about bound booklets, there are two types: staple or saddle-stitched and perfect bound.
Crucially, a saddle stitched booklet HAS to have a page count that is a multiple of four, and between 8 and 64 pages is usually recommended. Ideally, keep such booklets under 40 pages to prevent your booklet from persistently bouncing open. When you design booklet artwork for print, you’ll have to create a design for both sides of every piece of paper. A printed page is one side of the piece of paper. So, a 40pp booklet will only actually have 20 physical pieces of paper in it. Your front and back cover are included as part of this.
On the other hand, perfect bound booklets offer more flexibility. Perfect bound books can have as few as 36 pages and can be as thick as the depth of your content requires. Therefore, the number of booklet pages greatly varies based on these influencing factors.
Not for us this one. We are not big fans of Wiro Binding and prefer the more professional aesthetics of wire stitching or perfect binding.
Ladies and gentlemen, allow us to enlighten you on the modern marvel known as online booklet printing! You see, in a world where convenience is king, why on earth would you ever stuff yourself into a car to battle the traffic in search of a high-quality printer? Yes, that’s right; online printing drops the magic of booklet creation right into your lap without ever needing to leave the comfort of your favourite armchair. Better yet, our friendly team is on standby, awaiting your beck and call! Whether you prefer a chat with our customer service team via email, phone or even the in-the-moment thrill of a live Zoom call, we’re here to help. And to sweeten the deal, we’ve got a smorgasbord of tantalizing case studies and video guides ready and waiting to ignite your creativity. Still not convinced? How about this for a cherry on top – Ex Why Zed are a UK based print company and we’ll deliver your sparkling new booklets to your doorstep, absolutely free, just a day after bidding them farewell from our bustling factory. Online booklet printing, don’t you just love technology?
So you wanna know how to make a smashing brochure stand out? Well, you’re in the right spot! First things first, a stunning brochure design starts with some inspo.
Our video resources are jam-packed with zesty 1-2 minute snippets showcasing killer designs, popping styles and nifty page layouts used by winning businesses and savvy self-publishers. They’re a neat way to suss out what’s hot in the world of booklets and brochures. Get your ideas flowing by checking out styles from the best graphic design agencies and see how they worked their magic on booklet and brochure design.
Next thing you know, you’ll be brimming with fresh and funky ideas! Once you’re charged up with inspiration, fire up your favourite design tool like Adobe InDesign. This tool is a lifesaver for creating stunning layouts and leaves plenty of room for your personal styling touches. Lastly, don’t forget about good typography! It’s like the cherry on top of a sundae. It can shift the look and feel of your design from amateur to top-class. Go get creative!
At Ex Why Zed, we prioritise your satisfaction and guarantee a rigorous inspection of every piece of artwork and booklet design before it is printed. We make it a point to meticulously check and preflight each artwork to make sure it is print-ready and matches your vision perfectly. Unlike the numerous low-priced, unidentifiable online printers, what makes Ex Why Zed stand out is our unwavering commitment to customer service and satisfaction, coupled with our hands-on assistance. We don’t just hide behind a digital interface, instead, we offer personalised help, ensuring that you are delighted with the results when your printing arrives. We care and strive to assist you in every possible way.
Printing your booklets with Ex Why Zed is a simple process that begins with the preparation of your artwork. The initial step involves setting up your artwork in Adobe InDesign, making use of its excellent features and capabilities to create the perfect design for your booklet. Following this, the artwork should be saved and transferred into a PDF format, which is a reliable and convenient way to print from PDF. Once your PDF is ready, the next step involves sending your artwork to print. This process is facilitated by a platform called WeTransfer.com, which is an easy-to-use and free service that doesn’t require an account. You will need to specify the print specifications, the number of copies required, and the ideal delivery address. At Ex Why Zed, we offer a complimentary preflight check to identify any issues that could impede the printing process. We will then correspond with you via email to address these issues and make recommendations before we proceed with production. Follow our Print Journey to ensure your order is placed correctly and efficiently.
Whilst some may attempt to cajole you into standard book-bound proportions, we say: let your creative spirit break free from the chains of conformity! Your printer is a tool, not a master; let it not dictate the dimensions of your dreams. Here, dissent is welcome, adored even! So, choose booklet sizes anywhere from an unassuming, pocket-friendly A6 (148x105mm) to a grandly eye-catching A3 (420x297mm). If you want cost-effective, then do go for A4 and A5. Let your masterful designs, breathtaking illustrations and supreme photography dictate the space they deserve. After all, who made these ‘standards’ the convention, anyway?
When it comes to tight deadlines, rush orders, and last-minute printing, Ex Why Zed is here to help.
If you have a project that is being sent to print today, great, let us provide you with a quote for a fast turnaround, high quality solution.
Chat to us on 01206 766647, hello@exwhyzed.fixed-staging.co.uk or through the Live Chat box on our website.
We will get your work back to you when you need it at a good price point.
We have all been there…
• Your usual go-to printer has let you down and just cannot do the turnaround or print specification you need.
• You fell for the maxims of a cheap online printer (don’t worry you’re not the only one 🙂 but the printing they sent is shocking quality and need a quick replacement.
• There is an important business meeting coming up and you just discovered the business cards are running dry.
Going to print today need not be stressful when you turn to us. Our decades of expertise in the printing industry gives us unparalleled experience in providing the best end product, even with a quick turnaround time. Thanks for stopping by and welcome to Ex Why Zed.
You are in a hurry and need express printing and delivery services? No problem, Ex Why Zed is your express printing UK experts. We are aware of the fast-paced nature of life thus our dedicated creative team always works to provide quick solutions and respond to your needs and demands. We offer express printing and delivery at a price within your budget.
Just give us a call or email or fill the contact form and within a few minutes, our printing experts will be at your service helping you have all your material printed and delivered the same day by our reliable couriers. It is just that simple!
At Ex Why Zed, we use environmentally friendly printing materials and products. If you need just a few copies of your next project, maybe for a student project, design pitch or Companies House submission, we can do that as well. From brochures to postcards, children’s books to zines, artist books and catalogues, you can get everything printed today at cost-effective prices.
Get in touch now and let us know the details about your project.
Keep reading and we will informatively walk you through our ‘house’ choices of silk, gloss, uncoated and 100% recycled to show how images and colour reproduction work on each finish.
When it comes to papers choice for printing for your upcoming project, we try and give you as much choice as possible. We do our best to say “Yes” and not give you a creative roadblock.
Our ‘house’ papers are a range of curated finishes and weights that we keep on the shelf ready to go when your project goes live. We get great rates from the paper mill on these sheets and that saving is passed on to you so it helps brings down the cost of printing a book.
We have uncoated, silk, gloss and Evolution Uncoated. All of them come in a range of thicknesses from 100gsm which is a thin paper up to 350gsm which is a chunky card. (In the uncoated range there is also a 400gsm weight but this is too thick for book binding and we use it for creative business cards).
To make your choice super easy, we have listed below a comprehensive guide of ‘standard’ paper choices for a range of products with an insight into tweaks you can make to increase the quality or to bring the cost down.
Wire Stitched (also known as Saddle Stitched / Stapled) photography booklet and Zine printing:
Cover onto 300gsm Uncoated.
Matt Lamination to outer.
Inside pages onto 115gsm Uncoated.
• For a less rigid cover choose 250gsm (good for A6 zines) or drop to 200gsm for a far more flexible solution. We don’t recommend increasing to a 350gsm cover for a wire stitched zine because it will be very bulky and won’t shut. We always recommend laminating the cover which prevents the ink cracking when folded.
• For the inside pages drop to 100gsm for super thin, almost photocopier like weight. Or you can increase to 150gsm and 170gsm for a premium substantial page when the reader flicks through.
Perfect Bound (glued, square spine) photography book and zine printing:
Cover onto 300gsm Uncoated.
Matt Lamination to outer.
Inside pages onto 115gsm Uncoated.
• For a more premium cover you could increase to choose 350gsm on an A4 book. This is rigid though and best avoided on A5 or A6 books. Honestly, 300gsm is more than plenty in most cases. Again, to prevent the ink cracking on your cover fold, choose a matt, gloss or soft-touch lamination.
• Drop to 100gsm for easy to turn inside pages. If you have a lot of ink coverage on one or both sides then do expect it to show through a bit. For a high-end upgrade, you can increase to 150gsm and 170gsm.
Our house uncoated is a bright white finish, it’s got no shine. It does lend itself well to colour reproduction when compared against our Evolution Uncoated which is off-white with a slight grain. Evolution is 100% Recycled but we will be honest, this paper really soaks up the ink. If you have dark, black and white images or photography lacking contrast then uncoated paper it is going to reduce the punch of your images when compared with how they appear on screen. The ‘pro’ for this paper though, is that it is recycled so that’s the trade off you need to consider.
Silk is a good, middle ground paper to ensure precision print. It’s smooth, bright white surface helps your colours jump off the page with a slight sheen and coating. Silk comes in a good range of weights with 130gsm being the standard choice for inside pages and 300gsm for the cover.
Next up is gloss. It has a coating and a lot of shine. Gloss publications do look impressive and striking but it is more immediate visually and too shiny for some designers and solutions. What we mean by this, is that uncoated is more subtle.
If you want to keep your costs down, then stick with one of ‘house’ papers. However, if you want to go for a more premium, high end choice then GF Smith is your go-to paper mill. Their representatives do visit Universities, student groups and art colleges to promote their papers and feature in the Print Week News so you may well have seen these. They are more expensive than our selection but they have a range of more than 200 choices – everything from craft papers (try the Neenah range), coloured sheets (Colorplan) and even paper made from actual beer! (Gmund Bier). We don’t hold their samples in house but if you get in touch with them on samples@gfsmith.com they’re super fast at sending them out. Or you can jump on their website.
If you are still unsure then get in touch and we’ll send you out a paper sample pack. It will be with you the next day so it saves you trying to find a local printers nearby or an alternative London printing studio, right! They are all digitally printed with an Ex Why Zed alphabet (see what we did there 🙂 on one side, so ideal for graphic design artists to see how colours may vary print on the different textures and weights. And boom, on the other side you have 15 free New York based typographic and landscape photography postcards so get the blue tack out, stick them on your wall and it will make a nice montage. We’re keen for you to see exactly what the papers look and feel like before you go ahead with your order so there are no surprises when the printing arrives.
Ideas and inspiration on what can be achieved with printing.
‘In Bohemia’ from Willem Jaspert is a brilliant example of a hard back photography book printing. Check out the front cover and look at the typography!
It’s a kitchen sink job this one, everything has been added to it. We have red foiling over the yellow material cover. We buy all of our hardback cover materials from Winter&Company and this is ‘Dunkengelb’ from their Wicotex range. Red foiled allowed over the top soaks in and gives a slight deboss. We have the name of the publication and the author down the spine. Foiling is a way of finishing printing with an elegant appearance.
It is a bespoke book page size at 253x210mm. This means the important biddles on this book are a width of A4 with a few centimetres trimmed off the height to create a more unique, bespoke size.
When you open the cover, you are presented with this double factor of Colorplan Vermillion endpapers. The brilliant thing about using Colorplan for your endpapers is the entire sheet is that colour including the edges. You don’t end up with a white edge to the paper which you do if you were to print white on one of our ‘house’ papers. It can really push print to the next level.
There are 50 colours to choose from within the GF Smith Colourplan range. Let us know which you will work for your project and we can buy them in.
The endpaper is a wider double page spread which folds in half. The left hand half is glued to the inside of the hardback cover cover and the right hand side forms the fly sheet.
The text pages here are onto 150gsm silk. This is a classic photography zine with a wide range of visually exciting image making. Bohemian photography from Willem and a potential award winning book and something itsnicethat, Creative Review and the Digital Printer Awards should enjoy.
The whole book is digitally printed on our HP Indigo press to give a pure print, life-like appearance to the images. The reproduction is crisp on the choice of silk pages. Remember, Ex Why Zed are litho printers to for the ultimate print quality on longer print runs of the 700 copies or more.
An extremely well styled and well presented coffee table publication and a great example of how to self publish a book.
Watch our short video to understand the mechanics of a hardback book binding, visualise where the end papers are positioned and enjoy technical tips to help prepare your artwork for print.
Let us get started with a quick comparison between a case bound hardcover book and a perfect bound soft-back book. The two books above are precision print from exactly the same artwork however, one is case-bound hardback and the other soft back, perfect bound.
You’ll notice the hardback is slightly larger because the cover on the hardback overhangs by 3mm on each side. The inside pages on the perfect bound book sit neat and flush to the top, outer and bottom edge whereas on the hardback coffee table book, the cover overhangs making the overall size slightly bigger.
Both binding styles rely on the inside pages being glued along the left-hand edge. The hardback solution is definitely a more resilient and substantial book which can, in turn, be sold for a higher price through your online shop, in a Kickstarter campaign or on Amazon. Visually impressive publications we have printed often receive widespread praise on creative design websites like itsnicethat, Creative Boom and Creative Review.
Enjoy our insightful case study portfolio of hardback books. Remember, these are real projects we have printed for real people, not the computer generated nonsense you see on the other sites ?
For this blog post, we will just concentrate on the definition of case-bound print and the process of hard back book print from pdf. If we take a look at this image of a flat cover you can see there are three sections of 2.5 mm grey board that make up the hard back cover.
So for the actual hardbook cover making, there is one greyboard panel for the front cover, one through the centre for the spine and one for the back cover. The greyboard panels are 2.5mm thick and form the chunky cover of the final self-published book. Over the this raw case, we then wrap the cover material, whether this be a printed sheet or a specialist book binding material. The greyboard is completely hidden so don’t worry about it being visible on the finished books.
You can see on the image here that the cover wrap continues 17mm beyond the outer cover and tucks around to the inside of the greyboard panels. This 17mm overhang is glued to the inside of the cover along the top, bottom and the two sides. So this extension of the cover page size is what sticks the cover to the hard back case. We call it a ‘case’ and that is where the the term ‘casebound’ or ‘case-bound’ originates.
The 17mm section needs to have the graphics on there if you have a background colour. That is because this is partially visible around the edge when you view the inside covers. It can either be a pureprint colour or if you choose a book binding material for the cover then it would be the colour of the material that is visible. On the example below, you can just about see 3mm of the cover graphic around three of the edges of the cover.
If your graphic designer has added a full colour image on the front and the back cover you might want to continue that image onto the inside on this extra 17mm and then when it’s tucked inside of the hard back case, the image continues there on the 17mm that is partially covered.
The majority of the 17mm overhang is covered by the end papers. On the image above, you can see an example of the endpapers and fly sheet. The endpaper is the first double page spread when you open the cover. It is a continuous sheet of paper, twice the width of the text block. So it’s glued on the left-hand side to the inside of front cover and then the right hand side then forms the first leaf of the book – we call this the ‘fly sheet’. Turning the fly sheet over, there is the reverse and THEN on the right hand side is your first page of actual content. However, you can definitely supply content for all three of these endpaper/flysheet panels. A solid colour or a pattern always looks impressive. Looking at a book from the side profile, you can see the mechanics more clearly.
The end paper is glued to the inside front cover and that is what keeps the text block within the case bound cover itself. The text block is glued with resilient PUR glue along the left-hand edge. If you do have a larger budget then there is an option for us to fold the inside pages into sections and then glue in sections or thread sewn the left-hand edge. That is more of an expensive process which doubles the binding costs because it still tends to be completely by old-school bookbinders and is very retro. It does look impressive though and makes the binding really tough. Our PUR glue is tough in itself and is definitely the cost saving option.
If you are going to print content on the end papers, you would supply us with two double page spreads: one for the double page spread which is the immediate first spread when you open the cover and one for the next spread, half of which is glued to the inside cover. So there is potential to provide three pages of content you can provide artwork for left, right and then left. The same is repeated at the back of the book – two double page spreads with three ‘panels’ of content that can be supplied: right, left and right.
Potentially, we can go for Colorplan paper for the end papers too. This gives you the option of choosing one of GF Smith’s 50 colour choices as a more premium solution than simply printing a colour. Colours may vary when printed from how they look on screen whereas a Colorplan paper ensures a smooth overall colour.
Final technical point to ensure precision print…because the endpapers are glued to the first text page you will lose 5mm of the first text page. It is completely obscured because of the glued area. Therefore, you want to keep any content a good 10-15mm away from spine side of that first text page and again, on the last text page to ensure that the reader doesn’t have to really force flat the page to see any information. For pure print, white space tends to be king as graphic design artists know and 20mm might even be a better plan.
For the inside pages, we need an absolute bare minimum of 28 inside pages. 28 is really thin 32-36 or 40 would be better. Children’s book authors can struggle to get to 32 but 28 is the absolute absolute minimum. (For under 28 pages we recommend a saddle stitched booklet). 28 pages is just about thick enough for us to glue and bind. Any less and there is just not enough surface area to get the PUR glue down so 28 pages will give you a 3mm thickness on the text block but ideally 32, 36 or 40 would be brilliant if you can get your graphic designer’s creative cogs whirring and generate the extra pages. We can then go ahead and push print on to our litho or digital printing machines.
We don’t advertise our prices online because we prefer to start a conversation with you first to find out more about the project. Yes, there are plenty of print companies where you can get an instant price, but having worked so hard for days, weeks and months on your zine do you really now want to just upload the files to a website and keep your fingers crossed that what arrives is what you imagined?
From the first point of contact with Ex Why Zed we give you a wealth of helpful, expert advice on how to prepare artwork for print. We take a lot of pride in how responsive and patient our team are. Do read our Trustpilot reviews and you will see this is really appreciated by our customers.
Bottom line, we would rather you printed with us than didn’t. Remember our mantra: we want to help transform your ideas into print. If we send you a quote and someone else is £20 cheaper then do let us know. We’re not naive enough to think we’ll be the cheapest quote on every print run. Honestly, in the whole of the world, there is always someone cheaper in every industry. I’m sure you’ve bought a coffee today that you could have bought cheaper within 100 yards of that cafe but you like the service and ambience of that particulate place so that’s why you went there, right?
Why not let us reverse engineer the price? If might have seen similar zines to yours selling for £8 and you would like to pay £3 from us to print each copy. So let us know the spec of your zine, for example, it might be A5 with 40 pages then we can let you know how many copies you will need to print to achieve the £3 per copy target price. Easy!
Can you print bespoke sizes? Yes!
Can you send me a sample pack to help choose my papers? Yes!
Is printing black, cheaper than full colour? Yes!
Do you ship to the States? Yes!
Can you print one copy as a test before we go ahead with the final print run? Yes!
Can you print me 38 copies because on your website it only says 50. Yes we can and we’re going to go full on Greta Thunberg with this. If you only need 38 we’ll print you 38 to save some paper. If you need 111 we can print that as well.
Is printing and binding my zine at Ex Why Zed easier than it is on the college photocopier? Yes, but you knew that already right.